UMBER JUNI

REPORT OF THE INTERNATIONAL GEOlO< D D n GRAMME (IGCP:

;AL CORRELATION

Contents

Page

Final Report of the Tenth Session of the IGCP Board 5

Introduction 5 Opening of the session 6 Address by the Assistant Director-General for Science of Unesco 6 Address by the President of the IUGS 6 Report of the Secretariat 7 Report of the Chairman of the Scientific Committee 7 Address by the Chairman of the ICL 7 Organisation of work 7 Development of the Programme 8 Preparation for the 27th International Geological Congress 9 Preparation for the Second IGCP Interim Report 9 Appraisal of project activities and new project proposals 9 Examination of National Committee reports 9 Comments by observers 10 Comments by the Assistant Director-General for Science of Unesco 10 Closing of the session 10

IGCP Scientific Committee 11

List of IGCP projects (1982) 12

Progress of IGCP projects 14

Outline of projects accepted in 1982 61

Members of IGCP Board 62

Members of IGCP Scientific Committee 63

IGCP National Committees 64

IGCP contact addresses 72

Unesco-sponsored post-graduate training courses in the field of Earth sciences 75

Selected IGCP publications for 1981 81

Notes for the preparation of the IGCP Catalogue (1980-1982) 106

3

Final Report of the Tenth Session of the I G C P Board

Introduction

The Tenth Session of the IGCP Board was convened at the Unesco headquarters in Paris, France, from 8 to 12 February 1982. It was attended by:

BOARD M E M B E R S :

A . Boudda (Morocco) D . A . Campos (Brazil) Chi Ji-shang (China) G . Dengo (Guatemala) L. Elizalde (Ecuador) P . E . Gamsonre (Upper Volta) J. F. Lovering (Australia) V. Majer (Yugoslavia) J.C. Maxwell (USA), Vice-Chairman D.J. McLaren (Canada) J . M . Tater (Nepal) G . B . Vai (Italy), Vice-Chairman J. V . Watson (UK), Rapporteur V . A . Zharikov (USSR) absent:

G . O . Kesse (Ghana), Chairman

EX-OFFICIO M E M B E R S :

A . R. Kaddoura (Assistant Director-General for Science, Unesco) Ch.Weber (Secretary-General, IUGS)

SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE:

A . W . Bally, Chairman U . Cordani

IUGS:

E . Seibold, President A . R . Berger D . F . Merriam A . Martinsson L. B ourla rd

Unesco:

V. Sibrava, Director, Division of Earth Sciences E . von Braun, IGCP Secretary Huang Z . I. Rousko C . Espinasse C . Mura

COUNSELORS:

F. Delany A . Martinsson

5

O B S E R V E R S :

A . R . Berger, AGID (Association of Geoscientists for International Development) N . A . Bogdanov(IGCP National Committee of the USSR) F . Delany, C G M W (Commission for the Geological Map of the World) E . A . Flinn, ICL (Inter-Union Commission on the Lithosphère) R . Howarth, I A M G (International Association for Mathematical Geology) S. Karamata (IGCP National Committee of Yugoslavia) C . Lepeltier, U N D T C D ( U N Department of Technical Co-operation for Development) B . O . Odugbose (Nigerian Permanent Delegation to Unesco) G . Olivares (Instituto de Geologfa de la U N A M , Mexico) R . A . Price, ICL (Inter-Union Commission on the Lithosphère) F . L . Repetto (Escuela Superior Politécnica del Litoral Guayaquil, Ecuador) A . Tollmann (IGCP National Committee of Austria) G . Verploegh, W M O (World Meteorological Organisation) I. Yacé (IGCP National Committee of Ivory Coast) I. Zamarreno (IGCP National Committee of Spain)

Opening of the Session Address by the President of I U G S

In the absence of the Chairman, G . O . Kesse, the Vice-Chairman G . B . Vai acted on his be­half and called the meeting to order. He wel­comed the participants, notably the representa­tive of the Director-General of Unesco, the Pre­sident and the Secretary-General of IUGS, the members of the Board including the newly-appointed V . A . Zharikov, and observers of inter­national organizations and of IGCP National Committees. He stressed that this 10th session of the Board would be a timely occasion to as­sess some fundamental questions related to the duration of the Programme and to its efficiency in attaining its original goals, i.e. to promote science and to contribute to development in deve­loping nations.

Address by the Assistant Director-General for Science of Unesco

The Assistant Director-General for Science of Unesco,A. R.Kaddoura, then took the floor ex­tending the welcome of the Director-General to all participants of the meeting. He recalled that at this 10th anniversary - and in view of the forthcoming Extraordinary Session of the Unes­co General Conference, and of the next Regu­lar General Conference in 1983 - the IGCP should reflect the achievements of the Program­m e as it did five years ago, in order to set up future objectives. He noted the difficulties and constraints under which the IGCP projects would have to operate these days and invited the Board to make recommendations on how these could be overcome. Commending the work and interest of IGCP National Committees for the implemen­tation of the Programme, particularly on the level of national institutions, he wished the Board success in fostering further international co-operation.

The President of IUGS, E . Seibold, expressed the gratitude of his organization to all those who made IGCP active: the scientists involved in the various projects and those serving in its leading organs, including those who had resigned. A summary of statistics revealed the extent to which IGCP projects had attracted international colla­boration. He stated that so far there were only 8 projects with participants coming from less than 10 countries; however, 33 projects,from bet­ween 11 and 20 countries; 22 projects, from between 21 and 30 countries; and 9 projects, from even more than 30 countries, among which were Project 23 (Kaolinization, 43 coun­tries) and Project 143 (Remote sensing and mi­neral exploration, 75 countries).

A listing against priority areas reveals that:

- 41 projects (60%) were devoted to refining the geological calendar ("ordering the past");

- 11 projects dealt with the evolution of the ancient crust ("in the beginning");

- 4 projects relate to man's geological environ­ment ("man's home");

- 1 7 projects are devoted to energy and mineral resources ("man's needs").

The imbalance that can be noted is due to histori­cal reasons. Meanwhile there would be a distinct shift away from time correlations towards the other categories. This trend, E . Seibold belie­ves, should be enforced and more projects should be devoted to problems of the environment; a clo­ser co-ordination with other programmes, such as the International Lithosphère Programme or the IUGS Research and Development Programme should be sought, and the integration of new stra-tigraphical methods promoted. Continued efforts

6

to involve developing countries in the Program­m e should result in encouraging the resources of human effort which had more value than m i ­neral resources. A small advisory group of scientists from inside and outside IGCP could help in preparing the future interim report. As for "ordering the past" and "man's needs", one would now need to move towards "ordering the future".

Report of the Secretariat

The Secretary of IGCP, E . von Braun, report­ed on the past year. There are now 78 National Committees and 35 contacts for the IGCP, of which 26 had reported - compared to 30 in 1981. In 1981, there were 49 ongoing projects, 5 of which had been terminated by the end of that year (Nos. 6, 30, 115, 124, and 145). Three of these applied for prolongation, and one (145) had already received it. Almost all of the 12 proposals for new projects received this year had some relation to or were direct descendents of ongoing or terminated IGCP projects.

Three of the terminated or terminating projects (2, 22 and 58) had asked for the status of pro­jects on extended term ( O . E . T . ) as defined by the Board last year. Short prolongations for the winding up of final activities were requested from one project only but several seemed to be in a similar situation.

At the end of 1982, another 14 of the present 44 ongoing projects will expire. Their final re­ports would facilitate the preparation of the next interim report.

In 1981, one regional IGCP meeting was held in Caracas (Venezuela), with the participation of representatives from 11 Latin American coun­tries and three IGCP project leaders (Nos. 42, 44, and 120). The meeting reviewed success­fully the role of IGCP in that region, discussed and approved three project proposals of which two were submitted this year.

Relations with other research programmes, no­tably Unesco's Regional Project "Geology for Development" in Africa, proved fruitful, main­ly by encouraging co-ordination and mutual efforts. Collaboration with AGID, as well as the invol­vement of IEA (International Energy Agency),and U N D P in one project, may be mentioned. The interfaces of IGCP with the ICL would need to be identified.

Report of the Chairman of the Scientific Committee

The Chairman of the Scientific Committee, A . W . Bally, reporting on the Committee's work during the previous week stressed several gene­ral problems to which the Committee wished to call the attention of the Board. The Committee debated means by which the twin objectives of IGCP - the advancement of scientific knowledge and the encouragement of work of practical value to developing countries - can best be reconciled. A few projects achieve both objectives, many contribute to the first and relatively few are successfully focussed on the second. Two m e ­thods which have proved successful to date might be more widely practised. Firstly, the advice and experience of geologists from developed coun­tries might be drawn on to define and launch a project that could then be carried forward by a leadership based on one or more developing coun­tries. Funds to assist in the initial process of defining a useful project might be valuable. Se­condly, regional meetings had proved valuable, provided that there was adequate preparation in advance.

A further point concerned the apparent lack of co-ordination with other scientific programmes sponsored by Unesco. The Committee suggested that a small group of scientists be asked to review the scope of those programmes relevant to the earth sciences with a view to identifying gaps or overlaps.

Lastly, the low level of funding for projects available under the present organization was view­ed with concern and the Committee asked the Board to consider all means of increasing the funds available for the scientific programme.

Address by the Chairman of ICL

The Chairman of the Inter-Union Commission on the Lithosphère, R . A . Price, reported pro­gress in the organization of the Programme which was now entering its first full year of activity. He looked to close collaboration with IGCP which would be facilitated by the participation of many individuals in both programmes.

Organization of W o r k

The Chairman then invited Board members and observers to discuss the future of IGCP and the desired changes in its structure as well as other items of common interest. These discussions prepared the ground for a division into two work­ing groups which were asked to discuss the follow­ing subjects:

7

• Publications, publicity, communication:

Board members Advisors Observers

F . Delany A . R . Berger A . Martinsson S. Karamata

D . F.Merriam G . Verploegh

A . Boudda Chi Ji-shang D . J. McLaren

(Chair) J. M . Tater J. V . Watson

(Rapporteur)

• Scientific scope, structure, regional programme development:

Board members

D . A . Campos G . Dengo L . Elizalde P . E . Gamsonre J. F . Lovering

(Rapporteur) V . Majer J. C . Maxwell (Chair) G . B . Vai V . A . Zharikov

Observers

A . W . Bally N . A . Bogdanov E . A . Flinn R . Howarth C . Lepeltier

G . Olivares R . A . Price F . L . Repetto A . Tollmann I. Yace I. Zamarreno

The reports proposed by the working groups were considered in plenary session and are in­corporated in the following recommendations.

Development of the Programme

The Board reviewed the organizational frame­work of the Programme in the light of the need to encourage both the participation of developing nations and the identification of new projects di­rectly relevant to the interests of these nations within the field of earth science.

The value of regional meetings sponsored by IGCP which provide opportunities for groups of scientists drawn from one region to assess local priorities has already been demonstrated. The Board agreed to support at least one such meet­ing annually and noted that preparations for a regional meeting in Buenos Aires (1982) were already in hand in connection with the 5th Latin American Geological Congress and in collabo­ration with the consultative council of directors of geological surveys of Latin America. Where possible, the Board should appoint "activators" from within each region who would take respon­sibility for assisting participants to identify appropriate new projects of importance to the developing nations of the region, for helping in the preparation of a formal project proposal and for monitoring the progress of projects after acceptance by the Board. It was recognized that preliminary discussions at regional IGCP meetings might usefully lead to the forging of

bilateral links between a developing country and scientists from outside institutions capable of contributing to a project of regional interest. Another line of development is exemplified by the successful launching by Unesco of its Regio­nal Project on the Precambrian of Africa, which was stimulated by initiatives originating within IGCP and which is now supported by Unesco out­side the Programme. The role of IGCP, in pro­viding facilities for the review of problems of regional importance, should be extended and the Board emphasizes the need for additional funding of this type of activity. Future meetings in East Africa and South-east Asia are under consideration.

Substantial financial support from outside sources has been given to IGCP projects which have been timely and effective. The maintenance of this support depends on the quality of the scientific work. The role of the Scientific Committee in monitoring the progress of individual projects and reviewing the scope of the Programme as a whole is crucial in this respect and the Board reaffirms the need for scientists of international standing to serve on the Committee.

New initiatives which can be supported within the Programme are, however, limited by financial constraints. The success of projects already adopted and the extension of regional activities require additional funding both within the IGCP budget and from other sources.

Further scope for new developments may be found in a better co-ordination between the activities of IGCP and those of other programmes sponsored by Unesco, U N , ICSU and IUGS. In particular the Board would seek means of co-ordinating Unesco training facilities in earth sciences with needs for training identified in developing coun­tries. There is a need for review by the sponsor­ing organi. ations of all programmes touching on earth science. The Board recommends the pu­blication in "Geological Correlation" and "Epi­sodes" of full details of training opportunities in earth science which might assist in the work of IGCP.

More generally, the Board sees a need for cons­tructive discussions between representatives of the Board and Scientific Committee and the Director-General of Unesco and President of IUGS. Such discussions are essential in order to determine the future of the Programme and to make it responsive to the needs of participating countries. In previous years, recommendations from the Board have not always received a res­ponse from the sponsoring bodies and discussions should seek means of making interchange of views more effective.

Preparation for the 27th International Geological Congress, 1984

The General Secretary of the Organizing C o m -

mittee (N. Bogdanov) has informed the Board that facilities for IGCP activities would be made available provided that requests were received before July 1982. The Board envisages a need for: (i) a half-day colloquium on the Program­m e as a whole, (ii) papers or symposia arising from IGCP project activities, which can be ac­commodated within the sectional programme, (iii) display space for the exhibition of maps and documents prepared by project working groups, and (iv) facilities for sessions of pro­ject working groups. In addition, a review of progress of the Unesco African Regional Project will take place. The Secretariat will request project leaders to specify their requirements and will transmit the resulting information to the Organizing Committee.

Preparation for the Second I G C P Interim Report

The outline prepared by the Scientific Commit­tee of the Interim Report on IGCP, intended for the Unesco General Conference 1983 was appro­ved by the Board. Immediate steps will be ta­ken by the Secretariat to obtain reports from individual project leaders. The general intro­duction co-ordinated by A . W . Bally will be pre­pared in the light of suggestions from the Board and Scientific Committee and a draft of the In­terim Report will be considered at the next Board meeting. The Interim Report will be in­cluded in "Geological Correlation" No . 11.

Appraisal of Project Activities and N e w Project Proposals

The Board examines the project reports and new project proposals in the light of the recommen­dations made by the Scientific Committee and presented by the Chairman of the Scientific Committee.

From among the terminated or terminating pro­jects, Nos. 2, 22 and 58 were or would be accor­ded a status "on extended term" ( O . E . T . ) to allow the continued production of publications under the IGCP banner. As requested, project N o . 106 (Permo-Triassic stage of geological evolution) was merged with Project N o . 4 (Triassic of the Tethys realm) which will end as scheduled.

Of the 12 new project proposals received this year, one was declined, 5 were invited for re­submission according to specifications and the following 6 were adopted: N o . 187: "Siliceous Deposits" submitted by

J .R. Hein N o . 191: "Cretaceous Palaeoclimatology"

submitted by E . J. Barron N o . 192: "Cambro-Ordovician Development in

Latin America" submitted by B . Baldis and G . Acenolaza

N o . 193: "Siluro-Devonian of Latin America" submitted by M . A . Hünicken

N o . 195: "Ophiolites and lithosphère of marginal seas" submitted by L . Beccaluva and and N . A . Bogdanov

N o . 197: "Metallogeny of Ophiolites" submitted by S. Karamata

Examination of National Committee Report

The reports of National Committees were alloted to individual members for review. Reports had been received from 26 countries, i.e. :

Africa: Asia:

Australia, Oceania: Latin America: North America: Europe:

Egypt, Upper Volta China, Japan, Nepal, Thailand Australia Argentina, Brazil USA Austria, Bulgaria, Byelo­russia, Czechoslovakia, Finland, F R G , France, Hungary, Italy, Norway, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Ukrainian SSR, USSR, Yugoslavia

The Board congratulated the reporting Committees on their success in integrating and supporting the contributions of national working groups.

Substantial information on the progress of re­search - including bibliographies of publications recently produced - clearly demonstrated the scale of many national contributions.

The Board invites National Committees to distri­bute their reports within both their local scientific community and to countries potentially interested in the lines of research which are described in the reports.

Joint meetings of National Committees on a sub-regional scale such as practised by the Scandina­vian countries are recommended as a means of establishing more effective links between research groups of neighbouring countries. On the other hand, an official address from authoritative sour­ce in Unesco to Unesco Member States to bring the Programme to the attention of governments might well facilitate the task of National C o m ­mittees to enhance the visibility of the IGCP, and to mobilize local support.

The attention of National Committees was drawn to the fact that they are responsible for nominating candidates for membership of the Board.

The position of the IGCP with respect to the forthcoming Extraordinary Session of the Unes­co General Conference (1982) was discussed and it was agreed that Board members should offer all assistance to their respective national

9

delegations for addressing the Conference on matters of the IGCP.

Comments by observers

Upon invitation, observers commented on ques­tions of concern to IGCP.

The relation between Unesco's training program­mes in earth sciences and IGCP activities need­ed to be clarified. Relevant information on Unesco-sponsored training courses, seminars and fellowships is to be disseminated through appropriate journals such as "Episodes", and leaflets.

The representative of U N Department of Tech­nical Co-operation for Development gave an out­line of areas in which IGCP and his Department could collaborate. Though primarily investment-oriented, mineral exploration projects executed by U N D T C D produce a vast amount of geologi­cal, geophysical and geochemical data which are not systematically exploited scientifically, deve­lopment of exploration methodology included. Regular exchanges between appropriate IGCP projects and U N D T C D projects could be of m u ­tual interest. Means should be found for exchan­ge of technical data and reports between inte­rested IGCP projects and U N D T C D projects. Each U N D T C D project comprises also a train­ing component ( in-field training, fellowships of 6-36 months, study tours, participation in congresses, seminars) normally available to national geologists working as counterparts in the project. Allocation of training facilities to candidates therefore could be a subject of co­ordination between IGCP and U N D T C D .

As concerns storage and treatment of data cre­ated by IGCP projects,the representative of I A M G and C O G E O D A T A reminded the Board that these organizations are concerned about long-term data loss and will always be ready to offer advice on data processing and storage and dissemination of data on computer compatible form or on microfiche. Many projects could advantageously make use of the new methods for data analysis developed, for example, in Pro­jects 98, 148 and 163.

The Secretary-General of the ICL outlined the present status of this Programme which is be­coming operational in 1982. Fruitful co-opera­tion of the two Programmes will be assured by overlap of personnel between IGCP and ICL bod­ies and by mutual representation in their res­pective co-ordinating meetings.

Observers of National Committees reiterated the value of bilateral contacts which could often give access to funds especially destined to bilateral co-operation.

A . Martinsson suggested that the issue of postal stamps at its 10th anniversary may stimulate interest in the IGCP.

Comments by the Assistant Director-General for Science of Unesco

A . R . Kaddoura addressed the Board on means of enhancing the effectiveness of the Programme. He assured the Board of the continued support of the Director-General of Unesco especially as regards the role of IGCP in fostering regional initiatives. The need to increase financial sup­port for successful initiatives such as those ari­sing from IGCP was acknowledged. The formu­lation of the African Regional Project sponsored by Unesco owed much to IGCP and further devel­opments along similar lines would be welcomed.

He suggested that the African Project should take the opportunity of reporting progress and discussing future developments at the Internati­onal Geological Congress in Moscow in 1984, and indicated that Unesco would support attendance by participants involved.

The first Interim Report on IGCP issued by the Board in 1978 had been noted as a useful aid in evaluating scientific progress by the Unesco Pa­nel of Advisors on science. The preparation of a similar review of progress to date would be welcome.

A . R . Kaddoura emphasized the value of regular round-table discussions on the evolution of the Programme between representatives of Unesco and IUGS and of the Board and Scientific C o m ­mittee of IGCP and expressed his willingness to participate in such a discussion before the next session of the IGCP Board.

Closing of the session

The report of the Board meeting was discussed, revised and adopted. The revised guidelines for project leaders were approved.

Board members G . O . Kesse and V . Majer were invited to attend the next meeting of the Scientific Committee (7-11 February 1983), tobe followed by the 11th session of the Board (14-18 February 1983), at Unesco Headquarters. The thanks of the Board were recorded to A . Boudda, G . Dengo, D . J . McLaren (former Chairman), A . Peive, and J .V. Watson (Rap­porteur) retiring from the Board.

After acknowledging the work of the Secretariat, the Chairman declared the session closed.

10

I G C P Scientific Committee

The IGCP Scientific Committee met on 1-5 February 1982 at Unesco Headquarters in Paris. The meeting was attended by:

SCIENTIFIC C O M M I T T E E IGCP B O A R D

D . V . Ager (Rapporteur) A - Boudda A . W . Bally (Chairman) J. M . Tater V . L . Barsukov V . A . Zharikov D . C . Bharadwaj P . G . Cooray U . Cordany D . M . Curtis H . Faure I. Rostov A . Mikkola C . Pedrazzini R . W . R . Rutland E . H . Shannon E . M . El Shazly R . Sinding-Larsen S. Uyeda

Unesco

A . R . Kaddoura, Assistant Director-General for Science

M . Bâtisse, Deputy Assistant Director-General for Science

V . Sibrava, Director, Division of Earth Sciences E . von Braun, IGCP Secretary I. Rousko Huang, Z . C . Espinasse C . Mura

IUGS

Ch. Weber, Secretary-General of IUGS

The report of the meeting was presented to the IGCP Board by the Chairman of the Scientific Committee (see page 7 above).

11

List of I G C P Projects (1982)

N o . Title/Project Leader (duration of project)

2* Correlation of the Precambrian in mobile zones: G . Choubert, A . Faure-Muret (1974-1980; O . E . T . )

4 Triassic of the Tethys realm: H . Zapfe (1974-1982)

5 Correlation of Prevariscan and Variscan events of the Alpine-Mediterranean moun­tain belts: H . W . Flllgel and F . Sassi (1976-1986)

6 Correlation of diagnostic features in ore occurrences of base metals in dolomites and limestones: H . Holzer (1974-198 1)

22* Precambrian in younger fold belts: V . Zoubek (1974-1980; O . E . T . )

24 Quaternary glaciations in the Northern Hemisphere: J. Macoun (1974-1982)

25 Stratigraphie correlation of the Tethys-Paratethys Neogene: J. Senes (1974-1982)

27 The Caledonide Orogen: B . A . Sturt (1974-1985)

29 Precambrian-Cambrian boundary: J . W . Cowie (1974-1984)

30 Circum-Pacific plutonism: P . C . Bateman (1974-1981)

32 Stratigraphie correlations between sedi­mentary basins in the E S C A P region: Mineral Resources Section, E S C A P (1974-1982)

41 Neogene-Quaternary boundary: K . V . Nikiforova (1974-1984)

42 Upper Palaeozoic of South America and its boundaries: A . C . Rocha-Campos (1974-1982)

44 Lower Palaeozoic of South America: A . Cuerda (1976-1982)

53 Ecostratigraphy: A . J . Boucot (1974-1984)

58 Mid-Cretaceous events: R . A . Reyment (1974-1982)

6 0 Correlation of Caledonian stratabound sulphides: F . M . Yokes (1974-1982)

* IGCP project "On Extended Term" (O. E . T . )

N o . Title/Project Leader (duration of project)

61 Sea-level movements during the last de-glacial hémicycle: A . L . Bloom (1974-1982)

86 East European platform (S .W. Border): K . B . Jubitz (1974-1985)

91 Metallogeny of the Precambrian: A . V . Sidorenko (1974-1984)

92 Archaean geochemistry: A . M . Goodwin (1974-1983)

106 Permo-Triassic stage of geological evo­lution: A . N . Oleynikov (1975-1985)

108/ Precambrian of West Africa and its corre-144 lation with Eastern Brazil: I. Yacé

(1975-1983)

111 Genesis of manganese ore deposits: S. Roy (1975-1985)

114 Biostratigraphic datum-planes of the Pacific Neogene: N . Ikebe (1976-1982)

115 Siliceous deposits in the Pacific region: J .R. Hein (1975-1981)

120 Magmatic evolution of the Andes: E . Linares (1975-1985)

124 North-West European Tertiary basin: R . Vinken (1975-1981)

128 Late Cenozoic magnetostratigraphy: G . J . Kukla and N . D . Opdyke (1976-1982)

129 Lateritization processes: Geological Survey of India (1975-1983)

143 Remote sensing and mineral exploration: W . D . Carter and L . C . Rowan (1976-1982)

146 River flood and lake-level changes: R . Paepe and L . de Meyer (1976-1984)

148 Quantitative stratigraphie correlation techniques: F . P . Agterberg (1976-1983)

154 Global exchange and processing of infor­mation in geochemistry: H . de la Roche and J . M . Stussi (1977-1982)

156 Phosphorites: P.J . Cook and J . H . Shergold (1977-1984)

12

N o . Title /Project Leader (duration of project)

157 Early organic evolution and mineral and energy resources: M . Schidlowski (1977-1987)

158 Palaeohydrology of the temperate zone: L . Starkel and B . Berglund (1977-1987)

160 Precambrian exogenic processes: V . Sokolov (1977-1985)

161 Sulphide deposits in mafic and ultra-mafic rocks: A . J . Naldrett (1977-1987)

16 3 Design and generation of a world data base for igneous petrology: F . Chayes (1977-1984)

164 Pan-African crustal evolution: A . Al-Shanti (1978-1984)

166 Correlation of coal-bearing formations: P . P . Timofeev (1978-1987)

16 9 Geotectonic evolution and metallogeny in the Eastern Mediterranean and Western Asia: S. Jankovic and W . E . Petrascheck (1979-1983)

171 Circum-Pacific Jurassic: G . E . G . Westermann (1981-1985)

174 Geological events at the Eocene-Oligocè­ne boundary: Ch. Pomerol (1980-1985)

N o . Title/Project Leader (duration of project)

175 Chronostratigraphical precision: N . F . Hughes (1981-1982)

179 Stratigraphie methods as applied to the Proterozoic record: J. Sarfati, N . Clauer, M . Semikhatov, G . M . Young and P . Affaton (1981-1985)

183 West African Mesozoic and Cenozoic correlations: M . Moullade and O . S. Adegoke (1981-1985)

184 Palaeohydrology of low latitude deserts: C . R . Lawrence (1981-1985)

185 Peri-Aegean blue schists: I. Godfriaux (1981-1985)

187 Siliceous deposits: J .R . Hein (1982-1986)

191 Cretaceous palaeoclimatology: E .J . Barron (1982-1986)

192 Cambro-Ordovician development in Latin America: B . Baldis and G . Acenolaza (1982-1986)

193 Siluro-Devonian of Latin America: M . A . Hünicken (1982-1986)

195 Ophiolites and lithosphère of marginal seas: L . Beccaluva and N . A . Bogdanov (1982-1986)

197 Metallogeny of ophiolites: S. Karamata (1982-1985)

13

Progress of I G C P Projects

N o . 4 TRIASSIC O F T H E T E T H Y S R E A L M

H . Zapfe, Palâontologisches Institut der Uni-versitat, A-1010 Wien, Universitatsstrasse 7, Austria.

Description. Revision of the biostratigraphy in the Tethyan Triassic. Redefinition of classical stages and substages, their emendation for a world-wide application. Comparison of the scheme with other major faunal realms (North America, Eurasia, Indo-Pacific) aiming at a global Triassic time scale. Once this stage has been achieved, other important topics are to be studied, such as palaeogeography, faunal pro­vinces, and palaeomagnetism during Triassic time. Originally starting with the Upper Trias­sic, during recent years work has expanded more and more to the entire Triassic, and the Project has been expanded to Asia in order to include the Triassic of the Himalayas, China, and the Far East.

Summary of activities. An international meeting of the Project was held in Sarajevo, Yugoslavia, 5-7 October 1981. Representatives of the national

working groups reported at the meeting, on their activities and scientific progress during the year under review. One of the fourteen lectures concerned the proposed new stratotype for the Illyrian substage in Bosnia. A successful excur­sion with a detailed field discussion was organized at the proposed stratotype in Pridvorice. It was decided to publish the results of the meeting in the "Schriftenreihe der Erdwissenschaftlichen Kommission" of the Austrian Academy of Sciences.

A session of the IUGS Subcommission of Triassic Stratigraphy also was held on this occasion. The Anisian/Ladinian boundary and the proposed new stratotype for the Illyrian were discussed.

National working groups actively continued their planned activities. For example, the Bulgarian scientists carried on the studies all over their territory; research was going on in six Italian universities and a research centre. The Austrian scientists executed excursions to the Hallstatt facies of the Taurus Mts . , Turkey.

Many new important publications were issued (or were in press) in Austria, China, Poland, etc. Some scientific results acquainted in 1981 can be illustrated as follows:

Austria: The cladiscitidae of the Upper Triassic in Timor has proved to be of particular strati-graphic value. It is intended to continue these revisions of Upper Triassic ammonoids.

China: A joint business meeting of the Chinese working groups of Projects 4 and 106 was held

in Beijing at the end of April 1981. In the field-work in Tibet from July to October, the newly discovered units, the Lower Triassic Xiukang Group were observed. The Otoceras Zone and other Ammonoid zones also were confirmed there.

Czechoslovakia: A detailed investigation of the section of Silicka Brezova, proved by conodonts, has resulted in considerable alterations to already existent interpretations.

Hungary: The conodont studies and the correlation of the conodont zones with other biostratigraphic zonations continued. For the Middle and Upper Triassic a world-wide applicable conodont zona-tion was established which can be correlated with the conodont zonation in all conodont provinces. The most different zonations from the standard are in the West-Mediterranean and Germanic fau­nal provinces, but even these areas canbe correlated bythe aid of conodonts in the Middle Triassic. The Triassic Conodont Catalogue of the Conodont Work­ing Group has been concluded by the large and import­ant participation of Hungarian specialists and is being printed in Hungary. In the frame of the countrywide key-profile programme new drillings and artificial exposures were carried out in the Transdanubian Central Mts. and North Hungary, providing important new information on the Permian/Triassic boundary in Marine facies in the south-eastern foreland of the Vertes Mountains. In the microbiostratigraphy of the Anisian/Ladinianboundary, and especially in the investigation of the Versprem karst formation, considerable progress has been achieved.

India: Research in the Spiti region on conodonts from the Lilang, Pin-Parahio and Kioto showed that parallelisations with conodont zones of the Western Tethys were possible. The Keyserlingites bed of Spiti is considered to be Lower Triassic with the conodont support. The boundary of the Middle Triassic to the Lower Triassic is conside­red to be 30 m below the traditional boundary based on conodonts (Neospathodus newpaasensis and Gondolella polygnatiformis ).

The Netherlands: Ranges of selected palynomorphs in the Alpine Triassic have been published. A set of 5 preliminary range-charts shows the known stratigraphical distribution of 52 selected species or categories of palynomorphs through the stages and substages of the Alpine Triassic. A conside­rable part of the palynological data is controlled chronostratigraphically by ammonoids or other significant faunal elements. Lithostratigraphical, palynological, and microfaunal studies in the Trias­sic of the External Zone of the Betic Cordilleras, Southern Spain, have led to a reinterpretation of the Triassic in the provinces of Jaén and Murcia. According to palynological and microfaunal data, the age of the sediments ranges from the Late Ladinian into the Late Karnian and probably into the Norian. The new stratigraphical concept differs considerably from the stratigraphical sche­mes of previous authors. This is due mainly to the previous misinterpretation of the evaporitic/ clastic successions. By far the major part,

14

generally classified as "Buntsandstein", seemed to be of Karnian age. The conventional "Muschel-kalk" is essentially Cordevolian in age. The new information thus clearly demonstrates the inap­plicability of the classic Germanic classification units in Southern Spain; even in a lithostratigra-phical sense the units have little reality in a stra-tigraphical, palaeogeographical, and tectonic analysis of the Betic Cordilleras.

Spain: In the studies on the Triassic in the Cen­tral and Eastern parts of the Iberian Peninsula, special attention has been paid, as in other years, to the study of correlations between the predomi­nantly marine facies, which outcrops in the east­ern part and which is referred to as Mediterra­nean Triassic, as well as the predominantly con­tinental ones of the central part which are refer­red to as Iberian Triassic and Hesperian Trias­sic. Establishing detailed biostratigraphic cor­relations was problematical, because the macro-fauna with significant species practically exists only in the Triassic with Mediterranean facies and, moreover, Anisian and Ladinian fauna have only been identified in the Middle Triassic. But even in the Triassic with more eastern facies, that is, in the Mediterranean, the Scythian and a large part of the Karnian-Norian are present in continental facies and those are practically unfossiliferous. In the Iberian Range, the da-tings have been established through the micro­flora. Until now however, this microflora had not been found in the Mediterranean Triassic series dated through macrofauna. Only after numerous samplings has it been possible to identi­fy various pollen associations in detrital levels inserted between carbonate levels with fauna. The first association, characterized by a m a s ­sive predominance of bi-sack pollen, corres­ponds to a Lower Ladinian and was found in the level which is termed Middle Muschelkalk. This discovery confirms the fact that the Ladinian-Anisian boundary is located in the Middle M u s ­chelkalk and agrees with the Anisian fauna found in the lower carbonate level (Lower Muschelkalk) and with the Ladinian fauna found in the upper carbonate level (Upper Muschelkalk). Another polinic association was found precisely in the first marly clay beds which form the boundary between the Upper Muschelkalk and the Keuper.

In the Iberian Range, the Pollen associations characteristic of the Ladinian, have been iden­tified within the Buntsandstein. This reveals the passage of the carbonate marine facies of the Middle Triassic in the Mediterranean sector to detrital continental facies in the central part of the Peninsula. In the Mediterranean Triassic there are two massive faunal invasions: one in the Anisian and the other in the Ladinian or Kar­nian. The first, of less importance, only covers the easternmost part of the Peninsula. The sec­ond one is the more important and its influence was felt as far as the centre of the Peninsula, although later and more ephemeral than in the eastern sector.

Nevertheless, the correlations with these sectors require further work and particularly the identi­fication and study of possible and unknown inter­mediate outcrops.

USSR: The stratigraphie subdivision and bounda­ries of some local stratigraphie units in the South­east Pamirs have been determined more precisely due to the study of the stratigraphie range of the Monotidae and the change of the lithological com­position of the host rock. In the Chukotka Penin­sula (Yu. M . Bychkov) outcrops of Triassic depo­sits with mollusc remains of Tethyan habit have been found. Representatives of Discotropites might be present there. In January 1981 a meet­ing of the Bureau of the Triassic Commission of the Interdepartmental Stratigraphical Committee of USSR was held in Leningrad. At this meeting the general zonal scale of the Triassic system, recommended for the preparation of correlational stratigraphie schemes for the territory of the USSR, was adopted.

Yugoslavia: The Carnian/Norian boundary can no longer be determined according to lithological criteria as it has been proven at the deeper m a ­rine sedimentation continued into the Norian. Apart from various new conodont fauna in the Karawanken Mts. and the Julian Alps, the evidence of Rhaetian in the Julian is remarkable. In Serbia sedimentological and biostratigraphical studies in the Zlatibor Mts. have led to the first discov­ery of "Lofer facies" in the carbonate sediments.

According to the study of H . Kozur (GDR), the Lybian Triassic is partially continental, partially brackish, and partially slightly hypersaline. The most important fossils contained therein are the sporomorphs, ostracods, and conchostracans. In the Middle Triassic and Upper Triassic also marine sediments occur that are rich in ostracods. Radiolarian studies have been continued. More than 100 new species, about 50 genera and about 20 new families were described. The most im­portant species are distributed world-wide and are known to exist in the Alps, Carpathians, Dinarides, Hellenides, Turkey, Japan, the Soviet Union, and the south-western part of U S A . The radiolarian zonation, which will be possible in the future, will be more detailed than the conodont zonation;

N o . 5 C O R R E L A T I O N O F T H E P R E V A R I S C A N A N D VARISCAN E V E N T S O F T H E A L P I N E -M E D I T E R R A N E A N M O U N T A I N B E L T S

F . P . Sassi, Institute of Mineralogy, University of Padua, Corso Garibaldi 37, 1-35100 Padova, Italy; H . W . Flugel, Graz, Austria; and C . Spassov, Sofia, Bulgaria.

Description. Correla-tion of pre-Alpine events in the Mediterranean areas affected by Alpine oro­geny. This includes stratigraphie and palaeo-geographic reconstructions, correlation of m a g -matic and metamorphic events, definition of

15

orogenic cycles. T h e results of such correla­tions also should be represented in a m a p and discussed in two final v o l u m e s .

S u m m a r y of activities.

(a) Several circular letters were distributed,

containing messages, proposals, news , and re­

commendations .

(b) The thematic meetings of small groups were held, aiming at the discussion of particular pro­b lems . Most of these meetings were organized within the ambit of the activity of the Internatio­nal T e a m s . A m o n g these, there were a field meeting in Hungary on the pre-Alpine geology of the Sopron area, attended by s o m e Hungarian and Italian m e m b e r s ; a meeting in Greece on the pre-Alpine metamorphism in Greece, atten­ded by some Greek and Italian members; a m e e ­ting in Rumania on correlation problems, atten­ded by some Bulgarian, Czechoslovak, Hunga­rian, and Rumanian members.

(c) Exchange of visits, both within the ambit of the training p r o g r a m m e and the activity of the International T e a m s . Specifically: Kleinschmidt (West G e r m a n y ) , Kovac (Hungary), Petroni (Ita­ly), Tenchov (Bulgaria) visited Austria; Kovach (Hungary), Sassi (Italy), Szederkenyi (Hungary) visited C S S R ; Petroni (Italy) visited Bulgaria; Sassi and Szederkenyi visited C S S R ; Boyer (Yu­goslavia), Sassi and Stojanov (Yugoslavia) visi­ted Greece; Sassi visited Hungary; Szederkenyi visited Yugoslavia; Br ime (Spain), G o m e z (Spain) and Lelkes (Hungary) visited Italy.

(d) The publication of the third volume of N e w s ­letter, to which 47 authors from 11 countries contributed. The 25 papers published in this volume represent a further contribution to the coordinated synthesis of the numerous data pro­duced by the Project m e m b e r s .

(e) The Field Meeting 1981 organized by the French and Spanish working groups was held in France and Spain from 9-15 June 1981. The scope of the meeting was a visit to the Western and Central Pyrenees, the Montagne Noire, the Eastern Pyrenees, and the Catalonian Coastal Range. In addition to the field trips, two scien­tific sessions and a business session also were held. Sixty-four m e m b e r s of the Project from

13 different countries participated in this meeting.

(f) T h e meet ing on Plutonism w a s organized b y the Italian Work ing Group jointly with the Societá di Mineralogía e Petrologia. S o m e F rench and Czechoslovak and n u m e r o u s Italian geoscientists participated.

(g) N u m e r o u s international collaborations were active during 1981, generated within the ambit of the Project: Austria-Italy (pre-Alpine meta-morphisms in Austria; Grobgneiss; palaeoma-gnetism); Austria-CSSR (Palaeozoic volcanism in Austria); CSSR-Hungary (Radiometric G e o -

chronology); CSSR-Hungary-Yugoslavia (Geotra-verse C ) ; CSSR-Italy (pre-Alpine metamorphisms in C S S R ) ; Bulgaria-Greece (Biostratigraphy); Greece-Yugoslavia (Pelagonian metamorphic belt); Greece-Italy (pre-Alpine metamorphism in Greece); France-Italy-Spain (Palaeogeographic, structural and metamorphic Palaeozoic evolution in Southern France and the Western Mediterranean area).

The most important scientific achievements on long-distance correlations are:

- the results represented in the sections, strati-graphic c o l u m n s and reports included in N e w s ­letter V o l u m e 3;

- the outline of the pre-Alpine metamorphisms in Greece, which is ready for printing; this report will be added to the similar ones con­cerning the pre-Alpine metamorphisms in Hungary and Spain, which have already been published.

One of the definite results of the Project refers to the training and exchange of k n o w - h o w among the different national working groups. Taking into consideration the heterogeneous scientific back­ground of the different groups, the large amount of data exchange which w e were able to carry out, the internal reports, and the personal and small-group meetings represented an important training opportunity and an efficient w a y of bridging the gaps for almost all Project m e m b e r s .

In addition, specific training p rogrammes were active during the year: (1) Conodont preparation (Graz); (2) Heavy-mineral investigation (Graz);

(3) Palynology in low-grade metasediments (Sofia);

(4) Geopetrologic analysis of the crystalline base­ments (Padova); and (5) Geobarometric classifi­cation of low-grade metapelites (Padova). The programmes were utilised by a few Project m e m ­bers from other countries (7 in total, from 3 dif­ferent countries, for a total of 6 months).

Activities planned. The following main activities have been planned for 1982, in addition to the m a n y others having m o r e local interest:

- Field meeting in the C a u c a s u s , to be organized be the Soviet W o r k i n g G r o u p ; during this field meeting, s o m e scientific workshops will be held on the m a i n correlation results, as well as a business session;

- S o m e small-group meetings within the ambit of the activity of the International T e a m s . These meetings are necessary for elaborating the most important interregional correlations, formulating multidisciplinary models, integra­ting the stratigraphie columns with the new re­sults on magma t i sm and metamorphism;

- N u m e r o u s visits, both within the ambit of the training p r o g r a m m e s and the activity of the International T e a m s ;

16

- Strengthening of the training programmes;

- Continuation of the chemical and bo program­mes , supplying chemical and X-ray data to the working groups which do not have such facilities;

- New efforts in palaeomagnetic research, thanks to the collaboration between the Austrian and Italian working groups;

- Probable publication of Newsletter Volume 4.

No. 6 CORRELATION OF DIAGNOSTIC FEA­TURES IN ORE OCCURRENCES OF BASE METALS IN DOLOMITES AND LIMESTONES

H . Holzer, Institute of Geology and Mineral Resources, Mining University, A-8700 Leoben, Austria.

Description. A great number of ore deposits, such as lead-zinc, uranium, copper, fluorspar, occur in carbonate sequences. However, during the first general meeting of the working group, it was agreed that preference should be given to lead-zinc occurrences. It is expected that co­ordinated studies of the problems raised by this type of ore body will improve scientific know­ledge of all similar strataform bodies. These problems are to be treated by individual working teams and their results will be compared with those of the other working teams.

Summary of activities. Circular letters were sent to all Project participants, requesting con­cise abstracts of the scientific results and a complete list of publications arising from the Project. A final Project meeting was held at Berchtesgaden, F R G , which was attended by 19 participants from 11 countries. It was agreed that all working groups would send abstracts of their respective work, stressing the diagnostic features of base metal deposition in carbonate rocks. Final reports would then be prepared and presented to the IGCP Secretariat at the end of 1981. A follow-up project on more specific topics, to be headed by Y . Fuchs (Paris Sud), was discussed and, in principle, accepted at Berchtesgaden at the occasion of the 4th Interna­tional Symposium on Mineral Deposits of the Alps.

N o . 24 Q U A T E R N A R Y GLACIATIONS IN T H E NORTHERN HEMISPHERE

J. Macoun, Geological Survey Prague, Malostranské namëstf 19, 118 21 Prague 1, Czechoslovakia.

Description. The Project is to carry out the stratigraphie correlation of the glaciations in the Northern Hemisphere based on all acceptable methods, including palaeomagnetic correlations.

Summary of activities. A n international meeting of the Project was held in Kyoto, Japan 28 July-6 August 1981, to study the Asian glaciations and their correlation with those in Europe and North America. About 45 scientists from 13 countries attended the session. Twenty-five papers were presented. An excursion was organized in the Central Japanese Mountains. A meeting of natio­nal group leaders was also held on the occasion of this meeting.

In 1981, the following meetings of national groups were held: The Canadian National Meeting at the York University, 25 May 1981; joint excursion of Scandinavian and Czechoslovak geologists in the glaciated and periglacial zones of Bohemian Massif and in the Carpathians in Czechoslovakia, 24 May-3 June 1981; the meeting "Quaternary glaciations and marine transgressions in the north­ern part of Eastern Europe" (with an excursion) in May 1981 and the meeting "Problems of glacia­tion in Central Siberia" in June 1981 in the USSR; the symposium "The last glaciation, with special reference to the déglaciation in Sweden", 12-13 January 1981, attended by scientists both from the neighbouring countries; and the field conference on the Younger Dry as zone, in Sweden, 5-8 October 1981, attended by Finnish and Swedish scientists.

The main activity in 1981 was devoted to correla­tion on a continental and intercontinental scale. In Europe the latitudinal correlation of the inland glaciation has been discussed. The results achie­ved have proved to be a good possibility of corre­lation for the whole North-European Lowland. In Central and Western Europe a more compli­cated stratigraphy of the Middle Pleistocene sediments was established and correlated among different regions. The correlations between the North-European glaciated area and the Alpine foreland made substantial progress. Palaeomag­netic sampling in the Alpine foreland in Austria and France, together with the results obtained in the extraglacial zone, substantially contributed to the correlation on a European scale.

Correlation between European and Siberian glaci­ations has been based on the comparison between the stratigraphy in selected areas in Europe and the stratigraphy along the valleys of main Siberian rivers. The stratigraphy in Siberia itself was discussed in several meetings and excursions, organized by regional groups in the USSR. The main glaciations in both areas are comparable. The relevant detailed stratigraphical correlation is now in progress.

Attention was paid to the mountain glaciations in the Asian mountains, especially in the Himalayas and in the Japanese Mountains. A stratigraphie correlation in these areas is difficult. Neverthe­less, the observations on mountain glaciations, together with data obtained from the lacustrine deposits in Japan, provided valuable data for com­parison of palaeoclimatic development in different areas in Asia.

Correlation studies between the North-American

17

and European continents are in progress. In North America the correlation schemes for dif­ferent regions have been elaborated. The corre­lation studies between North America and Cana­da are in progress. The results achieved have been used for the correlation of North-American glaciations with those of Europe. It has been proved that the stratigraphy of the last glaciation in North America can be correlated in most aspects with that in Northern Europe, especial­ly in Scandinavia. However, a substantial diffe­rence in time exists between the glaciations of America and Europe in the time-span of Lower and Upper Pleistocene. The correlation studies based on the palaeomagnetic and radiometric dating are in progress.

The correlation of continental- and marine depo­sits was focused on a comparison of the Quater­nary stratigraphy in the North-European glacia­ted area with that in the deep-sea sediments. This correlation is based, besides geological observation, mainly on radiometric and palaeo­magnetic dating and palynological studies. For the lower part of the Pleistocene the correlation is based on the comparison of climatic changes as reflected in the palaeontological content of deposits, palaeopedological development and palaeomagnetic properties. A corresponding number of climatic oscillations following the Brunhes-Matuyama boundary has been proved both in marine and continental conditions. In the shelf areas of North-east Europe, the relation of glaciations to the marine transgressions also was studied.

The geophysical studies were aimed at clarifying the relation of climatic changes to the changes of palaeomagnetic field, and also at the identifica­tion of the geophysical factors influencing glacia­tions.

Activities planned. The final session will be held in Paris, 9-10 September 1982, and the final report will be prepared in 1982.

No. 25 STRATIGRAPHIC CORRELATION OF THE TETHYS-PARATETHYS NEOGENE

J. Seneg, Geological Institute, Slovak Academy of Sciences, Ddbravaská cesta, 88625 Bratis­lava, Czechoslovakia.

Description. Time correlation of the Tethys and Paratethys Neogene from the Iberian Peninsula to the South Ural and Pakistan. Connections be­tween the Atlantic and Indo-Pacific areas (Europe, North Africa, and West Asia).

Summary of activities. The second stage of the Project (1979-1982) involves the necessary corrections and input of new data, followed by an evaluation and more detailed correlation of 450 Neogene basins of these areas.

A field trip meeting was held in 1981 on the prob­

lems of the Neogene between the brackish and marine sediments. In 1981 the Project workers' attention was concentrated on the extensive publi­cation activities for the compilation of the final report. The manuscripts of the Project's final reports will be ready for printing by the end of 1981 or, at the latest, in the first months of 1982.

The results obtained by this Project to a consi­derable extent have changed the old views on chronostratigraphy of all events for the last 25 M a , and provide new bases for palaeogeographic-palinspastic and geodynamical interpretations.

Activities planned. (1) The final version of "Time correlation Tables" will be printed in Austria and a shorter final report on the solved first-order topics of the Project will be published in "Earth-Science Reviews". (2) The Project's final m e e ­ting will be convened in Smolenice Castle in Czechoslovakia. On this occasion, a large dis­cussion is foreseen in the programme, covering the problems of Neogene stratigraphy, not only in the Mediterranean region, but also in other Neogene areas throughout the world.

N o . 27 T H E C A L E D O N I D E O R O G E N

B . A . Sturt, Geological Institute, University of Bergen, Norway.

Description. This Project, in its broadest con­text, is concerned with late Precambrian and early Palaeozoic through Devonian evolution of the Caledonide Orogen. It concerns all rock units that have been influenced by orogenic pro­cesses during this time interval.

Summary of activities. The 7th International Working Group Meeting of the Project "Caledo­nide Orogen", took place in Uppsala, Sweden from 26-27 August 1981, which was attended by scientists from 15 countries. The national reports were circulated and the future plans were elabor­ated.

Belgium. Several working groups were established in November 1980.

Canada. All project compilation maps have been completed, and consist of Metamorphism (1 map), Stratigraphy-Sedimentology-Fauna (10 maps), Plutonics/Volcanics (1 map), Deformation (2 maps), and Gravity and Magnetics (2 maps).

Czechoslovakia. A start has been made on defin­ing the effects of Caledonian deformation and metamorphism throughout the Bohemian Massif. Mapping in the north-eastern region has enabled us to distinguish a fold phase between the Early and the Late Ordovician.

Denmark. Systematic mapping (1:5, 000, 000) in East Greenland has been concentrated in the north­ern part of the fold belt between 79-80°N latitudes.

18

Mapping has covered the entire width of the fold belt, including the platform rocks of the fore­land. In North Greenland, mapping (1:2, 500, 000) in the eastern half of the fold belt has been com­pleted as far as 40°W. The results show that the Caledonian fold belt continues into Kronprins Christian Land (North-east Greenland). The existence of a Carolinidian (mid-Proterozoic) orogeny within the northern part of the East Greenland fold belt has been rejected. Crystal­line rocks of the coastal region have proved to be basement complexes yielding ca 2 000 M a isotopic ages. The western border zone of the Caledonian field belt in North-east Greenland comprises several far-travelled nappes, mainly of Upper Proterozoic rock units. The North Greenland fold belt is made up entirely of Lower Palaeozoic flysch sequences with a thickness approaching 7 k m , deposited in a trough situa­ted north of a stable carbonate platform. The uppermost sediments in the trough sequence (Late Silurian) were derived from the rising mountains of the East Greenland Caledonides. Folding occurred between the Early Devonian and Middle Carboniferous.

U K . Parts of the orthotectonic belt in the U K have been subjected to active reinvestigation and revision. Results are incorporated in the basement-cover map (complete) and the combi­ned volcanic-plutonic map, also complete.

Ireland. A one-day seminar on the geology of Donegal was held on 26 September 1980 and at­tracted over 80 participants. Many took part in the ensuing 3-day field meeting. About 35 peo­ple attended a joint U K and Irish meeting and workshop in the Southern Uplands of Scotland at which the Longford-Down zone was among the topics discussed. A palaeomagnetic study of the Llandeilo-Caradoc volcanic rocks of South-east Ireland (Tramore) has provided evidence for a significantly wider Iapetus between here and North-west Ireland at this time (3 000*800 k m ) in comparison with Britain (1 000±800km) . All maps, except those for stratigraphy and palaeontology, are well under way.

Italy. The Sardinian Working Group, consisting of 10 members, has concentrated its efforts on the basement rocks (Cambrian and older) and cover of Lower Ordovician-Lower Tournaisian volcano-sedimentary rocks. Caledonian events are represented by: (a) the Middle Cambrian-Lower Ordovician unconformity of southern Sardinia (Sardic phase); (b) the products of post-orogenic type acidic infracrustal m a g m a -tism of Ordovician age (meta-rhyolites. andmeta-rhyodanites of pre-Caradocian age; orthogneiss of ages about 430-460 M a by Rb/Sr whole-rock method). No Caledonian metamorphic event has been so far documented. Maps dealing with de­formation, metamorphism and magnetism are being completed.

Norway. Field-mapping programmes have been carried out in Finnmark, Troms, Nordland,

Tr^ndelag, Hedmark, Oppland, and in Western Norway. From this work a number of important results have emerged, particularly the detailed tectonostratigraphic relationships of nappes in nappes in Nordland, Troms and Finnmark, the sparagmite region of southern Norway and the regional stratigraphie and tectonic relationships of ophiolite complexes throughout the belt. This information is incorporated in a new draft edition of the tectono-stratigraphic compilation map (1:1,000,000) for Norway, forming the basis of other compilation maps of the Project. Detailed stratigraphie maps now are available for the key area between Lyikken and H^Slonda. New in 1980 were the finds of well-preserved Caradoc and Ashgill brachiopods in the same area and a re-evaluation of the Otta serpentine conglomerate fauna. The braciopods in the latter show a much stronger "Celtic province" affinity than previously thought, whereas the trilobites show a mixture of Baltyurid and Asaphus-province types.

A number of additional greenstone complexes along the length of the belt also have been identi­fied as ophiolite fragments, whereas an island arc origin has been suggested for others. Geo-chemical studies show that, although the ophiolites generally conform to a M O R B (mid-oceanic ridge basalt) model in their geochemistry, certain anomalies have been detected in their rare earth and incompatible element compositions, probably indicating some original inhomogeneities in the sub-oceanic (Iapetus) mantle.

During 1980 the Mineralogical-Geological Museum in Oslo perfected methods for the use of U - P b and S m - N d in geochronology, which will provide con­siderable data for the Project in comino1 vears.

Poland. The Polish Working Group was established in July 1981, because the recent studies suggest that the early Palaeozoic fold belt of South-east Poland may represent part of the Caledonide oro-gen. The Swictokrzyska and Sandomierz phases (responsible for the orogen of the Malopolska Massif, and possibly other parts of the fold belt known as Sandomirian, Galician, or Dobrogen), fall within the time interval of the Grampian/ Finnmarkian polyphase. Borehole data from Luton and Torun in Central Poland, show the Upper Silurian cover deposits on the folded Lower Silurian and Ordovician sequences. The folding is thought to be post early Wenlock-Ludlow.

USSR. Preliminary programmes have been pre­pared for two field excursions in the Caledonides of Altai and western Sayany to be held in 1984 (IGC). The Caledonides of Central Asia were formed in an extensive basin of oceanic type with gabbro-ultrabasitic complexes forming the base­ment rocks, covered by Caledonian ophiolites. On the fringes of the basin (Central Kazakhstan, Altai-Sayany, Western Mongolia, Baikalian mountain area) there occurs a series of Vendian-Cambrian terrigenous-calcareous deposits. The Cambrian successions resemble rocks of Meguma type and Dalradian.

19

U S A . The Penrose Conference on "Timing of Orogenic Activity in the Appalachian-Caledo-nide System" took place in Alabama, in May 1981; segments of the orogen from Alabama to northern Norway were examined. In addition to the Americans, geologists from Norway, Sweden, U K and Canada were present.

A Bouguer gravity anomaly map and a magnetic anomaly map (1:1,000, 000 and 1:2, 000, 000) have been published as a joint Canadian-USA cooperation. Other Project maps are well in hand.

Activities planned. 1. "Regional trends in the Geology of the Appalachian-Caledonian-Hercy-nian Orogen", Atlantic, Canada, 2-17 August 1982; 2. Symposium "The Hercyno-Caledonide Evolution of Morocco", Rabat, Morocco, 7-10 September 1983; 3. The Caledonide Orogen -final symposium and presentation of atlas of maps, to be held at the University of Glasgow, U K , in early September 1984.

N o . 29 P R E C A M B R I A N - C A M B R I A N B O U N D A R Y

J . W . Cowie, Department of Geology, University of Bristol, University Walk, Bristol BS8 1TR, United Kingdom.

Description. International agreement is sought on the definition of the Precambrian-Cambrian boundary (the Proterozoic-Phanerozoic transi­tion) in litho-, bio-, and chronostratigraphic terms, based on a point in the standard rock sequence, coupled with elucidation of the signi­ficant palaeobiological transitions occurring at, or about, this stage in the Earth's history.

Summary of activities. Field and laboratory research on the Projet is now world-wide and advancing on many fronts in many countries. Some of the regions which deserve passing m e n ­tion are given here.

1. Newfoundland - work on the earliest C a m ­brian and latest Precambrian formations is pro­ceeding well with Fletcher, Conway Morris, Richards, Landing, and Bengtson covering both the Avalon and Burin Peninsulas of eastern Newfoundland. Anderson and Crimes study trace fossils.

2. In the western USA a field excursion visited the White-Inyo Mountains in eastern California in July 1981 and members of the Precambrian-Cambrian Boundary Working Group were able to study and collect.

3. China - Work continues apace in north-west­ern Guizhou province in preparation for the vi­sit in 1982 by the Working Group.

4. Soviet far East ("Siberia") - A Soviet party was joined by Fritz, Kirschvink, and Cowie to re-examine the sections across the Precambrian

Cambrian boundary on the Aldan River, including Ulakhan-Sulugur.

5. Arctic Siberia - Sokolov and Fedonkin disco­vered many trace fossils and body fossils in the Precambrian-Cambrian sections in the area north of the Anabar Shield.

6. Mongolia - Palaeontological and biostratigra-phic studies now are completed in preparation for the Project's visit in September 1982.

7. Poland - A publication in English summari­zing results by the joint Polish-Soviet Working Group studying the late Precambrian and early Cambrian geology of the East European Platform is being prepared by Urbanek (Poland) and Rozanov (USSR).

8. Sweden - Work by Bengtson, Bergstrôm, Vidal, and Ahlberg continues, relating well to work in neighbouring East European Platform regions.

9. United Kingdom - A two-day symposium in 1982 on "Geochronology and the Geological Time Scale" will include a section on late Precambrian/ Cambrian by Cowie and Johnson.

10. India - The National Working Group in India for this Project held another meeting in Lucknow in January 1981, when reports were given by Sri Gopendra Kumar on the status of work in two areas: the Spiti Valley, Himalayas, and Lolab Valley, Kashmir where lithostratigraphic, body fossils, trace fossils, and palynological results are coming forward. Magnetostratigraphic studies also are under way.

The Second International Symposium on the C a m ­brian System took place in Golden, Colorado, USA, 8-13 August 1981, at which 40 geoscientists attended. Eighteen papers on the Precambrian-Cambrian boundary were presented at the Techni­cal Session and then were published. On this occasion the Project's business meetings and two workshops also were held on 10 and 11 August.

The following issues were discussed at the busi­ness meetings:

1. Project Leader's Report 1980/1981 including Paris meeting in July 1980. 2. IUGS/IGCP Reports and IGCP Board and Scientific Committee recommendations and comments. 3. Publications pending and planned. 4. Membership. 5. Pro­ject Committees' reports: (i) Trace Fossils, Convener: Crimes, (ii) Magnetostratigraphy, Convener: Kirschvink, (iii) Geochronology, Con­vener: Cowie, (iv) Terminal Precambrian Period, Convener: Sokolov, (v) Palaeoclimatology, Con­vener: Harland.

The topics with speakers who introduced them at the workshops are listed as follows :

1. USSR (east and west): Rozanov, Fedonkin,

20

Khomentovskiy. 2. Canada (Mackenzies, Cas-siars, Newfoundland): Fritz, Conway Morris, Fletcher, Landing. 3. USA (White-Inyo Mts, California): Nelson, Palmer, Tynan, Taylor. 4. Morocco and Spain: Debrenne. 5. Himala­yas (Kashmir and Spiti): Cowie. 6. China: Cowie. 7. England: Brasier, Rushton, Cowie. 8. Mongolia: Rozanov. 9. Argentina: Cowie. 10. Other areas: Cowie. 11. Precambrian-Cambrian global correlations. General discus­sion also covered planning of conferences, field meetings, with new and continuing research into biostratigraphical, palaeobiological, magneto-stratigraphy, geochronology, transgression/ regression cycles, and other subjects.

Activities planned. 1. Meeting in People's Republic of Mongolia, August 1982; 2. Meeting in People's Republic of China, September 1982; 3. Plenary Session in Bristol, England, U K , May 198 3; 4. Meeting in Ukraine and Esthonia, USSR, 1983; 5. Documentation of global stra­totype section and Point Candidates in the im­mediate future. 6. Meeting at the 27th IGC (Moscow, 1984).

N o . 30 CIRCUM-PACIFIC P L U T O N I S M

P . C . Bateman, United States Geological Survey, 345 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, California 94025, U S A .

Description. The objectives of the Project are to gain an understanding of the voluminous batho-liths, especially ones of Mesozoic age, that form much of the margins of the Pacific Basin in relation to plate tectonics, volcanism, ore deposits, metamorphism, and other geologic processes. Meetings have been held, beginning in 1972, in different nations marginal to the Pacific. Each meeting has been centred on a theme appropriate to the locale and has been followed by field trips in the host country.

Summary of activities. A business meeting li­mited to key Project members was held 3-8 May 1981 in the United States at the Wawona hotel in the southern part of Yosemite National Park, California. The primary purpose of the meeting was to review the final products of the Project before publication. These products are a symposium-volume, "Circum-Pacific Pluto­nic Terranes", an "Annotated Bibliography of Circum-Pacific Plutonism", and a "Map of Circum-Pacific Magmatism". The editor of the symposium-volume, which includes 19 papers on plutonism in 12 different countries, is J. A . Roddick of Canada, and the compilors of the annotated bibliography are W . A . Pitcher of England and Luis Aguirre of Chile. Both these products have been submitted to the Geological Society of America and are being prepared for publication. The Symposium-volume will be pu­blished as a memoir and the annotated bibliogra­phy in the microform series.

assembled and will be published in the USSR under the direction of N . A . Shilo, L.I. Krasny, and A . Milov. Because of the complexity of the map and because translation of captions into English, Spanish, and Japanese presents problems, pu­blication of the map will be delayed until revisions have been completed and the map has been reviewed.

Activities planned. Final review of the " M a p of Circum-Pacific Magmatism" will be made in Japan, probably in March 1982. For the review the Soviet compilors will meet with the Project leader and with Japanese representatives.

N o . 32 STRATIGRAPHIC C O R R E L A T I O N S B E T W E E N T H E S E D I M E N T A R Y BASINS O F T H E E S C A P REGION

Mineral Resources Section, Natural Resources Division, E S C A P , The United Nations Building, Rajadamnern Avenue, Bangkok-2, Thailand.

Description. The major emphasis of the Project is to determine the nature, structure, age, thick­ness, faciès and sedimentary sequences in the depositional basins of the E S C A P region, inclu­ding studies on faciès patterns and sequences in platforms and géosynclinal domaines to enrich the knowledge of tectonic and palaeogeographic controls of mineral and chemical distributions.

The Project includes the production of an atlas of stratigraphy representing the features of the sedimentary successions in each of the main se­dimentary basins of the E S C A P region and the correlations between them. In addition, the stra­tigraphie character of those basins will be analy­sed in relation to hydrocarbon occurrences, their origin and distribution, with a view of recognising the factors in sedimentary basin development which favoured the generation of energy and m i ­neral resources.

Summary of activities. Two volumes of the E S C A P Atlas of Stratigraphy, published as Mine­ral Resources Development Series (MRDS) vo­lume Nos. 44 and 46 have been distributed. The third volume will be M R D S volume N o . 48 and is in press; it contains descriptions of sedimentary basins in Australia, Bangladesh, Fiji, India, Indonesia, Nepal, Solomon Islands, and Tajikis­tan. W e have been advised that work on contribu­tions to the atlas is in progress in several of the remaining countries, particularly Afghanistan, China, Korea, and Vietnam.

The first edition sheets of the Map of the Sedi­mentary Basins of the E S C A P region, at a scale of 1:10, 000, 000, has been completed; comprising seven sheets in the northern hemisphere and five sheets in the southern hemisphere. The map sheets have been distributed and about 100 re­quests for the map were received from institu­tions, libraries, and the private sector.

The "Map of Circum-Pacific Magmatism" was

21

Activities planned. A working group meeting is being proposed by the Mineral Resources Sec­tion of E S C A P , to be held sometime in 1982, however funding is uncertain and the proposal is mainly to get an agreement in principle to hold one. The meeting would review a work program­m e on correlation between basins; and with res­pect to all proposed activities, components cove­ring economics, resources, and training.

Contributions to the atlas are expected from Afghanistan, China, Korea, and Vietnam and further contributions are likely from Australia and India; and it is envisaged that another volu­m e of the atlas can be produced.

The immediate future will see the publication of the third volume of the Atlas.

N o . 41 N E O G E N E - Q U A T E R N A R Y B O U N D A R Y

K . V . Nikiforova, Geological Institute, USSR Academy of Sciences, Pyzhevsky per. 7, 109017 Moscow, USSR.

Description. Complex study of biostratigraphy, magnetostratigraphy, radiometric-age determi­nation, etc., and correlation of Pliocene and Lower Quaternary marine and continental de­posits on a global scale. Stratigraphie and pa-laeomagnetic study of the Neogene-Quaternary boundary stratotype.

Summary of activities. The state-of-the-art of the N / Q boundary study can be summarized briefly as follows:

At present there are four main proposals on the position of the N / Q boundary: (1) at the base of the Plaisance-Astian of the Italian sequences, corresponding in the continen­tal facies to the Late Rustsinian (Charnotian) and Early Villafranchian of West Europe; coin­ciding in the oceanic sequences with the base of the Globorotalia miocenica zone and the lower boundary of the Gilbert palaeomagnetic zone (about 3.3 M a ) ; (2) at the base of the Middle Villafranchian of West Europe, near the Gauss-Matuyama epoch boundary (about 2. 4-2. 5 M a ) ; (3) at the base of the Calabrian of Italy, with Arctic immigrants in the fauna of molluscs and foraminifers: corresponding to the base of the Upper Villafranchian in the continental facies of

• West Europe and the base of Globorotalia trun-catulinoides zone in the oceanic sequences; with­in or near the Olduvai palaeomagnetic episode (1. 91-1.72 M a ) ; (4) at the base of the Crome-rian of West Europe, near the Matuyama-Brunhes epoch boundary (about 0. 7 M a ) .

In addition, some scientists think that the N / Q boundary coincides with the Kaena episode of the Gauss palaeomagnetic epoch (2.8 M a ) .

The Quaternary system should be taxonomically equal toother Phanerozoic systems, and thus

its lower boundary should be defined in conformity with general stratigraphie principles. It should have a stratigraphie substantiation, based first of all on marine fauna changes; detailed correlation with the Quaternary established in marine deposits is then required for establishing the boundary in the continental sequences, based on palaeontological, climatostratigraphical and magnetostratigraphical data, isotope-oxygen analysis and radiometric dating. Its stratotypical section should be universal, time-fixed standard, which can be traced globally.

The base of the G . tosaensis zone does not have any correspondent marker in the palaeomagnetic scale, and therefore is unsuitable for broad cor­relation. The base of the Middle Villafranchian of West Europe passes inside the G . miocenica zone and thus can not be identified in the oceanic deposits. Moreover, the base of the Cromerian lies near the Matuyama-Brunhes boundary inside the G_. truncatulinoides and, not coinciding with any subzone boundary, also will be lost in the oceanic sequences.

Hence, among the aforementioned four proposals only two bases can qualify for the final selection of the N / Q boundary: the base of the G . mioce­nica zone (boundary of the Gilbert-Gauss palaeo­magnetic epochs, 3. 3 Ma) and the base of the G . truncatulinoides zone (near the base of the Oldu­vai palaeomagnetic event, about 1.9 M a ) . The latter, coinciding with the base of the Calabrian layers of Italy, which is recommended by the IGC and accepted by most of the countries as the stan­dard, has been considered by the majority of scientists concerned to be the suitable N / Q boun­dary.

The Vrica section was proposed by the Italian scientists in 1975 for the N / Q boundary stratotype and was approved preliminarily by the Project WorkingGroup and the INQUA Subcommission on the Pliocene-Pleistocene boundary. The final solution to this problem should be adopted by the Project WorkingGroup at the XI INQUA Congress, which is to be held in Moscow, in 1982, and should then be submitted for approval to the 27th IGC which will take place in Moscow in 1984.

In 1981, an international meeting of the Project, followed by a field excursion to the Pliocene-Quaternary key sections in Arizona and Califor­nia, was held in Tuscon, Arizona, USA from 28 March to 5 April. It was organized jointly with IGCP Project 128 "Late Cenozoic Magneto-stratigraphy" and the INQUA Subcommission on Pliocene-Pleistocene boundary. Thirty-six scientists from 10 countries attended the session. The complete record of climatic, sedimentary and tectonic changes of the marine and non-marine sediments was studied. The planktonic micro-fossil biostratigraphy, vertebrate palaeontology, radiometric dates and magnetostratigraphy made it possible for a correlation to be made between marine and terrestrial sequences of the continental margin of the western part of the U S A . The urgent necessity for studies on the Vrica potential strato-

22

type of the N / Q boundary, especially the detai­led palaeomagnetic and micropalaeontological survey, was confirmed. The setting up of an international palaeomagnetic team, consisting of palaeomagnetologists from Italy, the USA, and Japan, was recommended.

The studies on key sections of the N / Q boundary were progressing in different parts of the world.

Italy. The Vrica section and other key sections were studied. According to the recommendation adopted at the aforementioned Tus con meeting, the Italian and American scientists carried out magnetostratigraphic investigations, the collec­tion of ashes for radiometric dating, as well as a detailed micropalaeontological study on the Vrica section.

U S A . Extensive preparation for the field confe­rence in Arizona resulted in a volume of papers being produced. The palaeontological and magne­tostratigraphic data contained therein have made it possible to carry out interregional and global correlations of some key sections in the West of USA, with deep-water oceanic deposits and those in other continents.

Spain. Spanish scientists continued study on key sections of the N / Q boundary of the Pyrenees peninsula, to elaborate criteria for a correlation in Europe. A magnetostratigraphic scheme is subsequently being compiled.

USSR. Intensive studies in various regions of the USSR resulted in the compilation of a series of key sections with well distinguishable chrono­logical, biostratigraphic, and magnetostratigra­phic levels from 0.7 M a to Gilbert/Gauss (3.3 Ma) palaeomagnetic inversion. The All-Union meeting on the Quaternary Research (Ufa, Kui­byshev, August, 1981) devoted part of its pro­gramme to the problem of the N / Q boundary; special material was prepared on the Pliocene and Lower Quaternary deposits of the classic sections of Bashkiria and Kuibyshed Zavolzhie. The fifth meeting of the national working group was held in April 1981 and was attended by 50 scientists. Additional work, including drilling in the deltas of the Dniester, Don, Dnieper, Lena, and other rivers was recommended.

China. Intensive work was carried out on strati-graphic subdivision of the Pliocene-Quaternary deposits in Pingliang, Xifeng, and Wuchi. A bio- and magnetostratigraphic boundary corres­ponding to the boundary between the Matuyama and Gauss zones, in the Pliocene-Pleistocene deposits of the Peking plain was established. It was believed that the N / Q boundary in China should be drawn at the level of 2.4 M a .

The national working groups were requested to submit their reports to the Project's editorial board for the preparation of the Project's final report.

Activities planned. (1) A Project working group meeting in conjunction with the XI INQUA Con­gress, Moscow, USSR in August 1982; an edito­rial board meeting of the Project, (also to be held on this occasion); (2) An editorial board meeting in Italy, August 1983; (3) Presentation of the Project's scientific results and the Project's final report at the 27th IGC in Moscow, July 1984.

N o . 42 U P P E R P A L A E O Z O I C O F S O U T H A M E R I C A A N D ITS B O U N D A R I E S

A . C . Rocha-Campos, Instituto de Geociencias, Universidade de Sao Paulo, C . P . 20899, Cidade Universitaria, 05505 Sao Paulo, D P , Brazil.

Description. The objective of the Project is to establish an adequate correlation scheme for the Upper Palaeozoic sequences in the Andean area and in the intracratonic basins of South America and western Africa, as a basis for the descrip­tion of geological processes during this time in­terval. The Project was planned to start re­search in the Gondwana area of South America, proceeding then to correlations with the Tethyan province of the continent. The same procedure is to be followed for the western African basins. The final phase of the Project will involve inter­continental correlations between South America and Africa. The stratigraphie scope of the Pro­ject encompasses the Devonian-Carboniferous and Permian-Triassic boundaries. Contacts have been made with several western African countries with regard to extension of the Project and its integration with similar projects under way in this continent.

Summary of activities. A business meeting of the Project was held on the occasion of the II Congres-so Latino-Americano de Paleontología (Porto-Alegre, Brazil, 26-30 April 1981), to study the organization of the 1981 annual meeting of the Project. The latter was then realized in San Luis, Argentina on 22-23 September 1981 in connection with the VIII Congresso Nacional de Geologia. The technical part of the meeting included 4 ses­sions devoted to the discussion of 17 contributions on the geology of Late- Palaeozoic age of Argen­tina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, Uruguay, and Venezuela, including both review papers and general contributions. In addition, two Project Working Group business meetings were held on (1) evaluation of the Project's activities in 1981; and (2) planning of the Project's activities for 1982.

The scientific results of the Project in 1981 are reflected in 31 articles published in 1980-1981 in national and international journals, and, in addi­tion, in 23 contributions which were, if not yet in press, presented to scientific and technical m e e ­tings. Important new information was included in volumes specially prepared for the II Latin-American Palaeontological Congress (1981), the II Encontró de Paleobotânicos e Palinólogos (1979), and the Anais of the Academia Brasileira de

23

Ciencias, volumes 52 (4) and 53 (2). San Luis range, a new outcrop of the Bajo de Veliz was recorded.

In Argentina, palaeomagnetic data obtained for the Guandacol Formation (early Carboniferous), Yalguaraz Formation (Middle Carboniferous), and Portezuelo del Cenizo Formation (Late Carboniferous-Triassic) suggest two possible interpretations for the position of the respective palaeopoles in the polar wandering curve of South America. According to the preferred in­terpretation, the areas now covered by the Yal­guaraz and Portezuelo del Cenizo rocks belong to an independent plate (Patagonian plate), which has been welded to the South American one in post-Carboniferous time. This interpretation suggests correlation of the Yalguaraz with the Taiguati Formation (Moscovian) and the Porte­zuelo rocks with those of the Piau'i Formation of northern Brazil (Pennsylvanian), the lower portions of the Itararé Subgroup (Stephanian) and the La Colina Formation (Westphalian-Stephanian).

In the Chubut area, new fossiliferous beds, in­cluding brachiopods and nautiloids, have been recorded in Upper Palaeozoic rocks at Estancia La Casilda. The section contains also a unit of large in situ lycophyte roots and with Spheno-phyllum showing attached strobili.

The Permian Arroyo Totoral Formation at Dique Anzulon, La Rioja is a 100 m thick se­quence of fanglomerate deposits passing upwards to a fluviatile sequence which becomes finer up­wards and contains fossil plants including the licophyte Brasilodendron.

In the A m a m b a y Department, in eastern Para­guay, sediments previously assigned to the Palaeozoic proved to be the Mesozoic instead. Palaeozoic rocks recorded in Bella Vista D e ­partment are Late Palaeozoic in age and con­tain fossil plants, among which large stumps of petrified ferns belonging to the Marattiales.

The Guandacol Formation of the Huaco area, western Argentina, was shown to be about 320 m thick and subdivisable into three m e m ­bers, the lower one with rafted clasts and tra­ces of Orchesteropus atavus, the middle one with turbidites and Orchesteropus, and the upper­most, also of turbidite faciès and with abundant ripples. The Tupe Formation in the same area (90 m thick) is a fining upward sequence of sand­stones. In the Sierra de Mas area, the Guan­dacol Formation may be divided into three parts, the middle one of turbidite facies and containing Orchesteropus.

The Bajo de Veliz Formation yielded the first fossil spiders in the Gondwana area. Two of the genera already described, Gondwanarachne Pin­to and Hünicken and Magarachne Hunicken, are among the largest arthropods so far reported. On the basis of its insect fauna the Bajo de V e ­liz Formation is interpreted as being Late Car­boniferous. At the northern extremity of the

The Chancani Formation in Cordoba had its age established as Middle to Late Carboniferous on a palaeontological basis.

In the Paganzo Basin, a newly found turbiditic sequence below the Lagares Formation may cons­titute a new formation within the Paganzo.

Reworked palynomorphs from an older Palaeozoic section have been recorded in Carboniferous beds from the Noroeste Basin, in Argentina.

In the Calingasta-Upsallata area, the newly des­cribed El Raton Formation megaflora contains pteridosperms indicative of pre-early Permian age for the unit.

Carboniferous beds from the Tiquina straight contain an assemblage with Retispora lepidophyta and Umbellasphaeridium scharicum.

The invertebrate fauna of the Agua del Jagüel and Las Salinas Formation contains species of the bryozoans Eliasopora, Fistulamina and Septa to-pora in association with Orbiculoidea and Lingula of biostratigraphic/palaeoecologic importance.

In the Sierras Australes, varve-like rhythmites were recorded for the first time in the Sauce Grande Formation.

A Glacial origin for the Carboniferous beds of the Hoyada Verde Formation was confirmed on the bases of a newly found boulder pavement. Sediments of the Tarija Formation correspond to a series of mud-flows and other mass movement deposits.

Upper Palaeozoic beds in the Cerro la Chilca, San Juan, are 900 m thick and bounded by a lower fault and upper angular unconformity. Finding of Calamites peruvianus indicates a Middle-Late Carboniferous age for the beds.

Preliminary palaeomagnetic determinations of rocks from the Los Monos Formation (Devonian), from Subandean Bolivia, yielded a palaeopole at 274. 0°Eand 32. 2°S, which is consistent with the Morel and Irving's (1978) polar wandering curve for South America.

In the Paraná Basin of Brazil, a regional revi­sion of facies and the environment of the deposi­tion of the Itararé Subgroup indicates that the dia-mictites and associated sediments of this unit in Paraná and Santa Catarina may fit into three main facies: (a) grounded-glacier facies; (b) defor­med sandstone/flowtill facies; and (c) glacial marine facies.

Palaeobotanical results for the Paraná Basin in­clude the description of new taxa (Ponsotheca roesleri, Cyclodendron brasiliensis), revision of collections and new findings of fossil floras.

24

As a result the Palysolenoxylon "biozone" also could be extended to the IratI Formation of Rio Grande do Sul. Taphoflora E , formerly recog­nized only in Santa Catarina and in southern Paraná, has been recorded in northern Paraná.

A greater knowledge of the Upper Palaeozoic palynostratigraphy of the Paraná and other intra-cratonic basins of Brazil has been acquired. In general, the processing of numerous subsurface samples has confirmed the utility of the Daemon and Quadros (1970) biostratigraphic scheme.

In Chile, field work indicates the consistency of the proposed subdivision of the Upper Palaeo­zoic terrains into three domains (northern A n ­dean; southern Coastal and Intermediate) pro­posed by Hervé et al. (1979), on the basis of the sedimentary and grade of metamorphic facies, and deformation.

A revision of the Gondwana beds in Uruguay has furnished new information on the distribution, characteristics, and stratigraphy of the Upper Palaeozoic strata.

Finally, in Venezuela an improved knowledge of the Upper Palaeozoic sequences in Perija and Merida made it possible to elaborate a tectonic and stratigraphical evolutionary model for the area. Devonian to Carboniferous rocks of west­ern Venezuela fold belt could be subdivided into miogeosynclinal and eugeosynclinal zones which had been subjected to at least two deformational phases, termed Di (Middle Carboniferous) and D2 (Hernycian, Late Permian-Early Triassic).

Activities planned. (1) Joint Argentina/Urugua­yan working group meeting in Montevideo from 18-20 March 1982, with a post-meeting field excursion to examine outcrops of the San Grego­rio, Tres Islas, Yaquari, and Tacuarembó For­mations from 21-22 March 1982; (2) Annual meeting of the Project working group in Sao Pau­lo from 15-18 July 1982; (3) The most perti­nent and relevant results will be gathered in the form of a project final report to be presented to the IGCP Board. However, most of the re­search activities being carried out by the natio­nal working groups on various aspects of the Upper Palaeozoic geology of the continent will continue after the termination of the Project in 1982; and (4) A new project, provisionally entitled "Tectonic and Palaeogeographic evolu­tion of South America during the Late Palaeozoic" is to be proposed to the IGCP.

N o . 44 L O W E R P A L A E O Z O I C O F S O U T H A M E R I C A

A . J . Cuerda, Consejo Nacional de Investiga­ciones Científicas y Técnicas (CONICET), Rivadavia 1917, 1033 Buenos Aires, Argentina.

Description. The purpose of this Project is to perform a stratigraphie analysis and correlation of Ordovician and Silurian formations in the re­gion. Initially, measurement of stratigraphie columns and sampling of these will be undertaken with a view to sedimentological analyses. The Project has been enlarged to include the Devonian and extended to include all of South America, due to the geographical coincidence of the Ordovician-Silurian outcrops with those of the Devonian. This is reflected in the new title.

Summary of activities. In Argentina, 52 geolo­gists and palaeontologists worked in the following eight working groups:

W G 1 (North-western Argentina): Palaeogeogra-phy of the Meson and Santa Victoria Groups (Cambrian-Ordovician); stratigraphy and sedi-mentology of the Silurian ferriferous sequences in the Subandine belt; biostratigraphy based on the conodonts of the Ordovician sequence exposed in the Sierra de Zapla; biostratigraphy based on graptolites of the Los Espejos Formation (base) in the section of Talacasto, San Juan; study of an association of ichnofossils from the Puncovis-cana Formation.

W G 2 (Central-north region): Biostratigraphy of the Volcancito F m , Sierra de Famatina, La Rioja; biostratigraphy of the Puncoviscana F m and the Meson Group at the transition levels, Quebrada de Humahuaca, Jujuy; geological mapping of the. Cambrian-Ordovician Formation at Iturbe, Jujuy; geological mapping in the Sierra de Ancasti, Catamarca.

W G 3 (Central region): Biostratigraphy based on the conodonts in the Ordovician Formations expo­sed in the Precordillera of La Rioja; Investiga­tions on the carbonatic-stromatolitic sequences of Cambro-Ordovician'age in the Precordillera of La Rioja; discovery of a new biostratigraphical zone based on conodonts in the Ordovician of San Juan; palaeontological identifications of conodonts from the Provinces of San Juan and Mendoza.

W G 4 (Western Argentina): Biostratigraphic and biofacial investigations of the Cambro-Ordovician carbonatic sequences in the Precordillera of San Juan; biostratigraphy of the Devonian sequences in the Precordillera of San Juan; structural re­searches of the Cambrian sequences in connection with the structural framework of the Precordillera; geotectonical aspects of the southern part of South America in relation to the Lower Palaeozoic fau-nal migrations; litho- and biofacial researches in the San Juan F m (lower Ordovician); palaeo-geography of the Lower Palaeozoic sequences in the southern slope of the Amazonian Basin;

25

stratigraphical researches on the Ordovician sequences in the Caborca region, Sonora, M e ­xico; collecting of Ordovician fossils in the region of Oaxaca, Mexico.

W G 5 (Buenos Aires): Palaeomagnetic deter­minations in the Lower Palaeozoic rocks in the northern hills of Buenos Aires Province; palaeomagnetic determinations in the Silurian-Devonian rocks from the Somuncura Massif, northern Patagonia.

W G 6 (La Plata): Geological mapping of the Lower Palaeozoic sequences in the western slo­pe of the Precordillera of San Juan.

W G 7 (Buenos Aires): Investigations on the microplankton in the Silurian sequences exposed in the eastern flank of the Precordillera of San Juan.

W G 8 (Buenos Aires): Palynological investiga­tions in the Ordovician sequences exposed in the Precordillera of San Juan and in the Subandine belt, in north-western Argentina. The Silurian and Devonian sequences in the underground of the Salta Province were included in these inves­tigations.

In Bolivia, palaeogeographic investigations and the study on the distribution of lithofacies in the Lower Palaeozoic sequences were carried out in connection with the researches on the struc­ture and evolution of the Hercynian belt. Palae-ontological and biostratigraphical researches on Ordovician and Devonian brachiopods also were made.

In Peru, an important contribution was made by the French Geological Mission on the Cambrian to Devonian stratigraphy and palaeogeography in the areas between 9° 00'-10° 30' S; 12° 30'-14°0ff and the 13° 00'-15° 30' S. G . , in the Andean re­gion.

A ^500 m thick Devonian sequence, which lies transgressively over the Ordovician plutonio rocks, was discovered at Sierra Almeida (68° 3 0 ' W , 24° 15'S), Chile.

In Columbia, a sequence of Ordovician age was discovered recently in the Amazonian region of Columbia. The fossil-bearing beds contain a fauna composed of Cruziana sp., and Skolithos sp.

N o . 53 E C O S T R A T I G R A P H Y

A . J . Boucot, Department of Geology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331, USA.

Description. A project for biochron correlation at the ecosystem level, using the Wenlockian-Gedinnian as a test sequence.

26

Summary of activities. 1981 was in many ways the Project's most productive and exciting year to date since its inception. The basis for this statement is the Project Ecostratigraphy Plenary Meeting organized by the Swedish Working Group at the Allekvia Research Station on Gotland 22-28 August 1981. Seventy-one scientists from 16 countries participated in the meeting and 42 papers were given.

The indoor scientific programme had four main topics: (1) Crossing the boundaries of the faciès realms; (2) basin analyses of the Silurian "Baltic Gulf" (the lithofacies subproject, final reports); (3) Downtonian - Podlasian - Pridolian correla­tion; (4) Ecostratigraphy in theory and practice.

During the three days indoors Project Ecostrati­graphy and the IUGS Subcommission on the Silu­rian System held open business meetings. The meeting was concluded by four days in the field. The proceedings of the meeting were published by the Geological Survey of Sweden (Laufeld 1981) and a field guidebook had been prepared by Lau­feld and Martinsson (1981). Laufeld and Bassett (1981) prepared a review of the Silurian of Got­land, printed in "Episodes" and distributed free by the IUGS to the meeting participants.

In addition, for the first time, a group of scien­tists reviewed future plans and intentions of the Project. It was agreed that the Project would prepare a final report, with an initial draft by the end of 1983. The final report will consist of two parts. The first part will be a summary of the activities and purposes of the Project. The second part will be aglobal account of Wenlockian-Gedinnian fossil communities.

It must be emphasized that this synthesis of com­munity information for a significant interval of geologic time on a global basis is truly novel. Nothing of this scope has ever been carried out before. W e all anticipate that the synthesis of the anticipated wealth of community data will provide a firm basis for a far more reliable basin analy­sis capability during the Wenlockian-Gedinnian time interval, and also for far more reliable bio-stratigraphic correlations than have been availa­ble previously. It then will be demonstrated to the profession how fossils may be used with grea­ter facility in all parts of the Phanerozoic for purposes of both biostratigraphic correlation and basin analysis. Full attention will certainly be paid to the everpresent biogeographic compli­cations.

During the year under review, the Project acti­vities had advanced considerably in Austria, Canada, China, Czechoslovakia, France, G D R , Italy, Poland, Sweden, the U K , the USSR and the USA, according to the annual reports received from the relevant national working groups, as well as in Rumania.

Activities planned. 1982 will be a busy year devo­ted to the preparation of the Project's final report.

N o . 58 M I D - C R E T A C E O U S E V E N T S

R . A . Reyment, Palaeontologiska Institutionen, Uppsala Universitet, Box 558, S-751 22 Uppsala, Sweden.

Description. The establishment of an internatio­nally acceptable scheme of biostratigraphical zonation for the Albian to Coniacian sequences of the world. The necessary mondially based stratigraphical information currently is being accumulated in order to provide a sound chrono­logical basis for dating the many events that took place during the mid-Cretaceous. The fol­lowing main topics are being studied: epiconti­nental transgressions and regressions, positions of continents and relations between them in the light of global tectonics, history of the oceans, history of geosynclines, migration of sedimenta­ry basins, biotic provincialism and many other categories of biological events, palaeoclimatolo-gy, relationship of magnetostratigraphy to bio-stratigraphy, dating of geomagnetic reversals.

Summary of activities. The official meeting of the Project Working Group was convened in Uppsala, Sweden, 17-21 August 1981. In addi­tion to a business meeting, a two-day scientific meeting was held. The main topics of the meet­ing were as follows:

(A) Transgressions and Regressions (Working Group 1). Some of the results of a Symposium were published recently in Cretaceous Research. Work has continued along the lines adopted at the London meeting of the group. The following problems have been selected for special analy­sis for the final report of this working group. (1) The meaning of 'transgression' and 'regres­sion' and also the importance of stating the time-scale underlying the discussion; (2) the accuracy of intercontinental correlation, on which depends the assessment of the reality of eustacy; (3) possible causes of relative changes in sea-level; (4) principal mondial changes, if any; (5) magnitudes of changes of sea-level in the Cretaceous; (6) nature of the so-called stable areas; (7) sedimentary cycles in the intra-continental, non-marine basins in compa­rison with the marine ones; and (8) major sedi­mentary cycles in the Circum-Pacific mobile belt in comparison with those in the stable, re­gions.

(B) Mid-Cretaceous History of the South Atlan­tic (WorkingGroup 2). Considerable work has gone on, on an individual basis. The results of these activities are being summarized at pre­sent in the form of a set of palaeogeographical maps s_. 1_. of the South Atlantic, in which the land-geology is being integrated with the work of the Deep Sea Drilling Project (DSDP) stu­dies, to form the basis for discussion in a work­shop to be held in Munich in June 1982. The results of the Project's special project for inter­national macrozonation has shown that current concepts on the stage boundaries in the Upper

Cretaceous need extensive re-interpretation; this is particularly true of the Cenomanian-Turonian boundary. The work of the palaeontologists stu­dying international microzonation support this opinion.

(C) Biological Events (Working Group 9). Three scientific meetings were held during the period covered by this report, all in Paris. The results of these meetings have been summarized into a comprehensive scientific document, which will be published in the next volume of Cretaceous Research. A set of palaeobiogeographical maps is being prepared. This Project's highly success­ful working group has held numerous scientific meetings, apart from the main meetings, since its inception, namely: (1) Large foraminifers Pau (1979), Naples (1980), Frankfurt (1980); (2) Planktic foraminifers. Since the publication of the monographed results of this subgroup, two further meetings have taken place, to wit, A m s ­terdam (1980) and Plymouth (1980); (3) Ostra-codes. Marseille (1980), Uppsala (1981). This group is preparing an atlas of the ostracodes of Aptian-Coniacian.

The open scientific programme treated several topics of particular significance to workers on the Cretaceous. Valuable reports of the Cretaceous of the People's Republic of China were read -most of the information was new to participants in the Project and it fills important gaps in our knowledge. Among the many subjects considered, particular interest is attached to the detailed palaeoclimatological work in relation to Milan-kovitchian variables and rhythmic bedding current­ly being undertaken. Valuable results were pre­sented on the integration of ammonite and inoce-ramid biostratigraphy in a special symposium. A second symposium was concerned with the inter­pretation of anoxic sedimentational events in the North and South Atlantic Oceans. This follows on from the Mid-Cretaceous Events symposium held during the 26th IGC in Paris, 1980 and is currently in the course of being published in Cre­taceous Research.

Regional reports of the activities in France, Central Europe, Japan, China, Italy, Spain, and U K were submitted.

Progress has been made in various fields of re­search encompassed by the Project.

Integrated microfossil biostratigraphy, Mid-Cretaceous (Albian through Santonian). A further refinement could be attained by intercorrelating and integrating biozonations based on different groups of microfossil taxa, and even further perhaps by making an attempt to integrate these with the standard ammonite and belemnite zona-tions. Ideally, this would have to be reached by concerted efforts of different specialists on iden­tical samples from fossiliferous measures sec­tions. At the time these ideas were put forward at the meeting in Uppsala 1975, a start had been made in several areas by groups working

27

independently from each other, all of which were working towards providing first-order corre­lations between the vertical ranges of different groups of fossil organisms. The subgroup for planktic foraminifers has tried to establish its zonation as far as possible on successions of bio-events within homogeneous groups. In the Albian with Ticinella; the Upper Albian and Cenomanian almost entirely with Rotalipora s.l. ; in the Turonian - Santonian almost entirely with the Marginotruncana - Dicarinella group. Al­though not truly "phylozones", an underlying pattern of a phylogenetic sequence in bio-events is clearly present. This limits, to a certain extent, the number of zones one could possibly make by employing other taxa - e.g. Planoma-lina, Praeglobotruncana, Favusella - it does, however, provide a sort of "skeleton" zonation which, in itself, already yields a zonal succes­sion in which each zone is close to 1 M a , a rea­sonable solution. The ammonite zonation used in work on the Boreal Mid-Cretaceous is essen­tially, as far as possible, adapted to the same ideal. Amédro et al. in principle have limited the number of ammonite families employed in their zonal succession, which is therefore some­what different from the zonation proposed by Kennedy, Hancock, and Wright.

Benthic foraminifers. The Mid-Cretaceous of the 'Boreal Province' is relatively poor in planktic foraminifers. Several attempts have been made by various authors to integrate zona-tions based on benthics with the planktic zones. One of the difficulties one encounters in trying to intercorrelate planktic foraminiferal zonations with zonations based on either smaller or larger benthic foraminiferal zonations, is the absence, at present, of a uniform approach towards zonal definition and nomenclature. A working group on the standardisation of the zonal value of smal­ler benthic foraminifers could be useful.

Magnetic reversal scale. The Mid-Cretaceous coincides with the larger part of the "Cretaceous Long Normal" palaeomagnetic interval. W o n ­ders (1980) summarizes the numerous data that have been published since Van Hite (1976) pu­blished his scheme. Apart from a possible con­firmation of a brief interval of reversals in the early Late Albian (site 263 mixed zone), a 'mixed zone1 of rapidly alternating normal and reversed polarities of Late Cenomanian age was found ("Queromixed" Zone of Vandenberg and Wonders, 1979).

Correlation with the radiometric timescale. Relative large variations occur dependent on which original authors based the numeral time-scale. This, combined with a variety of the chronostratigraphic stages, results in a rather large variation in the duration of zones and stages.

Correlations with ammonite zones. There is general agreement that: 1. Ticinella occurs somewhere in the D . nodosocostatum zone,

equivalent to the Hypacanthoplites jacobi zone in the Boreal Province; 2. Rotalipora s.l. occurs in the " D . crista turn zone" near the base of the Mortoniceras inflatum zone; 3. Rotalipora exits below the M. nodosoides zone s.l.; 4. The H . helvetica zone is nearly coincident with the M . nodosoides zone plus a part of the C . woolgari zone; 5. Dicarinella concavata s.str. occurs slightly below the level of T_. texanum; 6. Ft. cushmani occurs in the A . rothomagense zone; the range of this microfossil taxon includes most of the Late Cenomanian ammonite zones. An attempt has been made to correlate the various zones from literature indications.

Correlation between planktic foraminiferal and calcareous nannofossils zonations. Such zona­tions are based currently on so-called 'events', i_.£., appearances and disappearances, or 'en­tries' and 'exits', usually referred to as a 'datum-plane'. Virtually all micropalaeontologists working with planktic foraminifers agree on a num­ber of distinctive "events", which may be listed, from the Albian to and including the Santonian as follows:

A . Entries: 1. The entry of Ticinella, following a fauna almost exclusively consisting of Hedber-gella; 2. The entry of Planomalina buxtorfi, practically together with Rotalipora appenninica (Thalmanninella appenninica auct. ); 3. The entry of Rotalipora cushmani; 4. The entry of Helve-toglobotruncana (Praeglobotruncana auct. ) helve­tica; 5. The entry of D . concavata, although the definition of this species, evolving from M . pri­mitiva-s chneegansi, is somewhat subject to per­sonal interpretations; 6. The entry of G . elevata s.str.

B . Exits. 1. The exit of P_. buxtorfi, close to the exit of Ticinella spp. ; 2. The exit of Rotali­pora; 3. The exit of H . helvetica; 4. The exit of D . asymmetrica (= carinata auct. ).

Ostracod atlas: Work on the Ostracod atlas for key genera and species of the Mid-Cretaceous is under way. The following genera are being stu­died at present: Limburgina, Hermanites, Qert-liella, Hazelina, Curfsina, and Cornicythereis. The taxonomy of Cretaceous ostracods is current­ly in a confused state and the aim of this subpro-ject is to establish a better order in the systema-tics of this important group, in a manner analo­gous to that achieved for the planktic foraminifers. At the generic level, an important renewal took place at the Albian-Cenomanian boundary. Most of the West-Tethyan Upper Cretaceous genera appeared then: Curfsina, Dumontina, Hazelina, Limburgina, Mauritsina, Oertliella, Spinoleberis, Amphicytherura, Dordoniella.

Anoxic events (Working Groups 3 and 8). The pa­pers presented at the meeting of these working groups in Paris (IGC, 1980) have been edited and will soon be sent to press. Problems of ano­xic sedimentation continue to interest these wor­king groups, and a discussion-group was convened

28

at Uppsala (August 20-21, 1981) to discuss pro­blems of relevance to the North Atlantic.

Climatic events (Working Group 12). In the U m -brian Apennines, Italy pelagic sequences occur, which consist of carbonate-marl alternations. In some situations the marly intervals have been deposited under anoxic conditions. The spectral density curve of successive carbonate-rich inter­vals fits well into a spectral density curve that results from the analysis of peak-heights of a simulated "climate curve" based upon astrono­mical data from Berger (1978). Stable isotope variations and other data suggest that the pre­sence of carbonate-marl alternations in the above Mid-Cretaceous pelagic sequence is rela­ted to variations of climate. It is inferred, the­refore, that regular climatic changes caused by cyclic variations of astronomical parameters are indeed the basic cause of the rhythmiciti of the succession. An alternation of relatively high, but absolutely rather low, productivity within the surface waters, combined with rela­tively good water circulation, and low surface water productivity and reduced oxygen renewal in deep water, caused the formation of rhythmic succession in the Mid-Cretaceous pelagic series in Umbria.

Bauxitisation (Working Group 16). This is a new working group, the goal of which is to inves­tigate the phenomenon of Cretaceous bauxitisa­tion. The Mediterranean area, rich in Middle Cretaceous karstic bauxites, is a suitable study-area.

Active regional geological studies continue. The regional groups have expanded intensively their activities. A new area of extensive regional or­ganization has been established in China. More­over, the activities in Columbia and Nigeria have notably increased.

Activities planned. 1. The final official essen­tially business meeting of the Project will be held in conjunction with the Second Symposium on the German Cretaceous in Munich, F R G , 1-6 June 1982; 2. A special meeting of the Cen­tral European Group will take place in Hungary in 1982; 3. A meeting of the Spanish group will be convened in Albacete in September 1982.

The manuscript of the Project's final report will be completed by the end of 1983, and published by Pergamon Press, Oxford in book form, pro­bably in 1984.

The participants of the Project have unanimously agreed to continue the Project "On Extended Term", for at least another five years or until the termination of the IGCP.

N o . 60 C O R R E L A T I O N O F C A L E D O N I A N S T R A T A B O U N D SULPHIDES

F . M . Vokes, Geologisk Institute, Norges tek-niske h^gskole, 7034 Trondheim-NTH, Norway.

Description. Correlation of data on the geologi­cal environments and characteristics of Upper Precambrian and Lower Palaeozoic stratabound basemetal sulphide deposits in the Caledonian-Appalachian Orogenic Belt with a view to eluci­dating their genesis, predicting further mineral resources, and facilitating the exploration and development of individual prospects.

Summary of activities. An international Project symposium 'Caledonian-Appalachian Stratabound Sulphides, Scotland, 1981", was held at the Uni­versity of Strathclyde, Glasgow, on 1-2 May , with an attendance of 150 from 12 countries. Twenty-two papers concerned with Caledonian-Appalachian stratabound mineralization from se­ven countries were presented. The symposium was preceded by a 45-participant excursion to the Grampian Highlands, 25-30 April, during which the sixth annual meeting of the International Working Group was held. An informal post-sym­posium excursion visited the Parys Mts. deposit, Anglesey, Wales and the Avoca deposit in east­ern Ireland.

The review volume of stratabound sulphides in the Caledonian-Appalachian orogen was published early in 1981 as Special Paper N o . 5 of the Geo­logical Survey of Ireland, whereas the volume from the Project's 1979 symposium in Trondheim was published as N o . 360 in the Geological Sur­vey of Norway's Series in February 1981.

The mineral deposit maps (1:1, 000, 000) and the accompanying tables now are completed for all participating countries and are available on re­quest. The second generation of the regional mineral-deposit map (1:1, 000, 000) of the U K and Ireland has been completed, whereas that of USA and Canada, as well as that of Norway and Sweden, are well under revision. These maps, compiled in line with a new classification of mine­ral deposits upon their hostrocks and plate tecto­nic regimes, and giving also information on the metal contents of the ores, were displayed at the symposium in Glasgow. The preparation of the mineral-deposit map (1:5,000,000), which will cover the whole orogen and will be accompanied with a correlation chart based on the Wilson cy­cle, is now in progress.

Studies of hostrock lithologies are progressing in the same direction as expressed in the 1980 report. In respect of sedimentary rock-hosted deposits, a detailed evaluation of the barite mine­ralization by a private company has resulted in the underground development of the Foss deposit at Aberfeldy. Regional follow-up studies invol­ving geochemical analyses and geophysical m e ­thods also have been employed with good results and several papers on the subject have been

29

published recently. A comprehensive program­m e has been initiated, combining detailed litho­logie mapping with stable isotope (Pb-, S-, O - ) analyses to study the variables controlling the primary distribution of the Dalradian barite and metalliferous chert mineralizations, including basin morphology, distance from hydrothermal brine discharge source, and local depositional environments in terms of T°C, pH, f O2 and availability of S 0 2

2 + and S 2 " .

Studies of volcanite-hosted deposits have again been prominent throughout 1981. Increased in­terest is being shown regarding the extent, the chemical character and the mineral faciès of exhalite mineralizations (including iron forma­tions) away from the main mineralization cen­tres. A project has been initiated in Norway to study exhalites in both ophiolitic and island arc environments, while similar investigations are nearing completion in the Appalachians of east­ern Canada. Tourmalites, associated with m a s ­sive sulphides in the New England area of USA and ironstone sediments in Lower Palaeozoic rocks near the Avoca massive sulphide deposit, South-eastern Ireland, also are considered as exhalative volcanogenic mineralizations. Apart from the detailed Pb-isotope survey of the sul­phide deposits in the Bathurst district, New Brunswick, Canada, similar studies are carried out in USA, U K , Sweden, and Norway. The re­sults of the case history study of exploration methods (geological-geochemical-geophysical) used in the search for stratabound sulphide de­posits will be available.

The continued high level of activity in postgra­duate work being carried out under the auspices of the Project reflects a natural maturing pro­cess within the Project, having started with m o ­re regional, general, geologically oriented pro­blems and now having moved into fields of more detailed, individual deposits descriptions and special problems studies that are being carried out throughout the whole of the Caledonian-Appalachian Orogen. In the countries east of the Atlantic a total of 20 postgraduate students have started or are working on the Project-sponsored research problems. Of these, 6 are completed, 8 are approaching completion and the others are at various stages of progress. To the west of the Atlantic, in Canada, doctoral studies are in progress at the universities of Newfoundland, New Brunswick, and Toronto covering various aspects of the Canadian stra­tabound sulphide deposits and several more the­sis research works have just been completed. In the USA, 4 universities are involved with the Project's research, besides the USGS, involving about 20 active researchers, of which 12 are postgraduate students (mainly at MSc level). Three MSc theses have been completed.

there will be a break in this type of activity in 1982, in order to give Project workers time to prepare contributions for the final Project sym­posium, which will be held in Ottawa, Canada in September 1983, with accompanying field excursions to eastern Canada and the New Eng­land states of the U S A .

A meeting of the International Working Group will be held in Copenhagen in early May 1982 to con­sider, inter alia, the final forms of the 1:5,000,000 mineral-deposit map and the correlation chart, and to decide the programme for the 1983 sympo­sium and the contents of the concluding Project volume.

No . 61 S E A - L E V E L M O V E M E N T S DURING T H E L A S T D E G L A C I A L H E M I C Y C L E

A . L . Bloom, Department of Geological Sciences, 211 Kimball Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, U S A .

Description. Establishment of a graph of the trend of mean sea-level during the last déglacia­tion and up to the present time. This graph will be an expression of the changing hydrologie ba­lance between ice and water in response to cli­matic changes. Individual records of relative sea-level movements from localities all over the world will be used, and conclusions will be drawn about local crustal movements along coasts and about the fundamental parameters of strength and elasticity of the Earth's outer layers.

Summary of activities. A symposium of the Project, entitled "Variations in Sea-Level Last 15, 000 years" took place in Columbia, South Carolina, USA from 6-8 April 1981, followed by field excursions to the coastal plain of South Caro­lina (8-10 April) and the Delaware coast (11-12 April). About 40 scientists participated, inclu­ding a remarkable 15 from the 29 national Pro­ject leaders. Two and one-half days were devo­ted to technical papers and business meetings. The papers presented at the meeting will be publi­shed in a symposium volume. The guidebook for the South Carolina field excursion is a significant contribution to the regional sea-level research. At the meeting, the future of the Project was discussed at length.

Summary reports from the annual reports for 1981 from the national working groups of Brazil, Denmark, Finland, France (1980), Japan, the U K and the USSR edited by M . J . Tooley, appear­ed in "Sea-Level" (the Information Bulletin of IGCP Project N o . 61) January 1982, No. 7, pp. 5-19.

Activities planned. The Project will be involved in a joint symposium at the INQUA meeting in Moscow in August 1982 with Projects Nos. 24, 146 and 158.

Activities planned. Field meetings and symposia have been a major feature of the Project's inter­national activities. After the successful sympo­sium and excursion held in Scotland in 1981,

30

K o . 86 E A S T E U R O P E A N P L A T F O R M (south-western border)

K . B . Jubitz, Zentral-Institut fur Physik der Erde der Akademie der Wissenschaften der D D R , Institusteil Berlin, Rudower Chaussée 5, 1199 Berlin-Adlershof, G D R .

Description. Characterization of the Precam-brian, Caledonian, Variscan and post-Variscan stages of evolution at the south-western border of the East European Platform between the North Sea in the north-west and the Black Sea in the south­east. Investigation of stratigraphie, palaeogeo-graphic, tectonic, magmatic and metallogenetic conditions during the Upper Proterozoic, Palaeo­zoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic. Conclusions on the regularities of the formation and regional distribution of mineral deposits in the area con­cerned.

Summary of activities. The 7th annual meeting of the Project Working Group took place in Lvov, USSR from 25-29 May 1981. A field excursion was made in the Soviet part of the East Carpa­thians. Seventeen participants from eight coun­tries attended the meeting and discussed the first version of the tectonic map, the 4th series of the lithologic-palaeogeographicalmap and prob­lems concerning the palaeotectonic map . It was decided to submit the completed tectonic map to the coordinator-general in the G D R for printing by September 1982; to submit the com­pleted lithologic-palaeogeographical maps, the Westfalian A / B and the Oxfordians to the coor­dinator-general in the G D R for printing by D e ­cember 1981 and by March 1982 respectively; and to submit the following lithologic-palaeo­geographical maps to the Project's participating countries for final checking: the Upper Visean by August 1981, the Middle Cambrian by Octo­ber 1981, the Givetian by December 1981 and the Stassfurt and the Turonian by June 1982.

Activities planned. (1) The 8th annual meeting of the Project Working Group will be held in Sweden and Denmark in 1982; (2) Molasse and flysch deposits in the East Carpathians will be studied; (3) As an outcome of the mentioned meeting, the thematical papers (2nd and 3rd) will be published in the Z . angew. Geol. in 1981 and 1982 respectively, and the special reports also will be published as national papers.

N o . 91 M E T A L L O G E N Y O F T H E P R E -C A M B R I A N

A . V . Sidorenko, Staromonetry per. 22, Institute of the Lithosphère of the USSR Academy of Sciences, Moscow 109180, USSR.

Description. The main topics of the Project can be outlined as follows: (1) Precambrian mineral deposits and their geological environment; (2) The role of sedimentation and organic matter in Precambrian ore formation; (3) The role of

metamorphism and magmatism in Precambrian ore formation, and (4) Ore-bearing tectonic structures in Precambrian.

Summary of activities. Activities in 1981 were devoted to the evaluation of the Project's scienti­fic results and to working out the research pro­gramme for 1982-1984. With that aim some working group meetings, international and All-Union conferences and symposia have been held.

On 13 February 1981 the IV meeting of the National Working Group of the USSR was held in Moscow. Four issues have been included in the agenda: (1) "Results, prospects, goals of the Project 91 "Metallogeny of the Precambrian" (A.V. Sidorenko): (2) "The main results of the investigations for 1975-80 and plans for 1981-84" (V.I. Kazansky); (3) The information of subgroup leaders about scientific results and directions of further investigations; and (4) General discussion.

A joint session of the Projects 22 and 91 took place at Jihlava, Czechoslovakia on 21 May 1981. The session was preceded by a geological excur­sion from Prague through Kutná Hora and Cho-tébor to Jihlava. It was aimed at studying clas­sical sections of the Precambrian rocks of the Bohemian Massif; intrusions of eclogites, basic and ultrabasic rocks, and deposits of pyrite; and chalcopyrite, wolframite, and Ni-Cu-Co ores. A visit also was made to some mines of historical interest that were active in the Middle-ages. The participants visited the Geological Survey and Charles University in Prague, Geofond at Kutná Hora and Choteboí, and the national Geoindustrial enterprise at Jihlava,

At the session, three principal papers were pre­sented: "Precambrian Correlation of Palaeozoic Folded Belts of Europe"; (Zoubek), "Geochemi-cal aspects of Precambrian Ore Genesis" (Pouba); and "Tin Mineralization in the Precambrian of the Bohemian Massif"; (Sattran). Moreover, the following four principal problems were dis­cussed: 1. Current state and the programme of both Projects; 2. Activity of the Central Euro­pean Working Subgroup of Project 91; 3. Inter­national collaboration within the Working Group of Project 91; 4. Connections with other IGCP projects.

The meeting came to the agreement to organize a session "Correlation of the Precambrian and Palaeozoic Metallogeny in Central Europe" with­in the framework of IGCP Projects 91 and 22, in Czechoslovakia in 1983.

On June 8, 1981, the joint session of Projects 91 and 160 took place in Petrozavodsk, USSR. The agenda included the following topics: 1. General information of the Projects' activities; and 2. Petrozavodsk symposium "Sedimentary Geology of Highly Metamorphosed Precambrian Complexes".

31

Problems concerning further joint symposia have been discussed, including the symposium "Sedimentary and Diagenetic Processes in Pre-cambrian Metallogenesis" which is to be held in May 1982 in London.

From 17 to 26 August 1981, an international conference "Archaean Granulites" took place in Irkutsk. It was organized in the framework of the Project 92 "Archaean Geochemistry" with the participation of the Project 91 and con­sisted of two series of reports and a geological excursion along coastal outcrops of Lake Baikal. Unfortunately, only 3 foreign scientists parti­cipated at the excursion.

It was decided to strengthen the cooperation bet­ween these two Projects during the Scottish symposium (1982) and the 27th session of the International Geological Congress (1984). Pro­ject 91 also participated in the 2nd All-Union conference on the Precambrian metallogeny in Irkutsk from 14-19 September. At the confe­rence, four main problems were discussed: (1) Ore-bearing structures; (2) Petrological and physico-chemical aspects of the Precam­brian ore-formation; (3) Precambrian ore-formations; (4) Regional Precambrian metal­logeny.

From 1 to 10 October 1981, the International Symposium "Sedimentary Geology of Highly Metamorphosed Precambrian Complexes" was held in Petrozavodsk, USSR in the framework of Projects 91 and 160. About 50 scientists from 8 countries (Canada, Czechoslovakia, Denmark, F R G , Finland, G D R , U K , and USSR) participated at this symposium. Twenty papers presented were devoted to general problems of sedimentary geology and volcanism of the Pre­cambrian, methods of reconstruction of the ini­tial nature of sedimentary and volcano-sedimen­tary series, the information of sedimentary and volcanic rocks during metamorphism, as well as the role of sedimentation of organic matter, vol­canism, and metamorphism in the ore-formation.

The scientific session was followed by the geolo­gical excursions to the White Sea complex of the Early Archaean and stratotypical sections of the Archaean and Proterozoic of the South and North Karelia.

The 5th All-Union meeting "Lithology and Pre­cambrian Sedimentary Geology" took place in Alma-Ata from 8-10 October 1981. It was orga­nized by IGCP Project N o . 91 and the Inter­departmental Lithological Committee. About 300 scientists from 60 research,industrial and higher educational institutions participated in this meeting. Results of investigations carried out by the Soviet scientists in the field of exo­genic Precambrian geology during 1980 were summarized. The following three main pro­blems were discussed: (1) Lithology, meta­morphism, and metallogeny of the Precambrian of mean massifs; (2) Carbonaceous Precam­

brian deposits in relation to the modern data on the biolithogenesis; (3) regularities of rock for­mation at the early stages of geological develop­ment of the Earth. A geological excursion on Karatau was organized before the meeting and typical cross-sections of the Upper Precambrian deposits were visited.

After each symposium collections of abstracts containing the latest information on Precambrian geology and metallogeny were published. Besides a series of other works was published as well in 1981. The most important were two issues of "Problems of Precambrian sedimentary geology": issue 6 "Carbonate Sedimentation in the Precam­brian", "Nauka", Moscow, 1981 and issue 7 (two books): "Carbonaceous formations and their ore-bearing features", "Nauka", Moscow, 1981, all edited by A . V . Sidorenko.

Activities planned. Three scientific conferences are planned for 1982: "Sedimentary and Diage­netic Processes in the Precambrian Metallogeny" (Projects 91 and 160); "Field Geological Conference on Ni Deposits of Western Australia"; Meeting of the Working Group Project 91 "Metal­logeny of the Precambrian" during the Interna­tional symposium on the geological evolution and the metallogeny of the Archaean and Early Pro­terozoic.

No. 106 PERMO-TRIASSIC S T A G E O F G E O L O G I C A L E V O L U T I O N

A . N . Oleynikov, All-Union Geological Research Institute, Sredny Prospect 74, Leningrad, 199026, USSR.

Description. The Project pre-supposes interna­tional cooperation with the aim of producing a detailed study of the geological evolution at the Palaeozoic-Mesozoic boundary. The purpose is to solve the problems connected with the definition and characteristics of the Permo-Triassic bound­ary with regard to the evolutional history of va­rious fauna and flora groups, the reconstruction of palaeogeographic settings, the analysis of palaeomagnetic data, and the tectonogenesis in the Late Palaeozoic-Early Mesozoic.

Summary of activities. The following work has been accomplished by national groups in 1981.

In Australia, B . Waterhouse has completed a detailed study of the marine fauna from northern Thailand which are equivalent to the Lower Chan-xingian of China. On d'Urville Island the Aus­tralian group found numerous Durvilleoceras, a contentious ammonite which is deemed to come from Permian rocks, yet has a Flemingitid su­ture suggestive of a Triassic age. Two speci­mens with goniatitic sutures have been found to occur together with Durvilleoceras.

The Permo-Scythian in Austria occurs in all the tectonic units. Comparative studies have shown

32

that the Permo-Scythian of the Eastern Alps can be subdivided into two main groups. The first group begins in the Lower Permian; the second one starts in the Middle Permian after the Saalian orogeny. Problems of correlating the Permo-Scythian in the Eastern Alps with similar deposits from other regions have been solved.

G D R . According to H . Kozur's data, the con-chostracan fauna of the BrOckelschiefer, the lowermost unit of the Triassic, is a typical Trias sic fauna. It is clearly younger than con-chostracan fauna from the Otoceras level of Siberia, and most probably, even a little youn­ger than the Ophiceras fauna. The time-equi­valent of the Otoceras fauna therefore is not present in the Germanic Buntsandstein.

China. A joint business meeting of the national working groups of Projects 4 and 106, took pla­ce in Beijing, China, in April 1981. According to the plan adopted at the meeting the marine subgrop worked on ten sections in the vast areas of four provinces in South China, and the conti­nental subgroup - in Gansu Province of North China. The morphology and stratigraphical ran­ge of ammonoids , bivalves, brachiopods, and microflora at the boundary were investigated. A detailed study was undertaken of evolution of the Upper Permian fusulinids. Great emphasis was placed on the correlation problems of the Changhsingian stage in China with the synchro­nous formations in other regions.

In Hungary the Permo-Triassic boundary was studied in different regions. O n the territory of southern Hungary, a Campilian-type palynolo-gical assemblage occurs at the top of the "Jakab-shegg Sandstone", whereas in the lower depo­sits the palynological assemblages comprise not only Permian, but also rare Lower Triassic elements. Thus, the Permo-Triassic boundary there can be drawn at the base of the Jakabshegg Sandstone. In the Middle Transdanubia bore­holes penetrated the Permian and Triassic in marine facies.

The Indian National Working Group held its fourth meeting in April, 1981. The study of Permo-Triassic deposits was carried out suc­cessfully in the Spiti region. Malla Johar, Kashmir , Niti, Ladakh - in the Himalayan re­gion, Raniganj Coalfield, in the Peninsular re­gion. Both marine and non-marine sediments have been studied. The study of the Otoceras beds is being continued; it is observed that the conodont study at present is confusing the issue. It has been suggested to select two type areas to be examined critically for Permo-Triassic sequences and changes in biota.

In Italy four field trips were organized in the Southern Alps where special attention was paid to the Gardena Sandstones and their lateral stra­tigraphie units. G . G . Ori and G . Venturini suggested that the Gardena Sandstone is charac­

terized by the continental environment just in the area where s o m e authors admit the strongest m a ­rine influence. Outside the Southern Alps, s o m e Permian-Triassic successions of Corsica, Sar­dinia, and Peloritani Mountains have been inves­tigated.

The Netherlands' Working Group has continued its study of plant megafossils from the Upper Per ­mian of the Southern Alps. The study of the co­nifer genus Ortiseia was completed. Three na­tural species of the genus have been reconstructed by correlating sterile and fertile fragments, and the phylogenetic implications have been discussed. The results will be published in 1982. Palyno-stratigraphical investigations in the Upper Pe r ­mian -Lower Triassic of the Italian Alps have shown clearly the existence of a prominent sedi­mentary gap. The diachroneity of the base of the Val Gardena formation has been further investi­gated.

In N e w Zealand, H . Campbell was engaged in a monographic study of the Upper Permian brachio-pod fauna.

In Spain the activities were concentrated mostly

on the study of the Permo-Triassic stratigraphy

and floral remains of the Iberian Range. During

the last year special attention has been given to

two closely associated topics:

(1) The Permo-Triassic boundary and the Pfalzic

unconformity; (2) Lateral evolution and the Buntsandstein age. The basal Buntsandstein beds have yielded flora of the Thuringian type. The red detrital series, containing the Thuringian flora, occur unconfor-mably on the older Palaeozoic series and pass without any break into younger Triassic deposits. The unconformity occurring at the base of the series with the Thuringian flora is the Pfalzic.

In Vietnam reference sections with continuous Permo-Triassic sequences were selected on the basis of lithofacies types, corresponding to diffe­rent structural elements. A detailed study is carried out of the fossils collected, as well as of characteristic features of sedimentary and volcanogenic facies, palaeogeography of the Per ­mian and Triassic formations.

The Swiss Working Group has studied the P e r m o -Triassic continental deposits and volcanism of Eastern and Western Swiss Alps. Joint investi­gations with the Greek Working Group are planned, aimed at the study of Permo-Triassic transition series at s o m e critical localities of Eastern Greece.

United Kingdom. Reviews of the data available on the Permo-Triassic are published in the G e o ­logical Society of London's special reports. D e ­tailed studies have been carried out of the Upper Permian carbonate rocks of English Zechstein. Most of the conodont forms therein are similar to those previously reported from G e r m a n y and

33

Poland. The study of isotopic changes of carbon and oxygen in carbonate rocks at the Palaeozoic-Mesozoic boundary has started. The stage-by-stage maps showing the palaeogeographical evo­lution of the United Kingdom and surrounding areas during the Permian and Triassic are in preparation.

In the U S A , N . Newel and D . W . Boyd are car­rying out monographic studies of the Permian and Lower Triassic bivalves in America, as to revise the forms in question and compare them with similar forms from other parts of the world. Specimens have been collected in Nevada and Utah. It has been ascertained that the bivalves in the Early Triassic are essentially modified relects, representing a greatly decimated Per­mian remnant of a previously rich and diverse fauna.

In the Soviet Union, as a result of detailed stra­tigraphie and palaeontological studies in the Transcaucasus, Pamirs and Darvaz, it has be­come possible to work out a more precise strati-graphic scale of the Permian deposits in the Te-thys Realm, proposing to maintain the traditio­nal subdivision of the Permian system into two divisions. The upper boundary of the Permian system is drawn at the top of the Paratirolites kittli Zone of the Dorashamian stage. Additio­nal samples were collected from the Permo-Triassic sections of Transcaucasus for litholo-gical analysis. In the Northern Caucasus, in the upper Urushtan Formation above highly de­veloped Palaeofusulina nana and ammonoid re­mains (Neogeoceras and Cyclolobus) have been found. These deposits have also yielded Claraia for the first time. In the lower Lyudyanzin ho­rizon of the Southern Primorye a new Cyclolobus species was found. In the Pamirs, the Yabeina globoza Zone has been established within the central subzone of the Kastanatdzhelgin Forma­tion, and highly developed Collaniella (Collani-ella ex gr. parva) have been found for the first time within the Tethyan Realm. Directly above the zone in question an occurrence has been found with the Takhtabulakh (Karabiless) fora-minifer and brachiopod assemblage. In North­ern Verkhoyanye and the Lena-Anabar Trough, a distinct stratigraphical unconformity has been discovered at the Permo-Triassic boundary.

In Slovenia, Yugoslavia, the Permo-Triassic boundary is lithologically distinct. The upper­most Permian beds contain Gymnocodiaceae and small foraminifers, whereas fusulinids are absent. The lowest Triassic beds contain no fossils. In the well-known Permian sequence in Velebit Mt . the uppermost part of the so-called "boundary dolomite" was studied, and fusulinids, microforaminifers, calcareous algae and Pro­blemática have been determined from these beds. In the North-west Serbia (Jadar facies) the uppermost Permian and the lowermost Triassic microfossil association has been investigated in detail. A field meeting was organized in Bosnia.

34

Activities planned. It is foreseen to hold a work­shop meeting "Zechstein in England" in Notting­ham from 28 March to 3 April 1982.

N o . 108/144 P R E C A M B R I A N O F W E S T AFRICA A N D ITS C O R R E L A T I O N S W I T H E A S T E R N BRAZIL

I. Yace, Department of Earth Sciences, University of Abidjan 04 B P 322, Abidjan 04, Ivory Coast.

Description. The Project aims at a comprehen­sive investigation of the structural, geochrono-logical and metallogenic characteristics of the West African Craton and its mobile borders in relation to the Brazilian Platform. The Project Working Group has thus defined the terms most commonly used by Precambrian specialists of West Africa (and possibly also by those of Brazil) and started the first part of its general synthesis (the part of geology) which will be followed by a general review of the resources or mineralizations linked to the Precambrian.

Summary of activities. The working sessions of the Project's Sixth Annual General Assembly in Cotonou, Benin, from 19-20 January 1982 made it possible for 18 addresses to be heard on the general geological synthesis. These sessions assembled more than 65 participants, and were followed by a two-day field trip to Dassa in order to study the Pan-African orogenic belt in the ter­ritory of Benin and, in particular, the relations between different formations of the Idao-Mahou volcano-sedimentary basin in the zone of Bifur (Abomey-Dassa).

In Benin, with regard to the Plain of the same name, three "basements" are recognized as being in existence, namely: an inferior basement for­ming the core of the Mekrou anticline (garnet gneiss and amphibolites, Leptynite) with two stri­kes (NNE-SSW and N E - S W ) of the gneissification; a middle basement with three outcrop zones, cor­responding respectively to the east limb of the Mekrou anticline, the core of the Sonboa anticline and the zone of mylonitisation of Alibori; a supe­rior basement connected to big fault zones. An example of geotraverse (the main structural units of the Dahomeyides and of the forelands) was examined, which is characterized by the succession of the following large units: the fore­lands (three supergroups separated by discor­dances), the external units (the supergroups of the forelands having been subjected to distinct tectonic and metamorphic phenomena), and the internal units (probably components of the Libero-Eburnean Complex and some supergroups of its sedimentary cover, implicated during the whole tectonic history of the Pan-African orogeny).

In Nigeria, it is admitted that, in the light of the recent development of the studies, the process of expansion of the Earth's crust encompasses two orogenic events of 2, 000 M a and 600 M a since 2,500 M a . The "schist" zones are regar­ded as different but contemporary ante-Pan-

African basins. A re-evaluation of the geochro-nological data and of the terrane shows that char-nockitic rocks belong, for the most part, to the Pan-African orogeny, and that the dioritic char-nockitic series are younger than the "Older Granites" with which they are frequently asso­ciated. Chemically, the charnockites demons­trate two tendencies: calc-alkali and tholeiitic, formed at the base of the Earth's crust at an elevated magmatic level. The "Older Granites" correspond to a greater extent to the Pan-Afri­can manifestations, being of calc-alkali in cha­racter, but significantly of alkali in character at Corundum. In particular, the north-western part of Nigeria is considered to be a key region for obtaining a better understanding of the Pre-cambrian of the whole country, because of the quality of the outcrops of several fundamental groups: the migmatites-gneiss complex, the schist belts, the volcanic rocks, the "Older Granites" of Pan-African age confirmed by re­cent Rb/Sr datings.

In Liberia, the radiometric ages of 430 sam­ples and the palaeomagnetic ages of 61 different sites can be noted which make it possible to com­pile a new tectonic map in which three age pro­vinces are defined: Liberian (2,700 M a , cove­ring two-thirds of the north-west of the country), Eburnean (2, 000 M a , covering one-third of the south-east of the country) and Pan-African (500 M a , the littoral part of one-third of the north-west of the country, being in continuity with Sierra Leone); the strikes being respecti­vely north-east in the Liberian,east-north-east to north-north-east in the Eburnean and north­east in the Pan-African. Further detailed cor­relations are foreseen for Sierra Leone, Ivory Coast and Guinea, with the final objective addres­sed to the complete history of each province, more in-depth comparisons between the palaeo­magnetic ages of Africa and of South America and their tectonic consequence, and the possible mineralizations linked to these folding zones.

The Precambrian formations of Mali have led to detailed studies on the Precambrian D (3,000-2,800 M a : Liberian) in Adrar des Iforas; on the Precambrian C (2, 800-1, 850 - 250 M a : Eburnean) in the West and the South of Mali, in Adrar des Iforas and the Eastern Gourma; on the Precambrian A (1, 100 to 550 Í 100 M a : Pan African) in Adrar des Iforas and Gourma in the East, and in the lower part of the immen­se basin of Taoudenni in the West which covers two-thirds of Mali.

In Togo, a granitic basement in the North has been distinguished, which is in continuity with the Eburnian basement of Upper Volta. It is covered towards the South by sedimentary ter-ranes which constitute the Voltain basin (widely developing in Ghana and comprising two tillitic layers). In the South of this basin, three units have been described: the Buem, the Atacorian and the basement of the Benin Plain (ex-Daho-meyan). The latter corresponds to the rejuvena­

ted Birrimian during the Pan-African orogeny and the Liberian cores are preserved in it.

The Precambrian of Ivory Coast consists of the basal parts of two orogenies. The older one, called Liberian (2,700 M a ) , is probably preceded by an anterior Catarchean orogenic episode of Leonnian age (3, 000 Ma) , which was determined recently at Man (after the Sierra Leone). Gneis-sic and migmatitic rags of these orogenies have been preserved inside the big granite masses of the subsequent orogeny. Two domains are speci­fied. The first, northern domain, is metasedi-mentary (with charnockitic microcline- and hyper-sthene-gneiss), metavolcanic (amphibolo-pyro-xenites), itabiritic (with garnet and pyroxene), intruded by magmatic charnockites, relatively little influenced by the posterior orogenic mani­festations. In opposition, the second, southern domain is marked off as essentially gneissic (bio-tite-gneiss) and migmatitic much more sensitive to the posterior, the Eburnian orogeny. Three tectonic phases have recently come to light: phase 1 of worm-flowage folds with unsymmetrical limbs; phase 2 of major kilometric deformation and often isoclinic folds; phase 3 of shearing. The Eburnean orogeny (2,400-1,600 Ma) is for­med by an alternation of metavolcano-sedimentary depression and granitic terranes regularly occur­ring from west to east. Its low-grade epizonal metamorphism is obviously opposite to the high-grade catazonal metamorphism of the anterior orogenies, in addition to the separation of the two major orogenies (the Liberian and the Eburnean) by the grand meridional fault of Sassandra.

Activities planned. July 1982 has been set as the deadline for national working groups to submit syntheses to the Project leader, and December 1982 for the diffusion of the general synthesis, which will be examined in 198 3 at the same time as the papers on resources and mineralizations are read.

N o . Ill GENESIS O F M A N G A N E S E O R E DEPOSITS

S. Roy, Department of Geological Sciences, Jadarpur University, Calcutta 700032, India.

Description. This Project aims at a synthesis of the different processes, controlled by multiple parameters, responsible for the formation of manganese deposits in varying geological envi­ronments. With this purpose, the various as­pects of the geology, geochemistry, and minera­logy of manganese and associated heavy metal deposits in the geological record on different continents, as well as on the floors of the present-day basins, are being studied by geoscientists of different countries under this Project. The Pro­ject also includes developments of modern analy­tical methods (chemical and mineralogical) appli­cable to pure and multi-metal-bearing Mn-ores as well as laboratory simulation studies relating to dissolution and deposition of M n in response

35

to inorganic environments and biological activi­ties. The Project was sponsored originally by the IAGOD Commission on Manganese and pre­sently is conducted with its full cooperation.

Summary of activities. The major activity in the field of publication is the 3-volume treatise on Geology and Geochemistry of Manganese, totalling 1, 333 pages and including 14 papers in Volume 1 (General Problems: Mineralogy, Geochemistry and Methods), 22 papers in Volu­m e 2 (Manganese Deposits on Continents), and 15 papers in Volume 3 (Manganese on the Bot­tom of Recent Basins). The volumes were edi­ted by I . M . Varentsov and Gyula Grasselly and were published by Akademiai Kiado, Budapest. A comprehensive book on 'Manganese Deposits' has been published by S. Roy in 1981 through Academic Press Inc. (London-New York). This book contains a detailed treatment on the charac­terization and genesis of manganese ore deposits on the floors of present-day basins as well as on the continents. A third book entitled 'Under­water Minerals' containing a detailed discussion and synthesis on the manganese deposits in m o ­dern basins has been published through Acade­mic Press Inc. (Londo-New York) by D . S . Cro-nan in 1980. Besides these books, numerous papers have been published during the period under review by the participants of this Project.

Substantial progress has been made in studies on the manganese deposits on the continents. Continuous detailed study is in progress on the super large manganese deposits of the USSR and two technical sessions, one at Nikopol and the other at Chiatura were organized and the pro­ceedings published. The manganese mineralogy of the polymetallic deposit of Primorye, USSR has been established. The manganese deposit at Groóte Eylandt, Australia has been investi­gated in detail and evidence of a biogeochemical origin has been suggested. Stratiform manga­nese deposits in the Palapye Group, Central-Eastern Botswana have been studied and a che­mical sedimentary origin has been suggested for them. Trace-element geochemistry of the m a n ­ganese deposits of Israel and Sinai and of San Francisco Mine, Jalisco, Mexico has been com­pleted. In India, detailed studies on the minera-logical and geochemical changes in manganese ore deposits due to dynamothermal metamor-phism are being carried out. The deposits under­taken for such studies are those of Sausar Group, Aravalli Supergroup, and Khondalite Group whe­re the grade of metamorphism ranges from greenschist to granulite facie. In addition, the unmetamorphosed Mn-oxide deposits of the Pro-terozoic Pengagnga beds are being studied in detail.

yield 100 % and buserites with saturated transition metal contents do not react at all. No natural samples could be expanded by dodecylammonium chloride. Synthesis and investigation of psilome-lane, hollandite, cryptomelane, etc. have been done. Professor Stumm and his coworkers at the Zurich Polytechnic studied the surface pro­perties and colloid chemistry of manganese oxides and found that Metallogenium manganooxydans acts as a powerful oxidizing catalyst producing always Z-disordered mangana te.- At the Hokkaido University, Japan, studies have been done on hydrogen isotopic composition of hydrated manga­nese minerals. Other laboratory investigations at various centres include cation absorption by hydrous MnC>2, structural modification of M n (IV) oxides, nature of bixbyite, braunite I and braunite II, characterization of different manganese sili­cates such as Mn-pyroxenes, Mn-pyroxenoids, winchite etc.

Important contributions have been made to manga­nese deposits in present-day basins. Hydrother-mally active areas of manganese deposition on Mid-Atlantic Ridge at 26° N , Carlsberg Ridge (Indian Ocean), East Pacific Rise, and other areas have been undertaken and substantial new data have been generated. A joint New Zealand Océanographie Institute /Imperial College, U K cruise investigated hydrothermal deposits in the south-westernPacific Ocean and the first collec­tion of submarine hydrothermal manganese depo­sit from an island arc setting was made. The partition geochemistry of sediments from the Gala­pagos Hydrothermal Mounds Field has been esta­blished. Detailed field and laboratory work on the mode of occurrence, physical characterization, mineralogy, and geochemical partitioning in co­existing phases in manganese and ferromanganese nodules from Central Pacific, North-east Equa­torial Pacific, South-west Pacific and Indian Ocean helped considerably in unravelling the m y s ­tery of manganese nodule growth in the oceans. The papers embodying these numerous investiga­tions are cited in the reference list. Among the active groups participating in this Project on this aspect are the Marine Geochemistry Group of the Federal Institute of Geosciences and Natural Resources, Hanover, Universities of Clausthal and Aachen (FRG), Imperial College of Science and Technology (UK), New Zealand Océanogra­phie Institute, and N O A A , University of Washing­ton at Pullman (USA).

Activities planned. It is proposed to continue all the ongoing programmes under this Project during 1982, A symposium on Manganese Deposits is scheduled under the joint auspices of the IAGOD Commission on Manganese and the IGCP Project 111 during the Vlth IAGOD Symposium scheduled at Tbilisi, USSR in 1982. Already more than forty abstracts have been received for this techni­cal session. A business meeting of the Project also is scheduled during the symposium where the progress and future plans of the Project will be discussed.

At the University of Bern, Prof. Giovanoli and his group undertook experiments with synthetic buserite and applied dodecylammonium chloride to all types of synthetic and natural buserites. The results show that Na-buserites react pro­perly, Ca-buserite and Na-birnessite do not

36

N o . 114 BIOSTRATIGRAPHIC D A T U M - P L A N E S O F T H E PACIFIC N E O G E N E

N . Ikebe, Osaka Museum of Natural History, Nagai Park, Higashi-Sumiyoshi-ku, Osaka 546, Japan.

Description. Evaluation of biostratigraphic datum-planes of the Pacific Neogene by means of stratigraphie and volcanostratigraphic field surveys, referring to radiometrically dated ho­rizons or magnetostratigraphic data. Correla­tion to be made within the Pacific Neogene and with the European and American Neogene, for exploration or exploitation of mineral and ener­gy resources of the Neogene.

Summary of activities. The scientific session of the 6th International Working Group meeting was held in Osaka and Kobe between 25 and 29 November 1981 under the title "international Workshop on Pacific Neogene Biostratigraphy", followed by the excursion for southern Korea from 29 November to 3 December 1981. The purpose of the meeting was to summarize the work accomplished during the last 6 years. The meeting consisted of two parts. The first part was the general session, which was held at the Osaka Museum of Natural History between 25 and 26 November. Twenty-one overseas and 70 domestic participants took part in this ses­sion and 28 contributions were presented and discussed. The second part was the semi-closed workshop which was held at the Kansai Inter-University Seminar House, Kobe, between 27 and 29 November. Twenty-one overseas and 28 Japanese participants attended this half of the meeting. In this workshop, the method and procedures for drawing a conclusion to the work were discussed. In particular, sectional meet­ings were organized to discuss datum-planes of individual fossil groups, including planktonic foraminifera, calcareous nannoplankton, diatom, radiolaria, larger foraminifera, and molluscs. A group of specialists also compiled a combined palaeomagnetic and radiometric time scale. The proceedings of the meeting have been published and the National Working Group of Japan has published the commemorative volume of this meeting. These two publications were distribu­ted among participants at the meeting. The post-meeting excursion, from 29 November to 3 December, visited Pohang and Yeonil areas and Cheju Is. of southern Korea for the strati-graphical and palaeontological check, under the leadership of Professors B . K . Kim, S. Yoon, and H . Yun. Thirty colleagues took part in this excursion. The 6th business meeting of the Pro­ject was held on 27 November 1981 and discus­sed the compilation and publication of the final report. The main subjects to be included in the planned report are as follows: (1) Summary of the activities of the working group, (2) Datum-planes based on various taxa groups, and (3) Special contributions relevant to the evaluation of datum-planes. The final report is to be pu­blished in 1982.

The National Working Group of Japan (R. Tsuchi, leader) had a workshop meeting from 7-9 Decem­ber, 198 0, to discuss the recently obtained bio­stratigraphic as well as geochronologic data and materials. As for geochronology, some impor­tant already-known data were recalculated using the new decay constant of K / A r dating ( X« = 0. 581xl0-l°/y). Then, using the following three starting points, a new chrono-biostratigraphical scale has been established: (1) the Orbulina suturalis Datum of 15.5 M a ; (2) the Globigerina nepenthes Datum of 11.6 - 0.4 M a ; and (3) a chronological calibration of planktonic foramini-feral datum levels made on the biostratigraphy of D S D P Site 289 in the equatorial Pacific by assu­ming a constant sedimentation rate between radio-metrically estimated age for the Orbulina Datum at 15.5 M a and the Pulleniatina Datum at 5.8 M a , with 11.6 M a of the Globigerina nepenthes Datum between the two. For the interval above 6 M a , the biostratigraphic datum is calibrated against the geomagnetic polarity time scale based on the data of V 24-59, R C 12-66 (equatorial Pacific), V 20-119 (North Pacific), and of a land-exposed Kakegawa sequence (standard for the Japanese stages) with fission-track datings, on the Pacific coast of Japan.

The revised key planktonic foraminiferal datum scale for the western Pacific is as follows: Globorotalia truncatulinoides Datum (1.9 M a ) ; Grt. tosaensis Datum (3.0 M a ) ; Sphaeroidinella dehiscens dehiscens Datum (5.1 M a ) ; Grt. tumi-da túmida Datum (5.4 M a ) ; Pulleniatina primalis Datum (5.8 M a ) ; Grt. acostaensis Datum (9.1 M a ) ; Grt. siakensis Top-datum (10.4 M a ) ; Globigerina nepenthes Datum (11.6 M a ) ; Grt. Peripheroacuta Datum (14.6 M a ) ; Orbulina suturalis Datum (15.5 M a ) ; Praeorbulina glomerosa curva Datum (ca 16 M a ) ; Globigerinoides sicanus Datum (16.5 M a ) ; Catapsydrax dissimilis/unicava Top-datum (17.6 M a ) ; Globigerinatella insueta Datum (18.0 M a ) ; Globigerinoides spp. Datum (22-24 M a ) . Parallelization of these planktonic forami­niferal biostratigraphic events with those of cal­careous nannoplankton, radiolarians, diatoms, and larger foraminifera were discussed. The results were published on 25 November by the National Working Group of Japan (Neogene of Japan-its biostratigraphy and chronology, 150 pp. ).

A joint study of Japan-Indonesia on the Palaeo-gene-Neogene biostratigraphy in Java was conti­nued in July-September, 1981. The first report of the 1979-research was edited by T . Saito and published in March 1981. In this report, calca­reous nannofossils of the Nanggulan (Eocene, CP13 and CP14) and the Sentólo (Miocene-Plio­cene, C N 1 , C N 2 , C N 3 , C N 4 , C N 5 , C N 7 , C N 8 , C N 9 , CN10, CN11, CN12, CN13 and CN14) were reported by H . Okada, and the planktonic fora­miniferal biostratigraphy of the Sentólo Forma­tion were described with a definition of thirteen zones, all (except the lowest zone) defined as such diagnostic species as: Globigerinoides sica­nus, Orbulina suturalis, Globorotalia periphe­roacuta, Grt. praefohsi, Grt. fohsi, Grt. lobata,

37

Globigerina nepenthes, Grt. acostaensis, Grt. plesiotumida, Grt. túmida, Sphaeroidinella dehiscens and Grt. tosaensis, by D . Kadar, and with detailed columnar sections and maps of the surveyed sections.

The final international meeting of the Project, "IGCP-114 International Workshop on Pacific Neogene Biostratigraphy" was held in Osaka and Kobe from 25 to 29 November 1981 under the main subject: (1) evaluation of planktonic microfossil datum-planes of the Pacific-Neo-gene; (2) bioevents of important fossil groups in relation to planktonic microfossil datums; and (3) quantitative chronological scale (radio­metric dating, magnetostratigraphy) of Pacific Neogene biostratigraphy. The aim of this work­shop was to make the first steps towards compi­ling the final Project report. The result will be published in 1982. The meeting was followed by a 5-day excursion to southern Korea to see the Neogene in that area.

Activities planned. The activities in 1982 will be concentrated on compiling and editing the fi­nal report for its publication. A small-scale meeting in Japan or the USA will be necessary. Plans for the year 1982 will be decided upon du­ring the previously mentioned workshop session.

N o . 115 SILICEOUS DEPOSITS O F T H E PACIFIC REGION

J .R. Hein, Pacific-Arctic Branch of Marine Geology, United States Geological Survey, 345 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, California 94025, U S A .

Description. The main goals and objectives of Project 115 were established: to correlate sedi­mentary processes of siliceous deposits in the ocean basins and neighbouring géosynclinal areas by use of stratigraphy, sedimentology, geochemistry, and palaeontology in order to es­timate the geochemical silica budget in the Earth's crust, and to estimate the production of silica in the marine environment through geolo­gic time; to induce a general rule on sedimenta­tion of siliceous deposits in geosynclines; to in­crease understanding of the development of Circum-Pacific orogenic belts; and to obtain basic methods to evaluate deposits for economic interests.

Summary of activities. The final international meeting of the Project was held in Tokyo in August 1981 and was attended by sixty partici­pants from nine countries. The Congress was a great success and included three days of sym­posia and three days of field excursions. A sum­mary of the meeting has been submitted for pu­blication to Geotimes. Manuscripts for the Con­ference volume were collected at the meeting. Elsevier will publish the Conference volume in 1982.

A compilation of 1500 references concerning sili­ceous deposits was published by the U . S . Geologi­cal Survey. The bibliography is being transferred to a computer and will be expanded by 1000 refe­rences by S. Mizutani, Nagoya University, Japan.

Several highly significant findings and advance­ments in several general fields of study are as follows:

First, significant advances in the biostratigraphy of Palaeozoic and Mesozoic radiolaria have been accomplished by the Project members, for example, E . A . Pessagno of the University of Texas, David Jones of the U . S . Geological Survey, and G . K . Holdsworth of the University of Keele. A technique developed by Pessagno to extract radiolaria from chert has revolutionized the field of radiolarian biostratigraphy, tremendously in­creased our understanding of the evolution of Circum-Pacific orogenic belts, and has opened the door to the study of Mesozoic and Palaeozoic radiolarian taxonomy. As the result of the dating of Circum-Pacific chert sequences, many melange terranes dated previously as Palaeozoic on the basis of included exotic limestone blocks, are now known to be Mesozoic as determined from the associated chert. Radiolarian biostratigra-phic zonations for the Palaeozoic are b'eing defi­ned by the work of Holdsworth, and when matured will give information on the development of Palaeo­zoic orogenic belts. A mutually beneficial relation­ship has been established between geologists and micropalaeontologists-biostratigraphers. By submitting samples for dating, geologists get the age control they seek and the biostratigraphers get better control on the distribution and nature of microfossil assemblages. This arrangement is important especially to our members repre­senting less-developed countries, where the tech­nology and facilities for biostratigraphy are not available.

A second field where great advances are being made is in geochemistry and diagenesis. Under­standing the physiochemistry and temperatures of transformations of the main sedimentary silica polymorphs is receiving much attention by many members, for example, M . Kastner of Scripps Institution of Oceanography, Raymond Siever of Harvard University, K . J . Murata of the U . S . Geological Survey, and S. Mizutani of Nagoya University. It has been determined that opal-A (biogenic silica) transforms into opal-CT through a temperature range of about 28° to 54° C depen­ding on the time elapsed before the geologic envi­ronment reaches the appropriate temperature (Hein et al. , 1978 ). Similarly, the transforma­tion of opal-CT to quartz occurs through a tempe­rature range of about 80° to 110° C (Murata et al., 1977). These discoveries are important, in part, because now silica polymorph transformation can be used as geothermometers in drill holes to de­termine geothermal gradiants and to determine the thermal environment that exists in the section; this knowledge has direct application to determining

38

the likelihood of whether petroleum was generated

in the section. The Project leader just recently

applied the technique to an O C S cost well off

Point Conception in California, and it worked

remarkably well (Hein et al., 1979 ).

Understanding the physiochemical nature of the transformations is important because the extent of recycling of silica and trace metals depends on whether transformations are solid-solid, or solution-reprecipitation. Also, it is necessary to know what geochemical or sedimentary envi­ronments inhibit or accelerate the transforma­tions. It is apparent that silica concentration levels and alkalinity as well as the presence of elements such as M g * f govern the kinetics of the transformation (Kastner et al. , 1977). T h e ­se results have profound implications to the ac­cumulation and recycling of economically impor­tant elements such as U , C u , Ni, C o , Fe , M n , and others. It has been shown (Hein et al., 1979) that the availability of biogenic silica m a y have a controlling influence on the F e / M n ratios and the C u ; Ni and C o contents of deep-sea fer-rorcanganese nodules.

A third field of intensive study concerns the stra­tigraphy, sedimentology, and diagenesis of the extensive Circum-Pacific diatomite-porcelanite-chert sequences of Miocene age. These sequen­ces are source rocks for major petroleum and perhaps uranium occurrences and also m a y be important reservoir rocks if fracture porosity was well developed. M a n y individual works on these Neogene deposits will be integrated and regional stratigraphie models developed. Along these lines, Garrison, Pisciotto, and Ingle ha­ve nearly finished a review and s u m m a r y paper on the Miocene siliceous rocks of California.

Understanding the connection between these M i o ­cene rocks and petroleum and uranium genera­tion and accumulation will be a major boon to the petroleum-based, energy-hungry world, es­pecially to the less-developed countries that contain extensive Miocene siliceous deposits, for example, Peru. The cooperation that exists between the developed and less-developed coun­tries that participate in the Project will go a long w a y to realizing this goal.

A fourth field showing rapid increases in k n o w ­ledge is the study of Mesozoic bedded chert se­quences. It is becoming apparent that m a n y of the chert sections are not analogous to chert sections drilled by the D S D P in open-ocean en­vironments as has been thought, but rather the organic-belt cherts formed near continental m a r ­gins. Also, the bedding in the rhythmically bed­ded sections m a y be the result of deposition of siliceous debris by turbidity currents.

N o . 120 M A G M A T I C E V O L U T I O N O F T H E A N D E S

E . Linares, Instituto de Geocronologfa y Geología Isotópica (INGEIS), Pabellón 2, Ciudad Univer­sitaria, Buenos Aires, Argentina.

Description. The principal objectives of the Pro­ject are the age determination of the major pluto­nio, volcanic, and tectonic events in the Andean Cordillera, and also the correlation or relation of these events throughout the whole South A m e ­rica Andean Chain. The Project stressed the geochronological research in dating magmatic and tectonic evolution in different regions of the Andes, the study of the petrology and geochemistry of the rocks and also the identification of the related metallogenic epochs, which will be a useful guide for future ore prospecting in the area.

The Project, which has been extended until 1985, includes: (a) a pilot subproject, which centres its research in a geotransverse through the Andean Chain in Argentina and Chile, at about 30° to 36° south latitude; (b) ten regional subprojects, which cover the whole chain from Venezuela to Southern Argentina and Chile; and (c) six the­matic subprojects, which focus on subjects such as metallogeny and roc geochemistry.

Summary of activities. Several hundred age determinations were carried out in the geochrono­logical laboratories of Sao Paulo, Buenos Aires, Grenoble, London, and California universities (USA).

The revision of the papers presented to the " M a g ­matic Evolution of the Andes Symposium" held during the 26th IGC (Symposium S. 01. 3. 5) was completed and the complete set of the manuscripts was sent to the Earth Science Reviews Editor, Dr. R . Gramende in March 1981.

The research activities carried out during 1981, were as follows:

Argentina: (1) Faja Eruptiva of Jujuy and Salta Puna; (2) metamorphic basement of the Sierra de Ancasti, Tucumán; (3) metamorphic basement of Valle Fértil, San Juan; (4) metamorphic and igneous basement of the Neuquén and Rfo Negro provinces; (5) igneous and metamorphic rocks of the Nord Patagonian Massif; and (6) igneous rocks of the Patagonian Cordillera. Also, other areas are under investigation in the central and northern parts of the country.

Chile: (1) The Elqui-Limari granitic batholite;

(2) the metamorphic schists of Belen area;

(3) the Arica granite complex; and (4) the gra­nites and related rocks of the Central Coastal Cordillera.

Peru: (1) Igneous rocks of the Coastal Cordillera in the vicinities of Arequipa; (2) the metamorphic rocks of the Central Cordillera between Arequipa and Tacna; and (3) the Coastal Batholith.

39

Equator: Different areas under study, especial­ly in the western Cordillera.

Colombia: (l) Granitic massif of El Garzón; (2) adamellitic stock of El Buey; (3) rocks of the Combia Formation.

Activities planned. The activities planned for 1982 include: (l) the continuation of radiome­tric and isotopic analysis in interested labora­tories, with emphasis on samples from new are­as of study; (2) research in several areas of the Andean Chain; (3) organization of (a) a symposium on the Magmatic Evolution of the Andes and a business meeting of the Project Working Group, both to be held on the occasion of the 5th Latin-American Congress of Geology in Buenos Aires, Argentina, October 1982; and (b) a business meeting, and also an informal session of the Project Working Group, both to take place during the 3rd Chilean Geological Congress, Concepción, Chile, November 1982.

In addition, a publication on the Geotectonic Evolution of South America will be prepared.

N o . 124 N O R T H - W E S T E U R O P E A N T E R T I A R Y BASIN

R . Vinken, Niedersâchsisches Landesamt ftir Bodenforschung, P . O . Box 51 01 53, D-3000 Hanover 51, F R G .

Description. Investigation of a marine sedimen­tary basin by interdisciplinary cooperation and correlation of all available data with the aim of reconstructing the evolution of the North-west European Tertiary Basin. Results will improve water supply from Upper Tertiary and storage of waste liquids and will have implications for gas and oil exploration in the North Sea Basin. This case study also is planned to result in the recognition of the general pattern of epicontinen­tal basins.

Summary of activities. The 6th Plenary Meet­ing of the Project was convened at Skive, Den­mark, 13-16 May 1981. More than 50 members of the Project from all the participating coun­tries attended the meeting and discussed the con­tents of the Project's final report. On this occa­sion workshops of the six Project subgroups were held. The Tertiary localities in Jutland were visited during a one-day excursion. In addition, another workshop of the Subgroup "Palynology" was organized by the Palaeogene Pollen Group at Hanover from 19-20 November 1981.

The contents of the final report are as follows:

Volume I

(1) Lithostratigraphical schemes of about 30 investigated areas in the whole basin with spe­cial columns for the descriptions of lithology,

environment, radiometric age etc. (re-edition finished, copies have been sent to all cooperators).

(2) Description of the occurrence of each fossil group investigated (up to 12) for each area; des­cription of the uni-biostratigraphical state of knowledge.

(3) Combination of the results of all fossil groups investigated in each area; multi-biostratigraphi-cal scheme for each area.

(4) Description of the zonation for each fossil group investigated, valid for the whole basin; uni-biostratigraphical interregional scheme for the whole basin.

(5) Correlation of the biostratigraphical results of all fossil groups investigated in all areas; multi-biostratigraphical interregional scheme for the whole basin; base of the new stages for the Tertiary of the North-west European Basin to be defined.

Volume II

(6) Lithofacies sections (vertical scale 1:10,000, horizontal scale 1:250, 000) from all parts of the basin, extending from the margins to the centre.

(7) Palaeogeographical m a p s for 9 selected time intervals at a scale of 1:1, 500, 000.

The preparation of the final report was the main task of the Project's six working groups during 1981.

Activities planned. The 7th and final Plenary Meeting will take place in Frankfurt, F R G , from 13-15 M a y 1982. The main topics of the meeting will be: 1. the presentation of the main results of the Project by the chairmen of the 6 subgroups and by specialists of the different fossil groups; and 2 . the compilation of the final report.

N o . 129 LATERITIZATION PROCESSES

Director General, Geological Survey of India, 27, Jawaharlal Nehru Road, Calcutta-700016, India.

Description. This Project includes an integrated study of all aspects of lateritic formations, in­cluding their constitution, composition, control, and distribution in time and space. An under­standing of the processes in question is essential to correlate palaeoenvironments on a global scale and to serve as a basis for prospecting for depo­sits of Al, Ti, Ni, Cr, etc., which are concen­trated preferentially in lateritic formations as well as for base and precious-metal deposits hidden beneath deep lateritic cover.

Summary of activities. During the twelve months ending November, 1981, work on the Project con­tinued intermittently in Australia, F R G , Hungary,

40

India, Japan, Suriname, U K , Venezuela, USSR, and Yugoslavia. Two newsletters were relea­sed, in December 1980 and June 1981 and were circulated to 48 countries. The main thrust of the newsletters has been towards generating greater awareness about the Project and its po­tential importance to the developing countries and has concentrated on: (1) providing conden­sed, practical case histories of successful ex­ploration of lateritic mineral deposits in Asia, Latin America, Europe, etc.; (2) presenting condensed accounts of important research tech­niques (e.g. palaeomagnetic dating) and results (géomorphologie correlation) on latérite as well as on problematic subjects (e.g. isotope dating of latérites); (3) developing a debate among different experts on the definition of "lat­érite" so that an agreed nomenclature could be reached in the Sao Paulo meeting (1982) and a latérite map of the world prepared thereafter.

The subgroups, set up last year for coordinating the scientific programme have not yet made any noticeable impact. However, the subgroup on Engineering Application and Properties of Lat­érites with M . D . Gidigasu as convenor and J . C . Gogo as Secretary (both of the Building and Road Research Institute, Ghana) has circulated a questionnaire for making an inventory of all on-going research projects, which are to be grouped into the following classes: (1) Enginee­ring geology of lateritic soils; (2) Identification and engineering classification of lateritic soils; (3) Engineering properties and behaviour of lat­eritic soils; (4) Stabilization of lateritic soils for housing and roadwork; (5) Latérites as construction materials; and (6) Performance of lateritic soils/latérites on engineered struc­tures.

This subgroup intends to organize a meeting at the Sao Paulo seminar in July 1982, should funds permit.

In the F R G , the study of mechanical characteris­tics of latérite was continued; a geochemical m o d ­el of different alteration processes in various palaeoenvironments generating/modifying later­itic rocks is being developed.

In Hungary, the practical value of computer-aided geostatistical studies in estimating grade and ton­nage of bauxites have been successfully'demons­trated in mines areas.

In India, experimental studies of latérite samples for T L dating are in progress. Chronologic re­lationship of latérites occurring on four geomor-phic surfaces in eastern India is being studied.

In Japan, mineralogical studies on the nickelifer-ous latérites of the Philippines and on "garnier-ite" from New Caledonia were continued.

In Suriname, a new project on lateritization on Gondwana land surfaces has been started.

In U K , a number of research projects have been

started: examination of the mineralogy of Liber-dade nickel latérites, development of a mass bal­ance model on Bonsora nickel latérite profile, re­finement of techniques for quantitative mineralogy of clay minerals in latérite and bauxite, and pre­liminary investigation of micro-organisms in latérites and bauxites.

In USSR, minéralogie studies are in progress on the Cretaceous-Palaeogene latérites of the Dabaon outlier at 62° N latitude in central Siberia.

In Venezuela, the National Working Group is en­gaged in developing standard samples of different types of latérites and applicability of different instrumental analytical techniques.

Activities planned. The Sao Paulo seminar is planned for July 1982. Concrete progress is ex­pected to be made in the development of (a) an acceptable definition of the term latérites so that a latérite map of the world could be attempted; (b) standard techniques for quantitative minera­logical analysis of latérites; (c) an interconti­nental palaeomagnetic grid for latérites on diffe­rent geomorphic surfaces, and (d) refined geo­chemical- geophysical-geostatistical techniques for assessment of lateritic ore deposits (including deposits hidden below latérites). Moreover, this will provide the first platform for energizing the different subgroups.

The biennal international newsletter will continue.

N o . 143 R E M O T E SENSING A N D M I N E R A L E X P L O R A T I O N

W . D . Carter and L . C . Rowan, US Geological Survey M S 7 30 Reston, Virginia 22092, U S A .

Description. The rapidly developing technology of remote sensing and widespread availability of multispectral satellite imagery from Landsat and other orbital platforms provide an excellent oppor­tunity to investigate mineral resource problems on a global basis from a uniform data base. The principal objective of this Project, therefore, is to disseminate information about this developing technology and test it on a global basis under as many different climatic conditions as possible, and help mineral exploration geologists meet the ever-increasing global demands for mineral and energy resources. Secondary objectives to deve­lop and recommend uniform terminology and sym-bology that can be used on a global basis, and help overcome some of the barriers created by language differences around the world.

Summary of activities. During 1981, more than 110 books and scientific papers contributing to the knowledge of remote sensing in mineral and energy exploration were added to the Project's bibliography. Of these, a comprehensive review article in Science by A . F . H . Goetz and L . C . Rowan (1981) states that "Remote sensing tech­niques are now being used routinely in geologic

41

interpretation for mineral and energy explora­tion, plant siting, waste disposal and the deve­lopment of models for regional and continental tectonics. N e w spaceborne methods and asso­ciated technologies are being developed to pro­duce data from which geologic information about large areas can be derived m u c h m o r e rapidly than by conventional techniques". The authors provide a generally balanced overview of pro­gress and yet stress the spectral mapping ap­proach to defining mineralized ground that they have developed. A s principal investigators of S M I R R , they tested the Landsat-D Thematic Mapper ( T M ) and the Shuttle Multispectral In­frared Radiometer (SMIRR) first from aircraft altitudes over Nevada and Utah mineral-rich test sites.

1. Space Shuttle Flight: T w o geological expe­riments were included in the scientific payload of the second flight of the Space Shuttle on 12-14 N o v e m b e r , 1981. The objectives of the S M I R R experiment were: (1) Obtain 10-channel radiometric data from orbit from a significant sample of geologic units world-wide in the spec­tral region 0.6 to 2.5 u m with emphasis on the region beyond 1.0 u m ; (2) Determine the value of the spectral bands chosen in the separation of lithologie units based on their reflectances; (3) Determine the correlation between the ra­diances measured from orbit and the reflectance data obtained by a portable field spectrometer system; (4) Assess the effect of variable a tmos­pheric absorption on the radiance values, parti­cularly in the 2 .0 to 2.5 u m region; (5) Deter­mine the spectral bands to be used in future m u l ­tispectral scanners designed specifically for geo­logical mapping uses; and (6) Test the value of Shuttle as a platform for low-cost measurements of parameters vital to the design of new instru­mentation for future flights.

Measurements were m a d e with a single 2 0 - c m telescope containing a linear array of ten detec­tors and associated filters aligned along the spa­cecraft ground track. Data were obtained in 100 x 100 m segments in a continuous strip along the subspacecraft track. A 1 6 - m m framing ca­m e r a was used to identify the position of the ground track. Alex Goetz, Jet Propulsion Labo­ratory, Pasadena, California, is the principal investigator on S M I R R , and Larry R o w a n , U S Geological Survey, Reston, Virginia, is the co-investigator. The results of that mission are being evaluated. Data were gathered mainly over desert regions of Mexico, Spain, Italy, Greece, Turkey, Morocco, Egypt, and Saudi Arabia. Data are to be distributed to scientists where cooperating investigations have been esta­blished through this Project. Unfortunately, weather masses over the United States and A u s ­tralia limited operations in these areas.

The other experiment was the Shuttle Imaging Radar (SIR-A). The objective of the Shuttle Imaging Radar -A experiment was to evaluate the potential of spaceborne imaging radars in geolo­

gic mapping and to determine the advantages of using radar imagery in conjunction with Landsat imagery for Earth resources observation.

The SIR-A is a synthetic aperture imaging radar which uses the coherent echo from the surface to generate a high-resolution image. It uses its own energy to illuminate the surface, and gene­rates an image from the backscatter echoes. It provides an all-weather capability because the relatively long waves (microwave) are not effec­tively reflected or scattered by cloud water drop­lets. The SIR-A sensor operates at L-band fre­quencies of 23. 5 - c m wavelength. The incidence an­gle at the surface is 50° at the centre of swath and differs by± 3° at the edges. The sensor is designed to be sensitive to surface backscatter cross-sections between -8 dB and -28 d B . The SIR-A data were recorded optically on board the Shuttle and all but 6 feet of its film was used during the mission. After the shuttle landing, the signal film was re­trieved, developed, and processed. Then it was converted to an image using an optical correlator. Charles Elachi, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, P a ­sadena, California, is the SIR-A principal inves­tigator. Data were collected at numerous sites located between 39° N latitude and 38° S latitude in both experiments.

2 . Preliminary Metallogenic M a p of North A m e ­rica and Landsat Mosaic: Under the chairman­ship of P . W . Guild (1981a, b , c) a team of six geologists representing Canada, Greenland, M e ­xico, and Central America published the first "Preliminary Metallogenic M a p of North America" at a scale of 1: 5, 000, 000. It is accompanied by a complex explanation which categorise 4, 215 ore deposits by commodities according to size, geo­logic environment, age, and minéralogie nature. T w o U S G S Circulars (858-A and - B ) provide (A) numerical listing of deposits and (B) an alphabe­tical listing of deposits. This remarkable m a p was reproduced on an equal area - bipolar oblique conic conformai projection by electronic colour scanning of a hand-coloured original m a p . It will serve as an excellent basis for formulating new mineral exploration strategies and, w e believe, will be enhanced further when a n e w , ail-digitally processed Landsat Image Mosaic and Lineament M a p of the North American Plate are completed. Present plans, however, call for the mosaic to be cast on a Transverse Mercator projection.

3. Geobotanical Anomalies related to Porphyry Copper Mineralization: Birnie and Francica (1981) described the results of using an airborne multichannel spectrometer with a range from 450-1000 m m over the known Mesatchee Creek porphyry copper prospect in central Washington. The entire area is covered with Douglas Fir and lesser amounts of western larch. Spectra from within the pyrite halo were anomalously high at 565 n m and anomalously low at 465 n m . Indivi­dual spectra with a 565 n m / 4 6 5 n m reflected ra­diance ratio value greater than 1.7 fall dominant -ly within the pyrite halo. The zone of minerali­zation was defined clearly by the cluster of ano­malous spectra.

42

4. Geobotanical Lithofacies and Limonite Dis­tribution: Raines and Santos (1980) published maps showing lithofacies and limonite distribu­tion of the uranium-bearing Wasatch Formation of Tertiary age. The maps "were derived from band ratioing (5/6) of a Landsat image and cor­related with well-log information.

5. International Exchange: Carter published an article in Geotimes (October, 1981, p. 21-23) about new Soviet Academy of Sciences publica­tions, a bimonthly journal "Earth Research from Space", in which title pages and abstracts are provided in English. The authors are multi­national and represent the entire Inter Cosmos Programme of the Eastern socialist nations. The articles cover not only their own research but also reviews of western research. In addi­tion, the Soviets have published a "Cosmogeo-logical Map of Linear and Circular Features of the USSR-" (1:5,000,000) based on interpretation of space images derived from the Meteor satel­lite series. Again, the title and legend are bi­lingual. The legend is well organized and re­veals the types of features identified from space images in the USSR are identical to those that western geologists have identified from Landsat images throughout the world. The Meteor satel­lites of the USSR were launched in June 1980 and July 1981 and carried new multispectral scanner systems providing data in the visible, near, and middle infrared bands that are similar to those of Landsat 3 and proposed for Landsat D . While the resolution of the system is about 80 m or greater, the band selection should en­able users to define clay-bearing alteration zo­nes usually found on the surface in relation to buried mineral deposits. This Project is explo­ring the possibility of acquiring such data from the USSR over US mineral resource test sites for evaluation.

Satellites being developed by France (SPOT), Japan (MOS) and India will add to the satellite imagery data base that will soon be available for study.

In December 1980, A . Ilyin visited the US Geo­logical Survey, Reston, Virginia. He hand-carried copies of the Cosmogeological Map of the USSR and several volumes of "Earth R e ­search from Space". In addition, he lectured on the distribution of Precambrian-Câmbrian phos­phorite deposits in southern Siberia and northern Mongolia. G . P . Salas (1980) has completed a preliminary lineament map of Mexico published at a scale of 1:3, 000, 000. It will be interesting to compare his results with those of Guild. G . L . Raines, USGS, Denver, spent two months in 1981 as an official visiting scientist with the Commonwealth Scientific Industrial Research Organization (CSIRO) of Australia and he parti­cipated in the 1981 Australian Landsat Confe­rence. Dr. Guy Roberts, a CSIRO computer specialist spent two months with USGS in Denver and Reston under the exchange. Chen Gouda (China) visited US Geological Survey remote

sensing specialists in Reston, Virginia on 16 October, 1981 and visited several mine sites throughout the United States in the company of Dr. Jan Kutina. At the Survey, he lectured on "The Diwa (Geotectonic Depressions) of China and their Metallogenesis". J. Talvitie (Finland) visited the Project office on 10 February, 1981 to lecture on the "Geotectonics and Ore Deposits of Finland", and planned also to lecture for two months at Michigan Technical University, Houghton, Michigan. J. Aarnisalo (Finland) vi­sited USGS offices between 26-30 May, 1981, and lectured on his uses of Landsat data in mineral exploration. C . E . Brockmann (Bolivia) is cur­rently conducting advanced computerized remote sensing research at the Laboratory for Remote Sensing (LARS) at Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana.

Some of the participants of the Project's work­shop in Nairobi, Kenya in 1980, are to be trained further on remote sensing: (l) F . Ahmed (Sudan) having been granted a Fulbright Fellowship to visit US Geological Survey and several universi­ties in 1981, would study the teaching of remote sensing and its applications to geology and espe­cially to mineral exploration; (2) M s . A . Kagya (Tanzania) was to study photogeology at the Inter­national Training Centre (ITC), Enchede, The Netherlands.

6. Special activities during 1981: (1) The Fourth International Symposium on Basement Tectonics was held in Oslo, Norway, during August 1981. The E R O S Office of the US Geological Survey provided funds to support publication of the pro­ceedings. (2) A Symposium on Remote Sensing in arid and semi-arid Lands, was to be held in Cairo, Egypt, from 31 October to 10 November 1981. Approximately 200 United States scientists and relatives were scheduled to attend. W . D . Carter had organized two sessions: (1) Geologic Terrain Mapping and (2) Mineral Exploration. However, the Symposium had to be postponed until 17 January, 1982.

During 1981, the Geological Society of America's Centennial Celebration Committee requested that the US Geological Survey consider making a new Landsat Mosaic and Lineament Map of the entire North American Plate (scale 1:5,000,000) tobe completed in 198 9 as part of the Decade of North American Geology. As this project is of vital interest to IGCP 143 members, we have taken an active role in describing the project and develop­ing specifications for mosaic development. Seve­ral meetings of interested individuals from G o ­vernment, industry, and universities were held to assess the state-of-the-art of mosaic making. This assessment of current technology indicates that a mosaic can be constructed using all-digital image processing techniques that will be far supe­rior to previous mosaics and will result in a more useful lineament map as well as other map pro­ducts at other scales. IGCP 143 members will play a role in developing the project into a multi­national effort that will include Iceland, Greenland,

43

Canada, the U S A , Mexico, Central America, Caribbean Islands, Bahama Islands, and Ber­muda. Canada has indicated its willingness to participate, and Mexico is studying the idea.

Activities planned. (1) Symposium on Remote Sensing of Arid and Semi-Arid Lands, Cairo, Egypt, 19-25 January, 1982 and (2) the C O S -P A R Symposium on Remote Sensing and Mine­ral Exploration in Ottawa, Canada, from 17-22 May , 1981. The proceedings of the C O S P A R Meeting will be published by Pergamon Press, Oxford, England, and will constitute the final Project report. In Ottawa, there will be a dis­cussion of a proposal for future plans and; it is believed that a new project plan will be develop­ed and recommended for submission of the IGCP Board.

N o . 146 R I V E R - F L O O D A N D L A K E - L E V E L C H A N G E S

R . Paepe and L . De Meyer, Belgian Geological Survey, Jennerstraat 13, B-1040, Brussels, Belgium.

Description. The primary objective of the Pro­ject is the establishment of a river-flood and lake-level fluctuation curve on the basis of the stratigraphical evidence of their related deposits. Correlation of regional results aims at the world­wide validity of the curve, as well as its clima-tical implication. It should lead to comparison with sea-level curves and climatic fluctuations of the periglacial area. The stratigraphical scheme for the last 10, 000 yrs greatly using archaeolo­gical material should serve as a model which is to be extended to classical geological periods beyond this date.

Summary of activities. Project activities in 1981 expanded unexpectedly.

A general meeting was held in Brussels in colla­boration with the "Centre for Quaternary Strati­graphy" (Brussels), on Mediterranean Quater­nary Stratigraphy (13 January 1981) and on Pa-laeoclimates and Palaeoenvironments of African Lakes (19 and 20 November 1981).

The meeting at the "Korean Institute for Geolo­gy and Energy Research, KIER" on 19 October 1981 was followed by an excursion to important Quaternary sites. The East coast of Korea proved to be especially promising since a conti­nuous sequence dating from Miocene up to the present day was encountered. The facies chan­ged gradually from lake to fluviatile through ti­m e , intermingling along the coast with marine deposits. An intensive investigation programme has now started and will continue for at least the next 5 years. Stratigraphy, clay geology and clay weathering, pollen analysis, neotectonics and tephrochronological investigations will form the basis of this research.

Investigation in Greece continued as it has been linked up with the European Economic Community Project on Palaeoclimatology. New sites in the vicinity of Athens make it possible to date geo­logical deposits at 20-year intervals. On the is­land of Skyros (North Sporadhes) a number of new sections have been studied from the geologi­cal and achaeological point of view. They confirm the results obtained in Attica. A joint programme of the Belgian Geological Survey, the Catholic University of Louvain and the Vrije Universiteit Brussel resulted in computation of climatic cur­ves which seems to correlate with the Shackleton Oxygen-isotope curve and the Berger Astrono­mical curve. New projects are foreseen in west­ern Greece and investigations in Macedonia con­tinue.

Investigations in the interlake region between Lake Kivu and Lake Tanganika (Zaire, Rwanda, Burundi) continued,especially with regard to the setting up of a climatic curve based on salinity ratios. Humid versus drought phases have thus been recognised.

New projects have locally been established: foraminifera studies of the Yellow Sea Terraces (China); Terrace studies around the site of H o m o pithecanthropus (Indonesia); Coral reef studies along the Red Sea Coast (Sudan); Coral reef stu­dies along the Indian Sea Coast (Somalia); Strati­graphy and sedimentology in the Sinai desert (Egypt); River terraces in Lower Bangladesh (Bangladesh).

The attempt to set up a manual on "Lake Level and River studies" as discussed at the 26th IGC Congress has failed despite overall encouragement.

Activities planned. The Xllth INQUA Congress will be convened in Moscow in August 1982, at which a monograph of selected papers will be pre­sented on the following topics: Late Quaternary Geology of Greece; Late Quaternary Geology of Brazil; Aspects of Quaternary Geology of Peru; Aspects of Lake Valencia Quaternary deposits (Venezuela); Comparison of some Climatic Cur­ves of the Late Pleistocene from Temperate, Subtropical and Tropical Regions.

No . 148 E V A L U A T I O N A N D D E V E L O P M E N T O F QUANTITATIVE STRATIGRAPHIC C O R R E L A T I O N T E C H N I Q U E S

F . P . Agterberg, Geological Survey of Canada, 601 Booth Street, Ottawa, Canada, K1A 0E8.

Description. The main objective of the Project is the development of computer-based mathema­tical theory and analysis of geological informa­tion required for the practical application of auto­mated correlation techniques in quantitative stra­tigraphy. Working along parallel lines, resear­chers in different countries are conducting this work in the fields of biostratigraphy and litho-

44

stratigraphy. Specific problems are solved by establishing regional standards of ordered stra­tigraphie events and performing correlations on the basis of these standards. Comprehensive descriptions are prepared for different techni­ques which are applied to the same data sets in order to evaluate their respective advantages and drawbacks. Special attention is given to the performance of computer-based quantitative techniques in comparison with the results obtain­ed by conventional qualitative stratigraphie cor­relation methods. During the first three years of its existence, the emphasis within the Project was on method development. -During the last few years, the primary activity in the Project has shifted from method development to applica­tion for solving specific stratigraphie problems using large data bases. Deep Sea Drilling Pro­ject data sets are also being analysed.

Summary of activities. The 1981 international meeting for the Project was held in Calgary, Canada. It commenced with a symposium on "New Concepts and Methods in Stratigraphy" on 13 May 1981 at the University of Calgary, during the annual meeting of the Geological Association of Canada (10-13 May, 1981). Ten papers were presented at this event attended by about 50 scientists from five countries. It was followed by a business meeting at which future activities were discussed. A successful short course with 30 participants, also on "New Con­cepts and Methods in Stratigraphy", was held during 14 and 15 May on the premises of Petro-Canada. Detailed reports on these meetings in Calgary were published in Newsletter N o . 5 of the Project which was distributed in July 1981.

The USSR National Working Group sponsored a three-day international workshop on "Construc­tion of Composite Standards for Biostratigra-phic Correlation" in Tallinn, 13-15 October 1981.

Also related to the activities of the Project are the Geochautauquas on Computer Applications in the Earth Sciences. The Ninth Geochautau-qua (Miami, 9 and 10 January 1981) dealt with computer applications in oceanography. The Project leader presented a paper on computer algorithms for the ranking and scaling of strati-graphic events. The theme of the Tenth Geo-chautauqua (Ottawa, 23 and 24 October 1981) was use of computers in mineral-resources eva­luation. Ten members of the Project partici­pated in an open meeting on quantitative IGCP projects Nos. 98, 148, 154, and 163, which was part of this conference (see report in December 1981 issue of Episodes).

During the year, documentation of the R A S C computer programme for ranking and scaling of stratigraphie events was completed. These com­puter algorithms will be published in two papers by F . P . Agterberg and L . D . Nel in consecutive issues of Computer & Geosciences. The appli­cation of quantitative biostratigraphical techni­

ques to large data bases was continued. P . H . Doeven and F . M . Gradstein have developed a quantitative nannofossil range chart for the Upper Cretaceous sediments of the Canadian Atlantic margin which improves upon previous range charts obtained by conventional methods. R . G . Blank and C . H . Ellis obtained standardized range charts for Deep Sea Drilling Project data sets with hun­dreds of taxa and dozens of wells for the North Atlantic and Pacific Ocean. Use was made of a technique originally developed by W . W . Hay for sequencing first and last occurrences of taxa.

J . C . Brower and W . A . Burroughs have argued that non-quantitative biostratigraphers resist numerical methods because many of these techni­ques are complex or use methodologies that are basically foreign to biostratigraphers. These au­thors have written the computer programme SER which constitutes a modified version of a simple but effective seriation technique used by archaeo­logists. SER will be published in Computers & Geosciences. M . Rubel and Y u . Salin are consi­dering various possible spatial distributions of fossil taxa and their effects on automated ordering techniques. J. Guex is solving biochronological problems by techniques taken from graph theory.

Extensive bibliographies of publications of quan­titative bio- and lithostratigraphy were published in 1981 by J . C . Brower and C.J . Mann in the book "Computer Applications in the Earth Sciences-An Update for the 70s" edited by D . F . Merriam. In this same volume D . M . Raup presented a chal­lenge by noting that, during the 70s, development of the computerization of biostratigraphy has been disappointing with "much potential but little real progress".

W . Schwarzacher has developed quantitative m o ­dels for sedimentation patterns and lithological correlation with algorithms for use on an Apple microcomputer. Also in the field of lithostrati­graphy, F . L . K e m p has developed a new algorithm for simultaneous stratigraphie correlation of sep­arate segments of two well logs which are ident­ical except for depth shifts and stretches and value shifts and stretches. B . K . Ghose has applied methods of time-series analysis to clastic sedi­mentary sequences after expressing the litholo­gical variation in sections of equal thickness by means of a new variable based on hypothetical settling velocities.

Two interesting papers on relative age inference in palaeontology were published by C . W . Harper Jr. who concluded that one of the most pressing aims of stratigraphie palaeontology should be the further development of tests of significance to evaluate the hypothesis that a group of taxa are sequential in time. In a recent study of biose-quence metrics, T . F . Smith, M . S . Waterman, and W . M . Fitch have compared various nucleo­tide sequence alignment algorithms. These tech­niques also can be employed for stratigraphie correlation. Lectures by J . E . van Hinte during last May's short course held in Calgary stimulated

45

interest in geohistory analysis. The prerequi-site to this approach is a good calibration of sec­tions to the geochronologic scale. Several par­ticipants of the Project are interested in auto­matic image analysis for the study of morpho­logy. Recently, Zhang Yun and H.J , Hofmann have obtained promising results by image analy­sis of lamina profiles of Precambrian stroma­tolite taxa.

Activities planned. Five participants in the Pro­ject will conduct a short course on "New Con­cepts and Methods in Stratigraphy" on 21-25 June, 1982, in Calgary, Canada, immediately preceding the Annual Convention of the Ameri­can Association of Petroleum Geologists. The international meeting for 1982 will take place on 22-23 November at the University of Geneva in Switzerland. Its theme will be "Theory, appli­cation and comparison of stratigraphical corre­lation methods". A final meeting before com­pletion of the Project is planned for December 198 3 in India.

N o . 154 G L O B A L E X C H A N G E A N D P R O C E S ­SING O F I N F O R M A T I O N IN G E O C H E M I S T R Y

H . de la Roche, B R G M , B . P . 6009, 45060 Orléans; J. M . Stussi, C R P G , B . P . 20; 54501 Vandoeuvre-les-Nancy, France.

Description. The main topics of the Project are: (1) to identify, in the framework of a defi­ned scientific project, the problems encountered in exchanges of geochemical and additional data (location, geology, petrography); (2) to apprai­se the opportunity and possibility of defining standards for communication and automatic pro­cessing of these data. This experiment is con­ducted through a scientific programme of " C o m ­parative geochemistry of two-mica granites and associated rocks from various orogens".

The Project aims at the following results: (1) in applied sciences and technology: identification of the problems encountered in data exchanges between existing geochemical files and data banks, and research for solutions (from logis­tic, technical, economic, and psychological points of view); setting up a network of geoche­mical data banks; (2) in theoretical sciences: geochemical and metallogenic characteristics of two-mica granites and associated rocks in rela­tion with their typology and location in an oro-gen, in order to appraise the notion of geoche­mical provinces; interregional and interconti­nental geochemical correlations.

Summary of activities. The activities of the Project have been focused essentially on bilate­ral contacts between centres expecting interest­ing developments in this field. A retrospective file of geochemical and additional data of the granites in northern Portugal has been compu­terized and at present is operative. The genera­tion of a Spanish data bank and the development

46

of the thematic files in Bulgaria have aroused a renewal of interest in the Project. Hence, inte­resting perspectives of exchanges and processing can be expected. With regards to the French Hercynian, the stage correlations between isopic segments of the orogen are reached mainly with the graphical presentation of the chemical typo­logy of the granites. The chemical data are iden­tified as pertinent markers for correlation and make it possible to avoid the difficulties encoun­tered by the usually empiric and regional petro-graphical designations.

The existence of the computerized and published data of the granites in Central Europe gives, at present, the possibility with the French and Por­tuguese operative files, of exchanges and proces­sing of data which have derived from three major regional units of the same European Hercynian. The typological map of the French granites is, in this respect, an important achievement and the interorogenic data exchanges are being de­veloped with Australia.

Activities planned. The Project so far has work­ed on the geotechnical data of two-mica granites and associated rocks. It will extend its investi­gation to all types of granites and, moreover, also to metallogenic, structural, and isotopic data thereof which are pertinent to the refinement of the different types of intra- and interorogenic correlations. From the point of view of compu­terization, the integration of such data in existing, operative data banks requires the creation of an information system for efficient and rational usa­ge. At the meeting scheduled for 1982 in Orléans, France, a tentative discussion will be arranged for the elaboration of information and communica­tion standards liable to fulfil this objective.

No . 156 PHOSPHORITES

P.J. Cook, Research School of Earth Sciences, Australian National University, P . O . Box 4, Canberra A C T 2600, Australia. J . H . Shergold, Bureau of Mineral Resources, P . O . Box 378, Canberra A C T 2601, Australia.

Description. Project 156 is a multidisciplinary research programme to investigate the nature and distribution of sedimentary phosphate deposits. The study provides a clearer understanding of the processes relating to the genesis of recent and ancient phosphorites as well as useful palaeo-geographic, palaeo-oceanographic and stratigra­phie information. It also provides a better understanding of the relationship between phos­phorites and other forms of mineralization, and phosphorites and petroleum-source rocks. It assiste in the development of an international phosphate resource data base and a code of no­menclature. It contributes to the search for this important food mineral, both through the development of new ideas, and by providing geo­logists (especially those in developing countries) with the opportunity to familiarize themselves with phosphate deposits in other countries.

Summary of activities. Two scientific meetings have been held during 1981: in Central America and Asia. Fifty-three scientists from eleven countries participated in a meeting to examine the Miocene, Pliocene, and Pleistocene phos­phorites of the La Paz district, Baja, Califor­nia, between 2-6 February. Technical papers on the geology of the Baja California phosphate deposits were presented by Mexican geologists to provide an introduction for the following three days of field excursions. During the excursions, participants examined the shallow marine sedi­ments of the lower Mid-Miocene Monterrey For­mation at the San Hilario and San Juan de la Costa deposits, and the Santo Domingo deposit in the beach sands of the Pliocene Soledad For­mation.

The Fourth International Field Workshop and Seminar of the Project was held between 25 N o ­vember and 6 December in India. It was attend­ed by 213 scientists from 16 countries. The meeting commenced with a three-day seminar session in Udaipur, Rajasthan, and was follow­ed by field excursions to examine Proterozoic stromatolitic phosphorites in the Aravalli se­quence of the Udaipur district, and the presum­ed Mesozoic phosphorites of the Mussoorie Syncline near Dehradun Uttar Pradesh.

A total of 48 papers were presented at the initial seminar, held in Udaipur. The majority of the­se concerned Indian phosphorite deposits and provided a useful background for the two post-seminar field excursions. The first of these was to examine stromatolitic phosphorites of the Maton Formation, the middle unit of the Aravalli Group, in the Udaipur district. Parti­cipants were shown sequences containing both phosphatic and non-phosphatic columnar stroma­tolitic sequences at Maton, Kanpur, and Jhamar-kotra. These elicited considerable discussion regarding the nature of phosphatization in stro­matolitic environments, and the possibility of the existence of primary phosphate-fixing stro­matolites. Only particular forms of stromato­lites are phosphatic, and in some instances pé­trographie relationships indicate that some of the phosphate may be secondary after carbonate (although prior to lithification). It seems likely that the morphological uniformity of the phospha­tic stromatolites indicates both a biological and environmental uniformity of the phosphorite de-positional environment. Pétrographie relation­ships described by previous workers indicate that the phosphatization was an early diagenetic event. The age of the Aravelli phosphorites also was considered controversial: new radio­metric dates are not supported by the morpho­logy of the stromatolites which indicate close affinity with late Riphean or Vendian forms, implying a late Proterozoic age of less than 1000 M a .

The phosphorites of the Mussoorie Syncline occur mainly in the black shale, black chert, sequence of the Lower Tal Formation. At

some localities they also are associated with low columnar stromatolites. Various ages, generally post-Permian, have been considered for these phosphorites, but the recent discovery of C a m -brian-Ordovician conodonts is confirmed and this suggests that the Tal Formation contains at least two stratigraphie units of disparate ages. A C a m -brian-Ordovician age for the Lower Tal Forma­tion suggests a late Proterozoic to Cambrian age for the underlying Krol, Infra Krol, and Blaini Formations. The last is a diamictite which has been correlated with the Permian tillites of penin­sular India, but a late Proterozoic age now seems more likely. This would therefore imply a C a m ­brian age for the Krol Formation, which encou­ragingly does contain thin layers of phosphorite in its upper part, and which potentially may yield phosphatized shelly fauna. Thus, as a result of the Indian Workshop, the Proterozoic phospho­rites of Rajasthan are considered younger than previously at Late Riphean or Vendian, and the Mussoorie phosphorites are considerably older than previously, i. e. Cambrian-Ordovician.

Project Newsletters 8 and 9, produced in April and September respectively, contain a full ac­count of the Project's activities together with annotated recent references on phosphate geology; reports on phosphorite deposits and occurrences; and relevant meetings.

The Project continues to grow. To date 402 scientists representing 30 countries have attended the official meetings and many others are on the Project mailing list. National representatives have been nominated by 16 countries, and we ha­ve national correspondents in another fourteen. During the year national representation wes re­quested by Vietnam, and the possibility of repre­sentation is under discussion with Argentina, Nigeria, and Zambia.

One of the major problems for geologists interest­ed in the geochemistry and mineralogy of phospho­rites is the lack of adequate rock standards. With this in mind,a Committee on Standards has been formed within the Project to enquire into the pre­sent adequacy of standards and, if necessary, to establish an appropriate rock phosphorite stan­dard.

For the past two years, the Project has compri­sed three working groups. Highlights of activities within these working groups are given here.

Working Group 1 (Proterozoic and Cambrian phosphorites): A national working group has been formed in China and comprises 29 scientists who will promote research into the sedimentary facies and palaeogeography of the late Proterozoic and Cambrian phosphorite deposits of Hunan and H u -bei in south-western China; the petrology and mineralogy of the Doushantou phosphorites of Guizhou Province; enrichment processes and utilization of associated elements of Proterozoic and Cambrian phosphorites. In Canada, data have been assembled for the Proterozoic Thelom Basin

47

by the Geological Survey of Canada, and for the Athabaska Basin by the Saskatchewan Geolo­gical Survey.

Working Group 2 (International Phosphate R e ­source Data Base, IPRDB): The aim of this working group is to produce a needed and com­prehensive world survey of both sedimentary and igneous phosphate rock occurrences. In 1981 considerable progress was made in the building up of the computerized bibliography on the geology of phosphorite and apatite. At the present time, over 5, 000 references have been entered into the file, including a large number of abstracts. A bibliography comprising some 3, 000 references on a country basis has been prepared by the Institute of Geological Sciences and is to be published in early 1982.

Progress on the data base itself has been slight. A number of entries for deposits in the US, USSR, and India now are in hand but they have not been entered into the computer file. The entry and retrieval software has been completed. Due to financial constraints, it seems likely that the file will have to be moved to another computer. In view of this change, the development plan of the programme has been re-assessed and it is tentatively planned to publish short papers on the important phosphorite occurrences of the world. A two-year programme is envisaged for this work. An outline for papers that parallel the computer format will be worked out and country specialists of the Project will be enlis­ted to prepare the reports. It is planned also to publish the bibliography of the geology of phos­phorite and apatite.

Working Group 3 (Young Phosphogenic Systems): This group is effective in support of the main objective of the Project - Protèrozoic and C a m ­brian phosphorites, through an improved under­standing of the genesis of economic sedimentary phosphorite deposits by providing comparisons with ancient deposits and modern analogues. In France, geological, geochemical, isotopic, and bacterial studies have been programmed into the activities of Working Group 3. Four proposed research cruises to offshore North Carolina, the Lau Ridge offshore New Caledonia, offshore Peru, and offshore Portugal, involve members of the Working Group from France, USA, and New Zealand. Working Group 3 held a one-day seminar in association with the Baja California phosphorite meeting, at which four research sta­tus papers were presented. Members of the Working Group also participated in a N A T O A d ­vanced Research Institute meeting on coastal up-welling and its sediment record which was held at Algarve, Portugal between 1-4 September.

Activities planned. The fifth international field workshop and seminar of the Project will be held in early December 1982 in China. The meeting will concentrate on the Lower Cambrian phosphorites of the Meisuchun Formation of Yunnan Province. In addition, it is hoped that

a regional meeting can be organized in Central Africa to bring together countries from the Afri­can Continent having interests in phosphorites. A workshop on phosphates in Australia will be held in Canberra between 25-26 February, 1982, and a training course will be held at Macquarie University in May 1982. It is hoped that some activities in the Cretaceous-Eocene Tethyan phosphogenic province will get underway in 1982.

N o . 157 E A R L Y ORGANIC E V O L U T I O N A N D M I N E R A L A N D E N E R G Y R E S O U R C E S

M . Schidlowski, Max-Planck-Institut fur Chemie, Saarstrasse 23, Postfach 3060, Mainz, F R G .

Description. The aim of the Project is to evaluate organic geochemical, isotopic, and palaeontolo-gical data in terms of the evolution of life and its relationship to episodic formation of Precambrian and Lower Palaeozoic mineral deposits, particu­larly those of base metals and hydrocarbons.

Summary of activities. 1981 was mainly a year of quiet and intensive work for the preparation of the forthcoming meeting of Projects 157 and 160 in Mexico City (11-14 January 1982).

Subproject 1: "Precambrian Weathering Horizons" (convenor: A . Button): Work has proceeded main­ly along the same lines. The accent was on palaeo-sols from North America and South Africa. Cata­loguing of important palaeosols is being continued as new data arise.

Subproject 2: "Organic Geochemistry of pre-Devonian Crude Oils and their Source Rocks" (convenor: D . M . McKirdy): Recent activities have focused upon four principal areas: (i) Bio­logical marker geochemistry of pre-Devonian crude oils; (ii) Palaeoenvironments and petro­leum geology of Proterozoic and early Palaeo­zoic sedimentary basins; (iii) Association of or­ganic matter (kerogen, hydrocarbons) with pre-Devonian phosphorites and Mississippi Valley-type base-metal mineralization; and (iv) Types and maturation of pre-Devonian kerogens.

D . M . McKirdy and co-workers completed a study which revealed an unexpectedly diverse array of biological marker hydrocarbons (isoprenoid, steroid, and hopanoid alkanes) in seven Vendian-Cambrian oils from Australia, Namibia, and the U S A . Further work is planned on Palaeozoic oils from the Appalachian Basin, U S A . The exciting discovery by J. Zumberge of tricyclic diterpanes in early Palaeozoic oils from the Williston Basin, USA suggests that many hydrocarbons were deri­ved from primitive marine biota, and therefore are not necessarily specific biomarkers of vascu­lar plants. M . Fowler and A . G . Douglas conti­nued their work on a large collection of Protero­zoic and Palaeozoic oils and potential source rocks from the USA, Canada, Australia, Algeria, Sweden, and the USSR. A recent highlight was the discovery of woody material in Silurian shales

48

from Algeria. The Baas Becking Geobiological Laboratory (Canberra) has embarked on a new research programme aimed at investigating the conditions under which sedimentary organic mat­ter formed and was preserved during Protero-zoic and early Palaeozoic time (M. Walter, P . A . Trudinger and co-workers),

Subproject 3 "Antiquity of Bacterial Sulfate Reduction" (convenor: P . A . Trundinger): The outstanding event was a symposium on "Sulfide Mineralisation in Sediments: Current Status of Syngenetic Theory1,1 held from 2-4 March, 1981, at the Australian Academy of Science, Canberra. The proceedings of this meeting (which was at­tended by more than one-hundred specialists in the field) was scheduled as a Special Issue of the Journal of Australian Geology and Geophy­sics, vol. 6 (No. 4) in December 1981. Work specifically related to the emergence of dissimi-latory sulphate reduction and attendant environ­mental impacts has been pursued at the Baas Becking Geobiological Laboratory, Canberra (Donnelly, Skyring, Trudinger), by the U C L A -based Precambrian Paleobiology Research Group (Hayes, Kaplan, Schidlowski), and by a working group at McMaster University, Hamil­ton, Ontario (Thode and co-workers).

Subproject 4 "Fossil Stromatolitic Microbial Ecosystems and their Recent Analogues" (conve­nors: W . E . K rumbe in and S. Golubic): Based on a poll and other considerations, two task-forces have been established for tackling selec­ted aspects of the stromatolite topic.

Group 1 "Organic Geochemistry of Recent Stro­matolites" has been engaged primarily in a de­tailed documentation of the organic geochemis­try (biological marker molecules) of the Solar Lake stromatolites (Israel). Group 2 "Microbial Ecology of Recent Stroma­tolites" is concerned with physiological ecology and population dynamics as well as with the fos­silisation potential of extant stromatolite com­munities, with efforts mainly focusing on the Solar Lake and "Sabkha Gavish" localities (Is­rael) as representative environments.

Corresponding investigations are planned for the mat communities from Lower California (Mexi­co) and the San Francisco Bay. Laboratory work presently is concerned with problems of nitrogen fixation by microbial mats and with im­pacts exercises by light, salinity, and grazing stress on stromatolite ecology.

Current work of Subproject 4 is carried out mainly as a "joint venture" involving groups from Hebrew University (Cohen, Gavish), Bos­ton University (Golubic, Margulis), Oldenburg (Krumbein), Bristol (Eglinton), Scripps Oceanic Institution (Nealson) and NASA A m e s Research Center (Des Marais).

The working group "Paleobiology" of the work­shop "Early Crustal Genesis" of Lunar and Pla­

netary Institute, Warrenton, Virginia, USA, (13-17 November, 1981), was mainly made up of active Project members .

The European participants played an active role in the organization, notably in (i) the Inaugural Meeting of the European Union of Geosciences, Strasbourg; (ii) the Annual Meeting of the "Geo-logische Vereinigung", Copenhagen; (ii) the N A T O Advanced Study Institute "Cosmochemis-try and the Origin of Life", Maratea, Italy; (iv) the I U G G / I A M A P 3rd Scientific Assembly, Hamburg.

Activities planned.

1. A volume entitled "Origin and Evolution of Earth's Earliest Biosphere; an Interdisciplinary study" (ed. J . W . Schopf; Princeton University Press) is due early in 1982.

2. The proceedings of Dahlem Conference "Bio-speric Evolution and Precambrian Metallogeny" (Berlin 1980) will be published in January 1982 under the title "Mineral Deposits and the Evolu­tion of the Biosphere" (eds. H . D . Holland and M . Schidlowski; Springer, Berlin).

3. A joint workshop of Projects 157 and 160 will take place in Mexico City (11-14 January 1982). The proceedings will be published as a Special Issue of "Precambrian Research".

4. A symposium, tentatively entitled "Organic Matter in Sediments: 3800 M a Record of Life in Crustal Rocks", will be sponsored by the Project on the occasion of the 2nd Meeting of the European Union of Geosciences (Strasbourg, April 1983).

N o . 158 P A L A E O H Y D R O L O G Y O F T H E T E M P E R A T E Z O N E

L . Starkel, Polish Academy of Sciences, Insti­tute of Geography, Department of Geomorpho-logy and Hydrology, 31-018 Krakow, ul. áw. Jana 22, Poland; and B . Berglund, Lund University, Department of Quaternary Geology, Tornavagen 13, S-223 63 Lund, Sweden.

Description. Multidisciplinary research on envi­ronmental development with special attention to changes in the hydrological regime in the tempe­rate zone (35-70° latitude) due to climatic fluctu­ations and human impact. The Project is sub­divided into two subprojects with close co-opera­tion: (A) fluvial environments; (B) lake-mire environments. The studies of valley bottoms will reveal material for long-distance correlation. Lake and mire sediments comprise the most com­plete and undisturbed sequence of changes. A network of reference sites showing changes of the physical and biotic environment will be selected for correlation in time and space. The results will be compared with palaeoenvironmental re­constructions elaborated in IGCP Projects Nos . 24, 61 and 146.

49

S u m m a r y of activities. The following interna­tional meetings have been arranged and attended.

(a) A joint meeting of Project 158 and Holocene Eurosiberian Subcommission of I N Q U A , the Sympos ium on "Palaeohydrology of the tempe­rate zone" (Poznan, Poland, 22-28 September, 1981) was organized by Professors. Kozarski and A . Witt (Secretary), A d a m Mickiewicz University in Poznañ and the Committee for Quaternary Research, Polish A c a d e m y of Scien­ces and attended by 37 foreign participants from 15 countries and 38 from Poland. Thirty-five papers were presented during the meeting, most ­ly national reports. S o m e invited speakers pre­sented the ways of palaeoecological, palaeohy-drological, and palaeoclimatic reconstructions based on different evidence from fluvial, lake, and mire environments (T. W e b b , N . Hotinsky, B . Berglund, L . Starkel, B . Frenzel, K . D . Ja-ger, V . Lozek and M . Geyh) and the impact of m a n on the environment (K. Gregory, P , M o o r e ) . Another 17 papers at the poster session mainly presented results from different lake reference sites or river systems in Poland.

During a four-day field trip, organized mostly by the Poznañ team, led by S. Kozarski, c o m ­plex methods of studies were presented, cover­ing palaeochannel fills and fluvial history in the Warta valley and later Biskupin archaeological site, Gacno Wielkie lake ( M . Hjelmroos-Erics­son), mires and dunes with fossil forest in Slowiñski National Park (K. Tobolski) and Zarnowieckie lake ( M . Latalowa).

A volume with abstracts of papers and an excur­sion guidebook were edited by S. Kozarski. This meeting summarized the four-year activity and showed distinct progress both in regional studies and in general methods and palaeohydrological reconstructions. A Project business meeting w a s organized during the symposium.

(b) The Project-sponsored meeting on the abso­lute and radiocarbon chronology of varves, ice-cores and Mid-Holocene tree-rings took place

in London from 30 April-1 M a y 1981, organized by D r . D . J . Schove. It was attended by 10 par­ticipants from 7 countries. The problems of teleconnection, absolute chronology of the late-glacial, role of volcanic eruptions, sunspots, geomagnetic variations, and other matters were discussed, with examples from different parts of Europe and Amer ica . The proceedings edi­ted by R . Fairbridge and D . J . Schove are ex­pected to be published.

(c) The International Palaeolimnological C o n ­ference was convened in Koli, South Finland from 1-8 September 1981 and was attended by about 150 participants, several of w h o m were connected with Subproject B . Reference sites from different countries were demonstrated as posters, as well as the Finnish project program­m e for Subproject B (Y. Vasari). M . Ralska-Jasiewiczowa, secretary of Subproject B , took part in this meeting.

Subproject A : Fluvial environment. The revised version of the Subproject guidebook was edited in November 1981 by J. Thornes and L . Starkel and published by Geo Abstracts in the Technical Bulletin of the British Geomorphological Research Group. This new version includes a new chapter on palaeohydrological reconstructions written by M . Church.

Official working groups now have been organized in Canada, Czechoslovakia, Finland, U K , H u n ­gary, Poland, Roumania, and Switzerland. Acti­ve teams, or individual scientists from Belgium, F R G , the U S A , Italy, and the Netherlands, have joined the work . Another group of countries (France, Austria, the Soviet Union, China, Spain, and Australia) shows an interest in the Subproject.

At the meeting in Poznañ the results of most of the collective work were presented. L . Kouta-niami (Oulu, Finland) showed new results of the generations of palaeochannels in the Oulanka val­ley. K . Gregory (Southampton, U K ) presented the next volume with preliminary results of stu­dies in the Severn valley. J. Rose (London) dis­cussed the palaeohydrological variations in the Gipping River Valley during the late glacial. The Polish team gave a wide review of work mostly in the Vistula River Basin (Es Niedziaikowska, K . Klimek, K . M a m a k o w a and L . Starkel, A . Szu-mawski , E . Wiániewski, A . Tomczak , E . D r o z -dowski, J . E . Mojski, W . Florek) and during the excursion in the Warta River Valley (S. Kozarski, B . Antczak, P . Gonera, K . Tobolski, I. O k u -niewska).

A close co-operation with palynologists working in Subproject B should be stressed. The m o n o ­graph from the Wisloka valley was offered to all participants.

J. Havlicek (Prague, Czechoslovakia) presented the results of work in the M o r a w a River Valley. A broad s u m m a r y of palaeohydrological changes based on well-dated alluvial fills in the upper Main Valley was given by W . Schirmer (Dussel­dorf, F R G ) . The beginning of studies in the Tisza and Bodrog River Valleys with a wide view of the channel changes in the subsiding basin was presented by Z . Borsy (Hungary). C h . Schlüchter (Zurich, Switzerland) showed the preliminary re­sults of work in the Aar River Valley in the Alps and their foreland. I. Heyse (Gent, Belgium) discussed the evolution of Sceldtbasin Valley d a m m e d by sand dunes. Of special value was the synthetic presentation of work in the small Scot­tish River Valley North Esk by I. Mairels (Aber­deen, U K ) w h o m a d e the approach of using statis­tical methods for full palaeohydrological recons­tructions based on studies of palaeochannels and alluvial fills. In a summarizing paper L . Starkel underlined the typology of river valleys of the temperate zone, the main model of turning from braided to meandering channels, the h u m a n i m ­pact (this problem was discussed in detail by K . Gregory) and the origin of m a n y fills side-by-side related to minor hydrological fluctuations.

50

Subproject B : Lake and mire environments. Official working teams have so far been orga­nized in the following countries: Bulgaria, Ca­nada, Czechoslovakia, Denmark (including Greenland), Finland, France, U K , the Nether­lands, Poland, Sweden, Switzerland, and the USSR. Co-operating actively but informally, or showing interest in co-operation in the near futu­re, are Austria, Belgium, China, G D R , F R G , Ireland, Italy, Norway, and the USA, and hope­fully the Irish-English-Dutch team working in Spain. There has been no response from Hunga­ry and Roumania, although official working groups for Subproject A have been organized and are active in those countries.

The third volume of the IGCP 158 B Project Guidebook will be completed and ready for dis­tribution at the beginning of 1982. It will con­tain contributions on vegetative plant remains, molluscs, bryophytes, algae, phytolith analyses, application of magnetic susceptibility, tephra-chronology, and palaeoclimatological recons­tructions.

During the meeting of the international working group in Poznan, Poland, in September 1981, 10 papers concerning Subproject B were presen­ted on palaeoecological and palaeoclimatological results besides 6 national Project reports. In addition, the progress of collective work on par­ticular reference sites, mainly from Poland and Switzerland was demonstrated in the form of posters and brief reports. The Swiss working group (G. Lang, B . A m m a n n , R . Schneider, M r J . Gaillard, S. Elias, K . Tobolski) presented instructive examples of collective work and in­ternational co-operation in investigating referen­ce sites by a wide range of palaeoecological m e ­thods. To some of the Polish reference sites a variety of methods recommended by the IGCP 158 B Project Guide also have been applied, partly as a result of co-operation with foreign specialists.

Activities planned. 1. Edition of short national reports and proceedings of the Poznan Sympo­sium before the INQUA Congress in 1982 by S. Kozarski in the series "Quaternary Studies in Poland"; 2. Edition of the proceedings of the "Franken" Symposium (1980) by W . Schirmer; 3. Edition of extended national reports (i.a. two volumes from Poland); 4. Preparation of short reports on the subprojects (for distribu­tion during the INQUA Congress); 5. Organi­zation of the joint symposium with IGCP Project Nos. 24, 61, 146, 158 on "The Palaeohydrology of the last 15, 000 years" during the INQUA Congress in Moscow in 1982 with 7-8 invited speakers; 6. Future meetings: 1983 in the U K ; 1984 in Sweden or France (Subproject B) and in Hungary (Subproject A ) ; 1985 in Switzerland.

N o . 160 P R E C A M B R I A N E X O G E N I C P R O C E S S E S

V . Sokolov, Academy of Sciences of the USSR, Karelian Branch, 185610 Petrozavodsk, Pushkinskaya 11, USSR.

Description. Objective of the Project is the study of exogenic processes in the Precambrian, their possible variation in time, and their metallo-genetic significance. The objective includes palaeovolcanologic studies (mechanism of flow of lava and the reconstruction of Precambrian vol­canoes), sedimentology (depositional environ­ments and palaeogeography), low-temperature geochemistry (weathering and diagenesis), exoge­nic ore deposits, and regional correlation and syn­thesis (basin analysis).

Summary of activities. In 1981, active collection, processing, analysis, and synthesis of various material were continued. Contacts and co-opera­tion with other IGCP projects further were deve­loped. An international symposium on sedimen­tary geology of highly metamorphosed Precam­brian complexes was held jointly with Project 91 "Metallogeny of the Precambrian" in Petroza­vodsk, USSR, from 1-10 June 1981. The past leader of the Project, E . Dimroth (Canada), lent an active support to the organizers of the sympo­sium. It was attended by 11 scientists from 7 countries: U K , G D R , Denmark, Canada, Finland, F R G , and Czechoslovakia, and also by about 40 Soviet geologists. Of importance are the facts that first, the activity of the Project was extended after the Project's meetings held in Canada and Australia, as to cover the Baltic Shield and, se­cond, the scientists from some countries (GDR, Finland, Czechoslovakia ) which had not been in­volved in the Project's activities in the past, took an active part in this meeting.

Twenty papers presented at the symposium were mainly on the following problems: (1) General problems of Precambrian sedimentary geology and volcanism; (2) Method for the reconstruction of the original nature of sedimentary and volcano-genic-sedimentary series; (3) The effect of meta-morphism on the transformation of sedimentary and volcanogenic-sedimentary rocks; (4) The role of sedimentation, organic matter, volcanism, and metamorphism in ore formation. The pro­ceedings of the symposium are being prepared for publication.

Seven days were devoted to field trips to most typical sedimentary and volcanogenic-sedimentary complexes of the Archaean and the Proterozoic in Soviet Karelia. In the opinion of the partici­pants, fruitful discussion at all stages of the meet­ing led to its creative effect.

A joint session of the working groups of IGCP Projects 160 and 91 was held on 8 June 1981 on this occasion. Reports of the Project's activities were presented, and proposals concerning further co-operation in research between the two projects were set forth.

51

The problem of the metallogeny and exogenic processes of the Proterozoic was proposed by the Finnish scientists for discussion at the next session to be held in Finland. This will enable the participants of Project 160 to gain a more profound knowledge of the geological localities in a typical Precambrian region of the Baltic Shield.

Activities planned. A meeting on development and interactions of Precambrian lithosphère, biosphere, and atmosphere is to be held jointly with Project 157 in Mexico City in 1982. H . Clemmey has proposed another meeting on sedi­mentary and diagenetic processes in Precam­brian metallogenesis which is to be sponsored jointly with Project 91 in London in May 1982.

N o . 161 SULPHIDE DEPOSITS IN M A F I C A N D U L T R A M A F I C R O C K S

A . J . Naldrett, Department of Geology, Univer­

sity of Toronto, Toronto, Canada M 5 S 1A1.

Description. The aims of the Project include:

(1) gathering and compiling systematic data sets on magmatic sulphide deposits associated with a wide variety of tectonic environments and host rock types with a view to recognizing and under­standing the best environments for ore forma­tion. Unmineralized mafic and ultramafic rocks will, of course, be included in the compilation; (2) fostering field conferences and symposia to stimulate interest in magmatic deposits, to help educate geologists from countries lacking such deposits, and to assist in the compilation as out­lined.

S u m m a r y of activities. The Project Workshop "The Geology and Exploration for Ni and Pt-Group Element Deposits" was held at the Uni­versity of Z imbabwe , Salisbury, Z i m b a b w e . The lecture and laboratory sessions lasted four days from 20-23 July 1981, and included descrip­tions of Zimbabwe deposits, discussion of the use of predictive genetic models in planning ex­ploration p rogrammes and an outline of explora­tion methods currently in use in Z imbabwe . This formal instruction w a s followed by six days of field trips, during which the participants vi­sited all of the major Ni deposits in Zimbabwe , including the classic Belingwe greenstone belt and the Great Dyke . About sixty geologists par­ticipated in the workshop. In addition, the G e o ­logical Liaison Office at the Commonweal th Science Secretariat convened a meeting of the heads of the geological surveys of the African Commonwea l th countries, to coincide with the workshop so that these people were also able to participate in all facets of the workshop.

Data compilation is progressing, with the first data sets already in the hands of the U S Geolo­gical Survey for incorporation into their C R I B storage system. Data compilation of Canadian nickel sulphide deposits is in hand and a m a p

showing Canadian nickel sulphide deposits, their size and types is being prepared. The complete compilation of data on Finnish nickel occurrences and the codified data from approximately half of the Norwegian nickel deposits have been sent to the U S Working Group for computer entry.

A special Issue of Economic Geology (No. 6, 1981) on the geology of Western Australian nickel sulphide deposits was published as a result of the joint collaboration of I G C P Projects 161 and 91.

The Project's scientific progress can be s u m m a ­rized as follows:

In the field of nickel sulphide deposits: (1) Envi­ronment of ore deposition. Important progress in the understanding of Komatiite-related nickel sulphide deposits at Kambalda in Western A u s ­tralia, is reported in the recently published Ni -sulphide volume (Loftus-Hills et al., 1981). It has been known that these s a m e ore deposits oc­cur at the base of a sequence of ultramafic lava flows, mostly in topographic irregularities at the basal contact of the ultramafic succession and, to a lesser extent, above this contact at the base of the next one to three overlying flows. The latest work has shown that, within one hundred metres of the ore deposits, the normal, regular succes­sion of flows and interrelated cherty sediments is less regular. Sediments are either absent or discontinuous, flows have a greater ratio of ver­tical to horizontal dimension, and M g O -rich units occur throughout the succession, rather than pre­dominantly at the base, as is the situation away from ore. Although no vertical feeder conduits have been distinguished at Kambalda , the ore deposits are thought to lie close to the feeders. Ore lying within and on the flanks of a feeder has been identified at the Langmuir komatiite deposit (Green and Naldrett, 1981).

(2) Sulphide-Silicate interaction as a guide to ore. S o m e years ago it was proposed that if a m a g m a was saturated in sulphide, the concentration of chalcophile elements should differ during fractio­nal crystallization than if it was not sulphide satu­rated (Duke and Naldrett, 1978); Leisher et al. (1981) have shown that Ni decreases more rapid­ly with decreasing M g O in flows that are part of the Kambalda Ni c a m p than in the Belingwe belt (Zimbabwe) within which Ni sulphide deposits have not yet been identified. It also has been shown that mineralized intrusions in northern Maine (USA) are characterized by olivine that is less Ni-rich than olivine characteristic of unmi ­neralized intrusions (Thompson and Naldrett, 1981). These observations have considerable implications with respect to prospection and are being followed up.

A s regards Pt deposits in the 1980 Project report it was stressed that "the compositions of certain (Pt-rich) ores still defy quantitative modelling". T w o important advances have been m a d e in this respect:

52

(1) Sharp (1981) has shown that the chill rocks of the Bushveld complex contain 30-40 ppb Pt, approximately 5 times the highest concentration observed in basalts. This observation, coupled with a report of 12 ppb Pt and 55 ppb Pd in a chilled phase from the Stillwater Complex, sug­gests that the m a g m a s that have given rise to intrusions containing rich concentrations of P G E (platinum group elements) are themselves un­usually rich (by a factor of 4 or 5) in P G E .

(2) One of the major problems in understanding the formation of P G E deposits has been the lar­ge m a s s of m a g m a from which the sulphide in the deposits have had to scavenge their P G E . A new model involving introduction of a pulse of fresh m a g m a into a layered intrusion, gravita­tional instability of this pulse leading to mixing with the cooler pre-existing m a g m a , the cooling leading to liquidation of sulphides and scavenging of P G E from both new and old m a g m a , and final­ly settling of the gravitationally unstable new pul­se to form Merensky reel-type horizons, has been developed (Campbell et al 1982, B o w et al 1982) and offers considerable promise in ex­plaining these deposits.

Activities planned.

1982. 3rd Nickel Sulphide Field Conference, W e s t ­ern Australia, in M a y or June 1982. A two-day symposium on Ni sulphide and Pt deposits will be followed by a 7-day field excursion.

1984. 4th Nickel Sulphide Field Conference in the U S A in August 1984. .Field excursions will be m a d e to the Stillwater Complex, Montana, the Duluth complex, Minnesota, and perhaps to the Duke Island complex, Alaska.

1986. 4th International Platinum Symposium. Professor Naldrett has been invited to organize the 4th International Platinum Symposium in Canada. I G C P Project 161 will be a sponsor of this event. The Mineralogical Association of Canada and the Society of Economic Geologists have been approached to join as co-sponsors and have given preliminary approval.

N o . 163 DESIGN A N D G E N E R A T I O N O F A W O R L D D A T A B A S E F O R IGNEOUS P E T R O L O G Y

Felix Chayes, Geophysical Laboratory, 2801, Upton St. N W , Washington, D . C . 20008, U S A .

Description. The general aims of the Project are to design an archival retrospective data base for igneous petrology and to stimulate and assist in the development of such a base. Realization of these goals will require (a) extensive, care­fully organized international professional colla­boration in the literature scan and data a c c u m u ­lation; and (b) systematic long-range support from appropriate national and international E D P facilities in connection with the management of the base, both during its development and in its

administration thereafter, as a service to the

world scientific community.

S u m m a r y of activities.

(1) The first scientific session of the Project, the Hawaiimeeting was to be held from 19-22 December 1981.

(2) The national groups of Japan and Brazil have been formally organized.

The recently organized British group has designed and is testing a coding form compatible both with project specifications and domestic requirements; it has negotiated agreements with editors of a number of British journals according to which authors of accepted papers will be invited to sub­mit their data to the Project. O . Wadatsumi , of the new Japanese group, has brought the Project's conversational data transfer p r o g r a m m e on line for Japanese contributors. K . V . Subbarao re­ports that the Indian group, having virtually c o m ­pleted its literature scan, is planning to transfer its own data to card-image files rather than rely on the central office for this service. The U S group now has four m e m b e r s generating their own card image files or planning to do so. Most of these developments will facilitate the planned decentralization of the data transfer operation, making life m o r e bearable in the central office of the Project and probably also making it easier for us to find an institutional h o m e for the new base.

(3) Central office activities: In generating, edi­ting, and maintaining its steadily growing collec­tion of card-image files, the central office has been obliged to develop considerable ad hoc soft­ware , specifically:

(a) conversational p r o g r a m m e s for moving data and bibliography from hard copy to m a ­chine readable card-image form;

(b) a p r o g r a m m e that provides a table of contents of any project data file (s);

(c) a p r o g r a m m e that uses card-image biblio­graphy files produced by (a) as input and generates a direct-access bibliography file;

(d) a p r o g r a m m e that extracts and orders all reference numbers encountered in a scan of any designated card-image files produced by (a) and uses these numbers as entries to a direct-access bibliography file produced by (c), from which it extracts and lists all refe­rences cited in the data files scanned;

(e) a p r o g r a m m e that scans any designated sys­tem data files produced by (a) and collects information about the numbers and values of items of different types they contain. T o do its work this p r o g r a m m e must essentially proof every queried data field for strange characters and registry errors.

53

Programmes (a)-(d) have been developed in res­ponse to practical needs of the office's data cap­ture procedure. They are essentially prototypes of service programmes that will be needed not only during building of the base but for as long thereafter as it is kept current by systematic updates. Programme (e) was constructed to provide information that facilitates improvement and simplification of the project coding form, from which the card-image data files are gene­rated, and assists in design and development of the data base to be built from these files. It of­fers, rather unexpectedly, a convenient method for detecting and characterizing temporal trends or regional differences in the techniques of pé­trographie description; preliminary results of a pilot study of this sort were to be presented at the Hawaii meeting.

(4) Additions to current holdings: holdings of card-image files ready for incorporation in the base continue to expand. The Brazilian and Israeli files more than doubled in size during the report year, as did those for the US systematic literature scan, the latter now containing over 2000 specimen descriptions. The Italian group expanded its collection of Etna material from 399 specimen descriptions to 466; this is by far the best computerized collection of Etna ana­lyses now available and reductions from it will be used in preparation of a memoir to accompa­ny the new geological map of the volcanic complex.

Activities planned. A meeting will be convened in the last part of 1982; the exact dates and meeting place are under consultation.

N o . 166 C O R R E L A T I O N O F C O A L -B E A R I N G F O R M A T I O N S

P . P . Timofeev, Academy of Sciences of the USSR, Pyzhevsky per. 7, 109017 Moscow Zh. 17, USSR.

Description. During its first stage, the Project will aim at elucidating the processes of sediment and peat accumulation, at studying the dynamics and peculiarities of the transformation of ancient peat-bearing formations into coal-bearing ones, and at correlating regularities of location of peat and coal-bearing formations. During the second phase correlation of sedimento-genesis and lithogenesis of peat- and coal-bearing for­mation in the Earth's crust continental blocks and their oceanic margins will be established.

Summary of activities. The following countries are taking part in the Project: Australia, Bul­garia, Canada, China, Czechoslovakia, France, F R G , Hungary, India, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Poland, Thailand, U K , USA, and USSR.

1. The reports of the delegates from F R G , Bel­gium, and the Netherlands summarized the pu­blished materials and let the audience get acquain­ted with the methods of investigations of coal-bearing formations in these countries. The na­tional working groups of Australia, Bulgaria, Hungary, the Netherlands, CSSR, and the USSR presented their reports on the main problems of the Project. Judging from these reports, the investigations of the scientists in Australia, the Netherlands and F R G are mostly of applied character.

It was decided to pay more attention to the scien­tific aspects of the problems of stratigraphy, sedimento-genesis, and organic matter of coal-bearing formations. Special attention should be paid to the processes of sedimento-genesis and palae oge ography.

2. The National Working Group of the USSR sub­mitted to discussion the working programmes on the following problems: I. "Stratigraphical corre­lation of coal-bearing formations"; II. "Sedimen­to-genesis and lithogenesis of coal-bearing for­mations"; III. "Processes of organic matter transformation"; IV. "Prognosis and reserves of solid fuel minerals".

The scientific and methodological basis for the investigations and some concrete recommenda­tions are given in these programmes. The con­venors of all problems were asked to prepare such working programmes.

3. The first part of the inventory of the world coal basins (except those of the USSR, China, Australia, and some other countries) was pu­blished in the Netherlands under the guidance of M . J . M . Bless. The main aspects of the inven­tory were discussed at the meeting. Twelve vo­lumes of geology of coal basins of the USSR have been published in Russian. Nevertheless, it was decided to generalize all information, add some new details and include the coal basins of the USSR into the second part of the inventory. Under the suggestion of Dr. Bless the studies on pro­blem I should be provided by four steps: step 1-Inventory, step 2- Compilation (maps, charts), step 3- Criticism and corrections, and step 4-Final report.

The inventory has been considered as the first part of the work on problem I "Stratigraphy". The inventory should be completed by December, 1981. It was agreed that no further work should be expected from any national delegate, until the inventory was completed. However, the inventory does not touch upon scientific aspects of strati­graphy which was stressed in the speeches of the Project leader, P . P . Timofeev, K . H . Jósten (FRG), and other delegates.

4. The delegates discussed the suggestion of the 9th session of IGCP Board (Paris, February 1981) to establish indépendant projects under

The 4th meeting of the International Working Group was held in Heerlen (Netherlands) 1-6 June 1981.

54

regional or stratigraphical principles (the Palaeozoic formations only, or the North Hemi­sphere only). After the discussion the sugges­tion was not accepted because (a) stratigraphi­cal principle cannot be taken as the basical be­cause many coal basins of the world contain coal seams of various ages,and (b) regional principle makes difficulties with organization of similar projects on one problem (theme).

All delegates unanimously approved the existing structure of the Project.

5. It was stressed that for the last years the Project made progress as far as study of coal-bearing formations is concerned, but not enough attention has been paid to their genesis, palaeo-tectonics.and palaeogeography.

6. The results of the Project were published in three volumes of theses of Geological coal meeting (Lvov, 1980); annual "Newsletters" (No. 1, 1980); N o . 2, 1981); the form of inven­tory of coal basins of the world (the first part published in the Netherlands in 1981, includes the coal basins of Europe, Canada, Japan, and New Zealand, and the coal basins of the USSR, the USA, Australia, China, etc., will be inclu­ded into the second part); and the articles, which were published in the USSR, the USA, Canada, Australia, Bulgaria, and other countries.

The delegates visited the Colliery Emil M a y -risch in Aachen (FRG), which belongs to the Ruhr Coal District.

Activities planned. The next meeting of the Inter­national Working Group of the Project is expec­ted to be held in Brussels, Belgium.

N o . 169 G E Q T E C T O N I C E V O L U T I O N A N D M E T A L L O G E N Y IN T H E E A S T E R N M E D I T E R ­R A N E A N A N D W E S T E R N ASIA

S. Jankovic, Geoloski-rudarska fakultet, Djusina 7, Y U 11000 Belgrade, Yugoslavia; W . E . Petrascheck, Erdwissenschaftliche K o m -mission der Ôsterreischischen Akademie der Wissenschaften A-1010 Wien, Dr. Ignaz-Seipel-Platz 2, Austria.

Description. Genetic comparison and correla­tion of mineral deposits of south-eastern Europe, Asia Minor and parts of Central Asia, particu­larly with regard to their relationship with plate tectonics.

Summary of activities. The tectonic, petrologic, and metallogenic characteristics of the Sredno-gorge-Sector (Bulgaria) of the Eurasian Copper Belt were systematized (L. Vassileff 1981). In Yugoslavia, an important contribution for under­standing the general plate tectonic evolution of the Tethys area was made by St. Karamata (1981). It is desirable that this model be used, by other collaborators in the Project, to corre­

late metallogenic evolution and, furthermore, to explain the metallogenic peculiarities in the M e ­diterranean area. Whereas the metallogeny, related to more or less proven subduction zones and to the subsequent acid magmatisms in South­east Europe was the main topic of all the previous studies, the problematic stratiform deposits asso­ciated with andésites, spilites and keratophyrs of Triassic age deserve special attention. In his comprehensive article on metallogeny and tectonic evolution (1977), S. Jankovic attributed these deposits to an early alpidic rifting. A similar idea was proposed by W . E . Petrascheck for the South-Alpine Pb-Zn deposits on both sides of the Periadriatic Line. However, the tectonic featu­res indicating ancient rifts or sutures are expec­ted for the maps of Yugoslavia and Greece. S. Pamic has proposed a comparative study of ore deposits related to alpidic rifting in South­east Europe and established a working group which will join Project 169.

The papers presented at the Symposium in Athens in October 1980, on metallogeny associated with mafics and ultramafics, have been published re­cently in a volume edited by S. Augustithis. This volume may enable us to understand by compari­son why certain ophiolitic regions are rich in Cr-and C u - deposits and others are poor. In Austria, with the increase of additional data in collection, E . Stumpfl and his co-workers investigated the geochemistry, particularly RE-elements of ultra­mafics, in the Eastern Alps. The problem of remobilization of Palaeozoic ore deposits by younger alpidic events has been a basic problem for almost 20 years. In order to discuss this problem, a Project meeting was held in Leoben, Austria, in October 1981. Not only mineralogists but also chemists were invited to explain realistic physico-chemical conditions for the solution and redeposition of ore minerals. According to theo­ry, experiments and field observation, this seem­ed possible for carbonate ores, but most impro­bable for complex sulphide ores. In most situa­tions, recrystallized and mobilized sulphide ores have migrated for only short distances. The dis­cordant Pb-Zn veins of Mesica, considered as remobilization products by some authors, contain galena, which contain less silver that the original synsedimentary ore. Also Sphalerite becomes poorer in iron when mobilized, as in the situation of deposits in the Northern Kalkalpen and in M e ­sica. A mobilization and redeposition of tennan-tite in Schwaz (Tyrol), as assumed by some m i ­neralogists, was considered as almost impossible by the chemists. The relics of sedimentary struc­tures in the siderite deposits of the Erzberg are rare. Generally it could be concluded that mobi­lization of ores from known deposits should not be overestimated.

Activities planned. The IAGOD-Symposium will take place in Tbilissi in September 1982. It is time to make real attempts at defining and corre­lating ore provinces, on the basis of synthesizing the tectonic, magmatic, and metallogenic events in the Eastern Mediterranean area and Western

55

Asia. In this respect, the results of the work­ing group on ore deposits, related to rifting in the Balkan Peninsula should be expected in the next few years. Mineralization along the most northern part of the Jordan Graben will be in­vestigated.

A geographic extension of the Project to the Western Mediterranean area is proposed.

The preparation of drafts for the following three maps (1:10,000,000) is under consideration: (1) the Palaeozoic ore districts, (2) the Meso-zoic ore districts, and (3) the Neogene ore dis­tricts. On each map the Palaeozoic magmatic rocks, main tectonic features and stratigraphie unconformities, as related to the respective mineral deposits, should be shown. Every na­tional group should make a draft of its own terri­tory and these drafts should be composed tenta­tively during a joint meeting in Tunisia in Octo­ber 1982. For a general, preparatory discus­sion on the legend, a meeting on Pb-Zn veins is planned to take place at the Bureau de recher­ches géologiques et minières (BRGM) , Orléans, France from 21 - 2 3 April 1982.

N o . 171 CIRCUM-PACIFIC JURASSIC

G . E . G . Westermann, Department of Geology, McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada L8S 4 M 1 .

Description. To promote interdisciplinary and intercontinental research on the following 11 to­pics concerning the Jurassic of the Pacific re­gion: A . Ocean floor, continental margins and exotic terrains; B . Palaeogeography of sedi­mentary basins; C . Eustatic events and their correlations; D . Ocean currents and climatic events; E . Floral biostratigraphy; F . Micro-faunal biostratigraphy; G . Macrofaunal biostra­tigraphy; H . Supra-regional standard zones; I. Biogeography; J. Seaways to Tethys and Arctic Ocean; and K . Unusual biological events.

Summary of activities. The Project has conso­lidated its active membership and research areas. As of 20 November 1981, there were 150 researchers divided amongst the 11 topics (A-K), and 49 subtopics. Whereas topics A and B are concerned basically with the cons­truction of a "2nd generation" base map of the Pacific area, topics C and D are concerned with the pertinent physical properties derived from palaeontology. Most of the remaining topics concern biostratigraphy and palaeogeography. The Project objective is to formulate a synthe­sis of the Jurassic in the Pacific area with e m ­phasis on the distribution and time correlation of biological events and their relationship with geodynamic events.

Activities planned. The following short-term results are expected:

(1) 1982: Preliminary synthesis of the research topics, at the Jurassic Field Meeting in Calgary, Canada from 9-14 August 1982 including a four-day field excursion and a two-day conference;

(2) 1983-1984: Individual biochronological corre­lations of geodynamic events (e.g. plate m o v e ­ments; participation at multidisciplinary s y m p o ­sium tentatively planned for 1983), preparation of standard zonal sequences based on different taxa and their correlations;

(3) 1985: Complete sets of standard zones for the Circum-Pacific area; m a p s showing the stage-by-stage Jurassic palaeogeographic deve­lopment of the Pacific margin and the sequence of biogeographic provinces.

No . 17 4 G E O L O G I C A L E V E N T S A T T H E E O C E N E - O L I G O C E N E B O U N D A R Y

Ch. Pomerol, Laboratoire de géologie des bas­sins sédimentaires, Tour 14-15, 4, place Jussieu, 75230 Paris Cedex 05, France.

Description. (1) To check the sections which are complete and continuous at the Eocene-Oli-gocene limit on continents and in deep-sea drills; (2) To study the modifications occurring at this limit, in particular: increase in the evolution rates (extinctions, appearances), climatic chan­ges, sea-level changes, stable isotope fractiona­tion changes ( i 3C/12c and I S Q / ^ O ) , changes in magnetic polarity, changes in biotope distribution and extraterrestial events; and (3) to correlate and date these geological events in order to cha­racterize a limit which has been, up to now, a matter of controversy, for the lack of objective documents.

Summary of activities.

1. After the diffusion of a questionnaire through the Project's Newsletter N o . 1, 1980 it would appear that the following Eocene-Oligocene boun­dary sections could be studied; 17 sections in Europe, 19 in Asia and the Pacific region, 5 in Africa, 5 in America and 8 D S D P sites. The location of these sections appeared in the Pro­ject's Newsletter N o . 2, 1981.

2 . Thirty regional working groups have been established each headed by one geologist as indi­cated in Newsletter N o . 2 . Moreover, the follow­ing twenty-one specialists working groups have been organized: Planktonic foraminifers; B e n -thic foraminifers; Large foraminifers; Nanno-plankton; Radiolarians; Diatoms; Ostracods; Algae; Charophytes; Palynology; Molluscs; Mammife r s ; Evolution of micro-organisms; Magnetostratigraphy; Tectonics; Planetology; Tectites and Microtectites; Ocean floors spread­ing; Oceanic circulation; Sedimentology; Stable isotopes.

56

3. The following continuous sections of the Eocene-Oligocene boundary have been selected for study: the Budapest region in Hungary; the Brebi Marl in Transylvania, and the Carpathian Flysch in Pietra Neamt region of Rumania; in Italy, the profiles of Contes sa and of San Marco (in the Apennines), the profile of Lavacille near Bassano (in Venetia), and the profile of Ponte-Pia, 30 k m west of Trent (in Trentino).

4. A meeting of the working group on the Eoce­ne-Oligocene boundary in Asia and the Pacific region, was held in Paris, from 12-13 Novem­ber 1981, and attended by 15 scientists from six countries. Sessions were devoted to large planktonic foraminifers and to structural geolo­gy. Abstracts of these reports were to be pu­blished in Newsletter N o . 3 in January 1982. The choice of principal sections, and the objec­tives of the working group were discussed.

The working group intends to study the following sections: the Kirthar F m (Gaj River Sect. D a -du) in Pakistan; the offshore of W . Bombay Basin and Cauvery Basin (East Coast) in India; the Malinan limestone (Sarawak) in Malaysia; the Nanggulan F m of central Java, Indonesia; Pasir Basin ( M u m River) in Borneo; the Chim-bu limestone (near Kundiawa, Papua) in New Guinea; the Hashi Group in China; the Nichinan Group (Miyazaki Prefecture, South Kyushu) and the Poronai F m (Central Hokkaido) in Japan; the Otway and St Vincent Basins of South Aus­tralia; the Aire District and Browns Creek Sect., Victoria in Australia; the Weber Section (Akitio River) on the North Island; the Port Elizabeth Section on the West Coast and Taylors Quarry at Weston near Oamaru on the South Is­land, in New Zealand; Eniwetok and Marshall islands in the Pacific; Sites 277 (South-western Pacific) and 282 (western Tasmania) of D S D P L E G 29; Site 445 (northern Philippines Sea) of D S D P L E G 58.

Activities planned. 1. Field conference in Ala­bama, Mississipi and Barbados from 18-30 Ja­nuary 1982, to examine the sections on a conti­nental (passive) margin (Gulf Coast) and in an oceanic environment (Barbados). 2. Establish­ment of a preliminary report by regional work­ing groups. 3. Development of research in South-east Asia and in North Africa. 4. C o ­ordination of magnetostratigraphic 'work and on stable isotopes, in particular those concerning oceanic sites.

N o . 175 C H R O N O S T R A T I G R A P H I C PRECISION

N . F . Hughes, Department of Earth Sciences, University of Cambridge, Downing Street, Cambridge CB2 3EQ, United Kingdom.

Description. The objective of the Project is to examine, from all points of view, the current practices in making time-correlation. To deve­lop after analysis and to publicise those methods

achieving greatest resolution of correlation and best capacity for progressive refinement.

Summary of activities.

1. The first working group meeting was held in Cambridge, England 15-17 October 1981, with ten members drawn from USA, Switzerland, Eire, and U K .

2. The objectives were agreed to as indicated in the description of the Project.

3. It was agreed that 'Assessment of time-correlation potential' involved: (a) Evaluation of quality of evidence of each event independently; combination of scores for comparison of whole sections would be studied later, (b) Events would be both of palaeobiological origin and of lithologi-cal origin (including observed lithology, logged lithology, isotopic, magnetic, and other data); in the situation of lithological events a sequence identification generally would be necessary, (c) Estimation of the time duration (sequence length) under consideration either from radio­metric data with averaged subdivision as neces­sary or from sediment/rock thickness, (d) Esti­mation of the range of distance over which an event could be used effectively in time-correlation, (e) Normally for these comparative purposes the correlation would consist of the sequencing of one event from one external sample against the refe­rence scale under study.

4. Scoring of assessments. A system of scoring both for biological and non-biological events was prepared in outline and the subgroup undertook to prepare it fully for the next meeting.

5. Definition of terms. It was necessary to agree definitions between members for the most frequently used terms.

Activities planned, (a) It was appreciated that a report required for the IGCP Board in late 1982, would have to indicate sufficient progress to jus­tify continuation of the Project, (b) Second work­ing group meeting is planned for 25-26 February 1982 at Sunbury-on-Thames (UK). It is hoped that a publicity document will be approved, (c) Third working group meeting is planned for early July 1982 in Cambridge (UK).

N o . 179 STRATIGRAPHIC M E T H O D S A S A P P L I E D T O T H E P R O T E R O Z O I C R E C O R D

J. Sarfati, Centre géologique et géophysique, U . S . T . L . , 34060 Montpellier Cedex, France. N . Clauer, M . Semikhatov, G . M . Young and P . Affaton.

Description. Intrabasinal and interregional corre­lations of Proterozoic supracrustal rocks are to be made by using all available methods together. A n attempt will be made to evaluate the limits of applicability of each method, to improve their

57

precision and, by their combined use, to achie­ve a more precise correlation of reference sec­tions of the Proterozoic in different continents.

Summary of activities. A WorkingGroup meeting was held in Montpellier, France from 8-10 D e ­cember 1981, followed by a field trip to Britta­ny and Normandy on 12-14 December respecti­vely. Seventeen scientists from nine countries attended the meeting and visited numerous out­crops of the Brioverian and the Lower Cambrian.

Those present gave summaries on the geology of certain regions of their countries and on the ap­plication of certain techniques to problems of the Proterozoic correlations. Particular attention was paid to the use of two techniques which have not been used previously much in relation to the Proterozoic supracrustal rocks: Palaeomagne-tism and Geochemistry.

Don Elston presented some important new re­sults on Proterozoic successions on Western North America concerning both polar wander paths and magnetostratigraphy. Norbert Clauer discussed the possibility of using geochemical techniques: rare earth elements, transition ele­ments, and isotopic analysis for origin studies, as geochemical markers and for studies of the diagenetic evolution of the sediments. Grant Young talked about the possibility of using m a ­jor elements geochemistry of mudstones for pa-laeoclimatic interpretations. These techniques look promising to the Working Group and it was proposed to favour their application where other data are yet to be collected.

In order to present clearly what was done in cer­tain key areas it is proposed that correlation charts be drawn up to summarize all available information such as: geochronology, palaeonto­logy, lithology, mineralization, metamorphism, magmatism, palaeomagnetism, geochemistry (markers ? ), sediment ratio, palaeocurrents, unconformities. . . Such charts can be drawn now in some key areas such as: Scandinavia, Southern Urals, Baltic Shield (Lower Protero­zoic); South-east Siberia; Anabar massive; Spitzbergen; Great Lakes Lower Proterozoic; Arctic Canada (Middle to Upper Proterozoic); Belt and Grand Canyon sequences; North West Africa; Europe; British Isles.

For the next meeting in Canada it is proposed that several charts be prepared so that compa­risons can be made among them and with that already compiled by R . Trompette for North West Africa. This information will be used to establish a definitive format that can be used to prepare additional charts for other regions and for final publication.

In some areas it was decided that collaboration among members of the WorkingGroup would fill the gaps in the available knowledge, thus facilitating the preparation of correlation chart. One such study is proposed on the Shaler Group (Upper Pro­

terozoic) of Arctic Canada essentially biostrati-graphy and geochronology. Other projects include palaeomagnetic work on the Upper Proterozoic of West Africa and Brazil.

In countries where such charts are not yet ready, work will be continued and the m e m ­bers of the Project are requested to pay attention to the demand of these countries regarding the possibilities to increase data and especially to form geologists trained for new techniques.

Currently there are many different ideas in diffe­rent countries concerning the subdivisions of the Proterozoic. One possible objective of the m e m ­bers of the Project could be the establishment of a scheme for global subdivision of the Protero­zoic; a scheme based on supracrustal rocks. M . Semikhatov will send to all members of the Project a questionnaire on this topic and if it is possible results of this inquiry will be presented to discussion during the next meeting.

Project 118 and 99 emphasized the use of various techniques in the understanding of sequences of supracrustal rocks. Articles published in special issues of Precambrian Research (Vol. 15, 1981), and Earth-Science Reviews (in press) clearly testify to the success of these projects. Such purposes will be pursued in all places where new data are needed.

One objective of this Project will be the produc­tion and publication of correlations charts dis­playing a wide variety of information in certain key areas. It has been suggested that considera­tion should be given regarding the possibilities and limitation of the techniques that are currently being used. It is hoped that newer techniques such as palaeomagnetism and geochemistry will be fully exploited.

Activities planned. The schedule of meetings for the duration of the Project is as follows: 1982: Canada. Lower and Middle Proterozoic; 1983: Mauretania and China; 1984: Moscow. Interna­tional Geological Congress.

N o . 183 W E S T A F R I C A N M E S O Z O I C A N D CENOZOIC C O R R E L A T I O N

M . Moullade, Centre de recherches micropalé-ontologiques "jean Cuvillier", Université de Nice, Parc Valrose, 06034 Nice, France. O . S . Adegoke, Department of Geology, Univer­sity of Ife, He Ife, Nigeria.

Description. Project N o . 183, succeeding Pro­ject N o . 145, "West African biostratigraphy and its correlations", continues to focus on the corre­lations of the Mesozoic and Cenozoic of West Africa. Moreover, it aims at enlarging and ad­justing the geological data of West Africa into a more general framework. More specifically, it will undertake: (1) the establishement and syn­chronization of palaeontological records and of

58

biostratigraphical scales for the African sedi­mentary basins; their utilization in the field of sciences and in the research for resources of economical interest; (2) geological syntheses on subregional and continental scale of Africa; (3) study of the relations between Africa and the geologically better known regions of the Te-thys (Circum-Mediterranean area, Middle -East, etc. ) of South America and of the palaeo-Atlantic ocean.

Summary of activities. The Project has regrou­ped more than one hundred researchers of 25 different nationalities into the following working groups (co-ordinators): 1. Mesozoic of West Africa (I. de Klasz); 2. Cenozoic of West Africa (Y. Reyre and R . Anglada); 3. Correla­tions with the adjacent regions (a) Mesozoic of southernTethys (B. Peybernes), (b) Cenozoic of southernTethys (A. Blondeau), (c) South-Atlantic Mesozoic-Cenozoic (D. Noel), (d) South-American Mesozoic-Cenozoic (A. Bertels).

A meeting was held in May 1981 to discuss the work of a study group on the African microfauna (R. Anglada). On this occasion, a thesis by R . M B o r o , entitled "The Pointe Noire Basin (Con­go), from the Upper Senonian to the Neogene (Stratigraphy, Palaeogeography)", was present­ed. Fifteen papers dealt with correlations by means of foraminifers and ostracodes, which have a bearing on the biostratigraphy, palaeo-environment and palaeogeography not only of Africa but also of the South-Tethysian and Atlan­tic regions. Abstracts of these communications appeared in Volume 1 of Travaux du C R M , Jean Cuvillier, 1981.

A research programme on foraminifers, pollen, nannofossils of West Africa has been elaborated for execution before 1983. For the relations bet­ween Mesogean (Tethys) and Africa, the Iberia-Morocco Axis represents a key region for corre­lations between West Africa and Mesogea (Te­thys). A meeting on the genus Orbitolinopsis has been foreseen for Spring, 1982 in Grenoble, France. Two other groups of the Project (South Atlantic Group and Neogene-Recent Group) held their meetings simultaneously.

Activities planned. The second scientific meet­ing of the Project will be held in Rabat, Moroc­co from 21 to 24 September 1982. The two main themes of the meeting will be the Mesozoic of the Iberia-Morocco Axis and the Cenozoic of Africa. Scientific communications will subse­quently be published in a special issue of Notes et Mémoires du Service géologique du Maroc. Moreover, a two-day excursion to the north­east of Morocco will be organized.

The third meeting of the Project has already been envisaged to take place in Abidjan, Ivory Coast in 1983 in association with the Ninth Afri­can Colloquium on Micropalaeontology (co-or­dinators: I. de Klasz and Y . Brancast). At the same time, the African Congress of Geology might be convened also in Abidjan.

N o . 184 P A L A E O H Y D R O L O G Y O F L O W L A T I T U D E D E S E R T S

C . R . Lawrence, Geological Survey of Victoria, 107 Russell Street, Melbourne 3000 Vic , Australia.

Description. This Project is to investigate the deserts of the low-latitudes, between 35° N and 35" S, which include the Salahari and Sahara deserts of Africa, the Atacama, Mojave, and Sonora deserts of the Americas, the Arabian, Gobi and Great Indian deserts of Asia, and the Australian desert, as well as some peripheral semi-arid regions. The overall objective firstly is to establish tight stratigraphie chronologies at local scale, particularly of lakes, playas, allu­vial fans, spring deposits, and calcrete deposits. Proceeding to broader correlations and identifi­cation of international and global patterns in the evolution of desert regions and thereby identify the direction and magnitude of past changes in hydrologie systems and the climates that control­led them.

Summary of activities. With respect to the objec­tives, it is too early to draw conclusions, but some important new data sources common to a number of countries have become apparent; inter­pretation of geology, geomorphology and in some situations, hydrology of remote-sensing imagery has been made at national and continental scale. These include mapping of relic aeolian features, which can be used to indicate their force and di­rection during arid periods, to help in determining past atmospheric circulation patterns; also m a p ­ped are the "depressions" (salinas, lakes, and playas).

For a number of the "depressions" in each conti­nent there are recent detailed studies of the geo­logy and hydrology related to their evaporative capacity: to intercept groundwater before it is lost by evaporation in the depression; to deter­mine the feasibility and environmental effects of draining sea water for electric generation or dis­posal of excess saline groundwater from irriga­ted areas where rising water tables is a problem. As well as mining of evaporates and brines of these depressions.

It is apparent that some earlier interpretations have misunderstood the role of groundwater in lake-level changes and changes in lake salinity. Models are being developed within the Project for simulation of more complete hydrology of la­kes to assist in palaeohydrologic interpretation.

Techniques of radiocarbon dating, fission-track dating, pollen analysis, isotope analysis, palaeo-magnetism have been used somewhat sporadically in desert regions. An assessment of the most rewarding sites for intensive studies using these techniques is being made; with deep lake deposits, deserts with Upper Cenozoic lava sequences and Upper Cenozoic stranded coastal dune sequences being prominent amongst these.

59

In this the first year of the Project - it has gained global dimensions with some 60 partici­pants from 16 countries. Two national commit­tees have been formed: Australia and the Sudan. The Australian National Committee is preparing for the first major meeting to be held in Austra­lia in 1982.

C . R . Lawrence presented a statement and pos­ter session on the Project at the "Symposium on Variations in the Global Water Budget" held at Oxford University, United Kingdom, on 10-15 August 1981. He visited Egypt on 16-21 Novem­ber 1981. Very rewarding discussions were held with Egyptian participants. Field studies took on Upper Cenozoic Evolution of the Nile Valley, various desert types, groundwater dis­charge zone of Wadi el Natrun, cultural chan­ges in response to climatic change and ground­water development schemes and the stranded coastal dune sequence. There is a wealth of in­formation in Egypt relevant to the current Pro­ject; whist there are active groups in remote-sensing interpretation, groundwater development and Quaternary stratography.

Activities planned. At present, preparation is in hand for the first major meeting of the Pro­ject to be held in Australia on 11-27 August 1982. It is planned to have workshops in Mel­bourne and Canberra where local specialists will demonstrate and describe techniques of da­ting, isotope analysis, palaeomagnetism, ground­water dynamics and climatology. In general, participants at the meeting will be drawn from Quaternary stratigraphers and hydrogeologists. The opportunity will be given for each of the in­ternational participants to present a paper on the "state-of-the-art" for his country and case studies.

An important item of the agenda will be future planning of the Project and terms of organisa­tion, meetings, favoured directions of research and areas where some special support may be given. There will be an excursion of one-week duration in arid and semi-arid south-eastern Australia to visit reference sections for the dif­ferent types of dune systems, lake sequences and alluvial terraces, examples of each of the relic landforms, observations bore networks in areas of groundwater development and a vicinity of lake systems, and salinised areas where the­re is a problem of rising water tables.

N o . 185 P E R I - A E G E A N B L U E SCHISTS

I. Godfriaux, Laboratoire de géologie, Faculté polytechnique de Mons, 9, rue de Houdain, B-7000 Mons, Belgium.

Description. After establishing the existence of several blue schist belts in the Peri-Aegean (Greece, Yugoslavia, Turkey, Crete, Aegean Islands), their age, pétrographie characteristics and their geodynamic context within the scope of global tectonics, are to be determined.

Summary of activities. Twelve participants atten­ded the Project's business meeting in Louvain, Belgium on 25 November 1982.

It was proposed to geographically extend the re­search to the Alpine area. It was therefore re­commended that the collaboration of Alpine geo­logists be sollicited, by contacting a geologist from each of the countries concerned who would be responsible for organizing his own working group.

Activities planned. (1) It was decided that an excursion to Crete and Peloponese, Greece, be organized for ten days from 20 August to 1 Sep­tember 1982. (2) The next Project meeting will take place on the occasion of the Colloqium on the Mediterranean Geology in Edinburgh,Scotland.

60

Outline of Projects Accepted in 1982

N o . 187 SILICEOUS DEPOSITS

J. R . Hein, US Geological Survey, 345 Middle-field R d . , M S 99 Menlo Park, California 94025 U S A .

Description. The objectives of this Project are to correlate sedimentary processes of siliceous deposits in the Pacific and Tethys regions by means of stratigraphy, sedimentology, geoche­mistry, and palaeontology in order to estimate the geochemical silica budget in the Earth's crust, and to estimate the production of silica in the marine environment through geologic ti­m e ; to induce a general rule on sedimentation for siliceous deposits, to increase understand­ing of the development of Circum-Pacific and Tethyan orogenic belts; and to evaluate and stu­dy the resource potential of siliceous deposits including associated ore and petroleum deposits.

No. 191 CRETACEOUS PALAEOCLIMATOLOGY

E.J . Barron, P . O . Box 3000, National Centre for Atmospheric Research Boulder, C O . 80307 U S A .

Description. This Project aims at reconstruc­tion and correlation of Cretaceous palaeoclima-tic data from the oceans and continents, from related disciplines of vertebrate palaeontology, invertebrate palaeontology, micropalaeontology, isotope geochemistry and sedimentology. The data will be compiled in atlas form for each Cretaceous stage on plate tectonic reconstruc­tions including ocean bathymetry and palaeo-geography.

N o . 192 C A M B R O - O R D O V I C I A N D E V E L O P ­M E N T IN LATIN A M E R I C A

B . Baldis, S. Lorenzo 1742 - Olives, Argentina (Fac. carb. ) G . Aceñolaza, M . Lillo 205 - Tucumán, Argentina (Fac. clast. )

Description. This Project aims at: (1) studying the evolution of the Cambro-Ordovician conti­nental margins and the genesis of its tectonics and regional metamorphism; (2) realization of the palaeogeographic reconstructions, the con­trol elements of the geometry of the basins adhe­ring to the primitive cratons; (3) analyzing the sedimentary origin, its control and fauna m i ­gration with reference to faciès of carbonates, evaporites and elastics, which are of very great benefit to mankind.

N o . 193 SILURO-DEVONIAN O F LATIN A M E R I C A

M . A . Hunicken, Tomás de Irobi 790-5008 Cordoba, Argentina.

Description. The main objectives of this Project are: (1) to make a comprehensive study of conti­nental margin and intercratonic Siluro-Devonian sedimentary basins in Latin America and their correlations; (2) to establish the hemispheric disruptions, explaining the genesis of transconti­nental basins such as Patagonia and Amazonia; tectonics and regional metamorphism; (3) to study Siluro-Devonian palaeogeological and palaeo-ecological conditions in order to relate sedimen­tary processes to mineral accumulations of inte­rest to man (stratabound deposits and hydro­carbons).

N o . 195 OPHIOLITES A N D L I T H O S P H E R E O F M A R G I N A L SEAS

L . Beccaluva, Inst, di Mineralogía Univ., V . Mezzocannone 8, 80134 Napoli, Italy. N . A . Bogdanov, Institute of Lithosphère, Staromonetny 22, Moscow 109180, USSR.

Description. The actualistic models have been largely applied to ophiolites through broad com­parisons with oceanic lithosphère formed at mid-oceanic ridges. Recently, the accumulation of numerous and significant inconsistencies in the ophiolite-oceanic lithosphère analogy has required a re-examination of this axiomatic interpretation. In fact, the available petrological data indicate that onland ophiolites supposedly generated along mid-ocean ridges in major oceanic basins are un­common and that most ophiolites may be created in islandarc-backarc systems or in pericontinen-tal marginal basins. The main objective of this correlation programme is to stimulate the com­parative knowledge of ophiolites, marginal seas and other modern oceanic settings.

N o . 197 M E T A L L O G E N Y O F OPHIOLITES

S. Karamata, Faculty of Mining and Geology, University of Belgrade, Djusina 7, 11000 Bel­grade, Yugoslavia.

Description. This Project represents a continua­tion of the study of the metallogeny of ophiolites initiated in 1977 by Project 39 "Ophiolites". Some primary raw materials (e.g. chromite, platinum group metals, nickel, magnesite, asbestos) occur only or mainly in ophiolitic sequences. Their ge­nesis is related to the origin of ophiolites, thus the distribution and the characteristics of the afore­mentioned raw materials may be explained by a stu­dy and correlation of the mineralogy, geochemistry, petrology and fabric of ophiolites and ore deposits, as well as by compilation of such data on specific metallogenic maps.

61

Members of IGCP Board/Membres du Conseil du PICG

Appointed members/Membres désignés

Dr. A . Boudda Office national de l'exploitation et

recherche pétrolière 4, Avenue de France Rabat M A R O C

Prof. D . A . Campos DNPM/Paleontología A v . Pasteur, 404, Urca 22.290 Rio de Janeiro, RJ BRAZIL

Prof. Chi Ji-shang Vice-President Wuhan College of Geology Yujiashan, Wuhan CHINA

Dr. G . Dengo Apartado Postal 468 Guatemala City G U A T E M A L A , C . A .

Ing. L . Elizalde Dirección de Geología y Minas Ministerio de Recursos Naturales

y Energéticos Carrion 1016 y Paez Casilla 2 3-A Quito E C U A D O R

Dr. P . E . Gamsonre Directeur général du Bureau voltal'que de

la Géologie des Mines, B . P . 601 Ouagadougou H A U T E V O L T A

Dr. G . O . Kesse, Chairman Director Geological Survey P . O . Box M . 80 Accra G H A N A

Prof. J .F. Lovering Chairman, School of Earth Sciences University of Melbourne Parkville, Victoria 3052 A U S T R A L I A

Prof. V . Majer Mining-Geological-Petroleum University University of Zagreb Pierrotijeva 6 41 000 Zagreb YUGOSLAVIA

Dr. J . C . Maxwell, Vice-Chairman Department of Geological Sciences University of Texas at Austin Austin, Texas 78712 UNITED S T A T E S O F A M E R I C A

Dr. D . J . McLaren 248 Marilyn Avenue Ottawa, Ontario K1V 7E5 C A N A D A

M r . J . M . Tater Deputy Director-General Department of Mines and Geology Lainchour Kathmandu N E P A L

Prof. G . B . Vai, Vice-Chairman Professor of Stratigraphy Istituto di Geologia Via Zamboni 67 Bologna ITALY

Prof. J .V . Watson, Rapporteur Department of Geology Imperial College Prince Consort Road London SW7 UNITED K I N G D O M

Prof. V . A . Zharikov Institute of Experimental Mineralogy USSR Academy of Sciences Cherinogolovska, District of Moscow UNION O F SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS

62

Members of I G C P Scientific Committee/Membres du Comité scientific du P I C G

Prof. D . V . Ager, Rapporteur Head, Department of Geology University College of Swansea Swansea, Wales SA2 8PP UNITED K I N G D O M

Dr. A . W . Bally, Chairman Rice University, Department of Geology P . O . Box 1892, Houston Texas 77001 UNITED STATES O F A M E R I C A

Prof. V . L . Barsukov Vernadsky Institute for Geochemistry

and Analytical Chemistry Academy of Sciences of the USSR Vorobyevskoye Chaussée 47a Moscow B-334 UNION O F SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS

Dr. D . C . Bharadwaj C131 Sector A 4 , Mahanagar Lucknow 226006 INDIA

Dr. Carlos E . Brockmann Lars /Purdue University 1220 Potter Drive West Lafayette IN 47906-1399 UNITED STATES O F A M E R I C A

Prof. P . G . Cooray Faculty of Earth Sciences King Abdulaziz University P . O . Box 1744 Jeddah SAUDI ARABIA

Prof. U . Cordani Rua Heito de Andrade 229 05441 Sao Paulo BRAZIL

Dr. D . M . Curtis 16730 Hedgecroft Suite 306 Houston, Texas 77060 UNITED STATES O F A M E R I C A

Prof. H . Faure C N R S , Laboratoire de géologie du Quaternaire - Case 907 Centre universitaire de Marseille Luminy 13288 Cedex 9 Marseille F R A N C E

Acad. I. Kostov Geological Institute, Bulgarian Academy of

Sciences Sofia B U L G A R I A

Dr. B . D . Loncarevic Atlantic Geoscience Centre Bedford Institute of Oceanography P . O . Box 1006 Dartmouth, Nova Scotia C A N A D A B21J 4A22

Prof. A . Mikkola Department of Mining and Metallurgy Laboratory of Economic Geology Otakaari 1 02150 Espoo 15 FINLAND

Dr. C . Pedrazzini Instituto Mexicano de Petróleo Subdireccion de Tecnología de Exploración Avenida de los Cien Metros 152 Mexico 14, D . F . M E X I C O

Dr. R . W . R . Rutland, Director of Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geological and

Geophysics, P . O . Box 378 Canberra City A C T 2601 AUSTRALIA

Dr. E . H . Shannon Liberian Geological Surveys Ministry of Lands and Mines P . O . Box 9024 Monrovia LIBERIA

Prof. E . M . El Shazly Academy of Scientific Research and Technology 101 Kasr El Aini Street Cairo A R A B R E P U B L I C O F E G Y P T

Dr. R . Sinding-Larsen Chairman of C O G E O D A T A Department of Geology Norwegian Institute of Technology 7034 - Trondheim N O R W A Y

Prof. S. Uyeda Earthquake Research Institute University of Tokyo Tokyo - 113 J A P A N

63

IGCP National Committees/Comités nationaux pour le P I C G

A F G H A N I S T A N

Dr. Sh. Abdullah, Secretary IGCP National Committee Director-General Geological Survey of Afghanistan Darlaman, Kabul

A L G E R I A / A L G E R I E

M . Abdelhalim Comité national pour le PICG Centre de recherche et d'application en

géosciences (CNAG) 2, rue Didouche Mourad, B . P . 812 Alger-Gare

A R G E N T I N A / A R G E N T I N E

Dr. Enrique Linares Presidente, Comité nacional para el PICG Consejo Nacional de Investigaciones

Científicas y Técnicas (CONICET) Rivadavia 1917 Buenos Aires

A U S T R A L I A / A U S T R A L I E

The Secretary IGCP National Committee Box 826 Woden, A . C . T . 2606

A U S T R I A / A U T R I C H E

Prof. Dr. H . Zapfe, Chairman IGCP National Committee Palaontologisches Institut Universitatstrasse 7 A-1010 Vienna 1

Prof. Dr. F . Ronner, Secretary IGCP National Committee Director, Geological Survey of Austria Rasumofskygasse 2 3 A-1031 Vienna 3

B A N G L A D E S H

M r . Mesbahuddin Ahmed, Chairman IGCP National Committee Direct or-Gene ral Geological Survey of Bangladesh Pioneer Road, Segunbagicha Dacca-2

M r . S .F . Bari, General Secretary IGCP National Committee Director Geological Survey of Bangladesh (same address/même adresse)

B E L G I U M / B E L G I Q U E

M . J. Bouckaert, Secrétaire Comité national pour le PICG Service géologique de Belgique Ministère des affaires économiques Rue Jenner, 13 (Parc Leopold) 1040 Bruxelles

BENIN

M . G . Tsawlassou, Président Comité national pour le PICG Directeur, Direction de la géologie, des mines

et des hydrocarbures B . P . 249 Cotonou

M . Salifou Alidou, Secrétaire Comité national pour le PICG Laboratoire de géologie Université nationale du Bénin B . P . 526 Cotonou

M . Christian Dossou, Secrétaire exécutif Comité national pour le PICG B . P . 526 Cotonou

BOLIVIA/BOLIVIE

Ing. Antonio Saavedra Muñoz, Secretario Comité Nacional del PICG Academia Nacional de Ciencias Av. 16 de Julio N o . 1732 Casilla - 582 9 La Paz

BRAZIL/BRESIL

M r . Diogenes de Almeida Campos, President IGCP National Committee Departamento Nacional da Produçao

Mineral, Seçao de Paleontología Av. Pasteur, 404, Urca 22.240 Rio de Janeiro, R .J .

B U L G A R I A / B U L G A R I E

Dr. Vassil Vuchev, Président Comité national pour le PICG Collaborateur scientifique en chef à l'Institut de

géologie près l'Académie bulgare des sciences Acad. Gheorghi Bonchev Str., Block II 1113 Sofia

64

B U R M A / B I R M A N I E

M r . U . Than Nyunt, Chairman IGCP National Committee Director Myanma Oil Corporation 6 04 Merchant Street Rangoon

Dr. Myint Lwin Thein, Secretary IGCP National Committee Lecturer Department of Applied Geology Rangoon Arts and Science University Rangoon

BYELORUSSIAN SSR/ RSS D E BYELORUSSIE

Acad. A . S . Makhnach, Chairman IGCP National Committee Academy of Sciences of the

Byelorussian SSR Leninski Prospekt 66 Minsk 72

Prof. V . A . Kuznetsov, Scientific Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

C A M E R O O N / C A M E R O U N

Prof. F . Tchoua, Président Comité national pour le PICG Chef du Département des sciences de la Terre Faculté des sciences Université de Yaounde Yaounde

M . M . M . Eben, Secrétaire général Comité national pour le PICG B . P . 4599 Yaounde - Nlongkak

C A N A D A

Dr. J. M . Harrison, Chairman IGCP National Committee 4 Kippewa Drive Ottawa, Ontario K1S 3G4

Dr. D . G . Benson, Secretary IGCP National Committee Geological Survey of Canada Department of Energy Mines and Resources 601 Booth Street Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0E8

C H A D / T C H A D

M . O . A . D'Babeh, Président Comité national pour le PICG Direction des mines et de la géologie B . P . 816 N'Djamena

M . F . Leclercq, Secrétaire Comité national pour le PICG Laboratoire de géologie Faculté des sciences Université du Tchad B . P . 1027 N'Djaména

CHILE/CHILI

Sr. Manuel Pinochet, President IGCP National Committee National Commission for Scientific and

Technological Research C O N I C Y T Casilla 2 97 V Santiago

CHINA / C H I N E

Prof. Cheng Yuqi, Chairman IGCP National Committee Deputy Minister of Geology c/o Ministry of Geology Xisi, Beijing (Peking) 100812

Dr. Zhao Wenjin, Vice-Chairman and Secretary-General Deputy-Director, Bureau of Science and

Technology Ministry of Geology (same address/même adresse)

C O L O M B I A / C O L O M B I E

Dr. Fernando Etayo, Presidente Comité Nacional para el PICG Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones

Geológico-Mineras Carrera 30, N o . 51-59 Bogotá

C O S T A RICA

Dr. César Dondoli B . , Presidente Comité Nacional para el PICG, Director Escuala Centroamericana de Geología Ciudad Universitaria Rodrigo Fació P . O . Box 35 San José

Prof. Rodolfo Madrigal Gómez , Secretario Comité Nacional para el PICG (same address/même adresse)

C U B A

Ing. José L . Iparraguirre, Presidente Comité Nacional para el PICG, Director Centro de Investigaciones Geológicas Ministerio de la Industria Básica Oficios 154, Habana Vieja La Habana

65

Lie. Lenia Montero, Secretario Comité Nacional para el PICG Directora del Instituto de Geología y

Paleontología Academia de Ciencias de Cuba Comisión Nacional Cubana de la Unesco Ave. Kohly 151, Esq. 32 Nuevo Vedado La Habana

C Z E C H O S L O V A K I A / T C H E C O S L O V A Q U I E

Dr. V . Bucha, Chairman IGCP National Committee Geophysical Institute of Czechoslovak

Academy of Sciences 141 31 Prague 4 - Sporilov

Dr. V . Babuska, Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

D E N M A R K / D A N E M A R K

Dr. Finn Surlyk, Chairman IGCP National Committee Danish National Committee for Geology c/o Geological Central Institute Qister Volgade 10, DK-1350 Copenhagen-K

Dr. Christopher Pulvertaft, Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

E C U A D O R / E Q U A T E U R

Dr . Rodrigo B . Alvarado Dirección general de geología y minas Carrion 1018 y General Paez Casilla 23-A Quito

E G Y P T (ARAB R E P U B L I C O F ) / E G Y P T E (REPUBLIQUE A R A B E D ' )

Prof. E . M . El Shazly, Chairman IGCP National Committee Academy of Scientific Research and Technology 101 Kasr El Aini Street, 9th Floor Cairo

FIN L A N D /FIN L A N D E

Prof. Aimo Mikkola, Chairman IGCP National Committee Technical University of Helsinki Department of Mining and Metallurgy Laboratory of Economic Geology Otakaari 1 02150 Espoo 15

M . Se. Anu Parnanen-Landtman, Secretary IGCP National Committee The Academy of Finland Ratamestarinkatu 12 00520 Helsinki 52

F R A N C E

M . Cl. Megnien, Président Comité national pour le PICG B . R . G . M . B . P . 6009 45060 Orléans Cedex

G E R M A N D E M O C R A T I C R E P U B L I C / R E P U B L I Q U E D E M O C R A T I Q U E A L L E M A N D E

Prof. Dr. K . Schmidt, Chairman IGCP National Committee Central Geological Institute Invalidenstrasse 44 GDR-104 Berlin

Dr. D . Franke, Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

G E R M A N Y ( F E D E R A L R E P U B L I C O F ) / A L L E M A G N E (REPUBLIQUE F E D E R A L E D1)

Prof. Dr. W . Ziegler, Chairman IGCP National Committee Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg Senckenberganlage 25 D-6000 Frankfurt a m Main

G H A N A

Dr. R . Anan-Yorke, Secretary IGCP National Committee c/o Geological Survey Department P . O . Box M . 98 Saltpond

H U N G A R Y / H O N G R I E

Acad. Dr. József Fülop, Président Comité national pour le PICG Président de l'Office central de géologie Iskola u. 13 H . 1251 Budapest

Dr. Oszkár A d á m , Secrétaire général Comité national pour le PICG (same address/même adresse)

INDIA/INDE

M r . S. Nath, Chairman IGCP National Committee Director-Gene ral Geological Survey of India 27 Jawaharlal Nehru Road Calcutta 700013

Dr. D . P . Dhoundial, Secretary Indian National Committee for IGCP Director, Map and Photography Division Geological Survey of India 2 9 Jawaharlal Nehru Road Calcutta 700016

66

IRAN B . P . 4322 Abidjan

Dr. F . Saraby, Chairman IGCP National Committee c/o Geological Survey of Iran Ministry of Industry P . O Box 1964 Tehran

Dr. H . Etminan, Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

IRAQ

Dr. Najih M . Khali President, IGCP National Committee President, Council for Scientific Research P . O . Box 255, Jadiriya, Baghdad

Dr. S . A . Alsinawi, Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

I R E L A N D / I R L A N D E

Prof. T . Murphy, Chairman IGCP National Committee Dublin Institute for Advanced Studies School of Cosmic Physics 5 Merrion Square Dublin 2

Dr. P . S . Kennan, Secretary IGCP National Committee Irish Geological Association Department of Geology Trinity College Dublin 2

ISRAEL

Prof. Z . Reiss Department of Geology The Hebrew University of Jerusalem Jerusalem

ITALY/ITALIE

Prof. A . Boriani, Chairman IGCP National Committee Istituto di Mineralogía Via Botticelli, 2 3 1-20100 Milano

Prof. G . B . Vai, Secretary IGCP National Committee Istituto di Geologia Via Zamboni 67 1-40127 Bologna

IVORY C O A S T / C O T E D'IVOIRE

Prof. Ignace Yacé Président du Comité oational ivoirien de

corrélation géologique Département des sciences de la terre de la

Faculté des sciences

JAMAICA / J A M A Ï Q U E

Arthur J.S. Geddes Director of Geological

Surveys P . O . Box 141 Kingston

J A P A N / J A P O N

Prof. Y . Kuroda, Chairman IGCP National Committee Science Council of Japan Shinshu University Matsumoto

Dr. T . Nozawa, Secretary IGCP National Committee Geological Survey of Japan Higashi 1-1-3, Yatabe Ibaraki 305

J O R D A N / J O R D A N I E

M r . A . Dakhgan, Chairman IGCP National Committee Vice-President of Natural Resources Authority P . O . Box 7 A m m a n

M r . Walid Hakki, Secretary IGCP National Committee Head of Geology Section Natural Resources Authority P . O . Box 2220 A m m a n

K E N Y A

Prof. B . A . Ogot, Chairman IGCP National Committee Director of TILLMIAP Nairobi

M r . W . J. Wairegi, Secretary IGCP National'Committee c/o Mines and Geological Department P . O . Box 30009 Nairobi

K O R E A (REPUBLIC O F ) / C O R E E (REPUBLIQUE D E )

Prof. Chang Hi Cheong, Chairman IGCP National Committee The Geological Society of Korea c/o Department of Geology Seoul National University Seoul 151

67

LIBERIA N E P A L

Dr. Eugene H . Shannon, Liberian Geological Survey Ministry of Lands and Mines P . O . Box 9024 Monrovia

L U X E M B O U R G

Comité national pour le PICG Att. : M . J . Bintz Association géologique du Luxembourg 4, Bid. Roosevelt Luxembourg-Ville

M A D A G A S C A R

M . J .A . Rasoamahenina Président du Comité national malgache

pour le PICG Chef du Service géologique B . P . 280 Tananarive

M A L A Y S I A / M A L A I S I E

M r . S . K . Chung, Chairman IGCP National Committee Director-General Geological Survey of Malaysia Jalan Gurney Kuala Lumpur (15-01)

Dr. Santokh Singh, Secretary IGCP National Committee Deputy Director-General Geological Survey of Malaysia (same address/même adresse)

M E X I C O / M E X I Q U E

Ing. Diego A . Cordoba, Chairman IGCP National Committee Director of the Institute of Geology U N A M Ciudad Universitaria Mexico 20 D . F .

Ing. Ernesto Lopez Ramos, Secretary IGCP National Committee Petróleos Mexicanos Marina Nacional 32 9 Mexico D . F .

M O R O C C O / M A R O C

M . E . A . Hilali Division de la géologie Ministère du commerce, de l'industrie des

mines et de la marine marchande Rabat

Dr. A . Bennani Secrétaire du Comité national pour le PICG Direction de la géologie (same address/même adresse)

M r . J . M . Tater, President IGCP National Committee Deputy Director-General Department of Mines and Geology Lainchour Kathmandu

M r . B . M . Pradhan, Secretary IGCP National Committee Chairman, Department of Geology Tri-Chandra Campus Durbar Marg Kathmandu

N E T H E R L A N D S / P A YS-BAS

Ir. B . P . Hageman, Chairman IGCP National Committee c/o Rijks Geologische Dienst Spaarne 17 Postbus 157 Haarlem

M r . H . J . W . G . Schalke, Secretary IGCP National Committee National Museum of Geology and Mineralogy Hooglandse Kerkgracht 17 2312 HS Leiden

N E W Z E A L A N D / N O U V E L L E Z E L A N D E

Dr. I.G. Speden, Chairman IGCP National Committee New Zealand Geological Survey P . O . Box 30 368 Lower Hutt

Dr. P . R . L . Browne, Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

NIGER

M . B . M . Sori, Président Comité national pour le PICG Directeur des mines et de la géologie Ministère des mines et de la géologie B . P . 257 Niamey

M . O . Boureima, Secrétaire Comité national pour le PICG Chef du Service de géologie Ecole des sciences B . P . 10662 Université de Niamey Niamey

NIGERIA

M r . O . S . Adegoke, Secretary IGCP National Committee Head of Department of Geology University of Ife lie-If e

68

N O R W A Y / N O R V E G E S E N E G A L

Prof. K . S . Heier, Chairman IGCP National Committee Norges Geologiske Unders^kelse Postboks 3006 7001 Trondheim

M r . A . Andersen, Secretary IGCP National Committee Norges Almenvitenskapelige Forskningsrad, Munthes gate 29 Oslo 3

PAKISTAN

M r . Asrar-ullah, Chairman IGCP National Committee Direct or-Gene ral Geological Survey of Pakistan Quetta

Dr. Ibrahim Shah, Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

P E R U / P E R O U

Dr. Arturo Alcalde Mongrut Presidente del Comité Nacional del PICG Consejo Nacional de Investigación Av. del Parque Norte N o . 1172-1174 Urb. Corpac - San Isidro Lima 27

Dr. Ing. Marco Aurelio Zevallos y Mufiiz Secretario del Comité Nacional del PICG (same address/même adresse)

P O L A N D / P O L O G N E

Dr. W . Brochwicz-Lewiñski, Chairman IGCP National Committee Instytut Geologiczny ul. Rakowiecka 4 00-975 Warszawa

R U M A N I A / R O U M A N I E

Dr. Dan Radulescu Président du Comité national pour le PICG 36-38 rue Mendeleev Bucharest - I

SAUDI A R A B I A / A R A B I E SAOUDITE

Dr. F . K . Kabbani Chairman of the National Geological Commission Deputy Minister for Mineral Resources Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources P . O . Box 345 Jeddah

M . Babacar Faye Président du Comité national du Sénégal Directeur des mines et de la géologie B . P . 1238 Dakar

Secrétariat du Comité national pour le PICG Faculté des sciences Département de géologie Dakar

S P A I N / E S P A G N E

Dr. Antonio Almela Samper, Presidente Comité nacional del PICG General Martínez Campos 11 Madrid 10

Dr. Salvador Reguant Serra Secretario de la Comisión del Consejo

Superior de Investigaciones Científicas para el PICG

Departamento de Estratigrafía Universidad Gran Via de las Corts Catalanes, 585 Barcelona 7

SRI L A N K A

Dr. J . W . Herath, Chairman IGCP National Committee Director, Geological Survey Department 48 Sri Jinaratana Road Colombo 2

M r . D . J . A . C . Hapuarachchi, Secretary IGCP National Committee Assistant Director (same address/même adresse)

SURINAM

Dr. E . H . Dahlberg, Chairman IGCP National Committee Deputy Director Geological and Mining Service Kleine Waterstraat 2-6 Paramaribo

Dr. Th. E . Wong, Officer P . O . Box 1810 Paramaribo

S W E D E N / S U E D E

Prof. E . Welin, Chairman IGCP National Committee Laboratory for Isotope Geology Swedish Museum of Natural History S-104 05 Stockholm

69

Dr. D . Hedberg, Secretary IGCP National Committee c/o Swedish Natural Science Research Council Box 23136 S-104 35 Stockholm

SWITZERLAND/SUISSE

Dr. Jean Guex Président du Comité suisse pour le PICG Laboratoire de géologie, Palais de Rumine C H 1005 Lausanne

SYRIA/SYRIE

Dr. Ing. H . Ibrahim, Chairman IGCP National Committee Establishment of Geology and Mineral Resources P . O . Box 7645 Damascus

Dr. M . Sh. Nagieb, Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

T H A I L A N D / T H A Ï L A N D E

Dr. Sa-ngob Kaewbaidhoon, Chairman IGCP National Committee Department of Mineral Resources R a m a VI Road Bangkok

Dr. P . Vichit, Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

TOGO

M . D . T . Lawson, Président Comité national pour le PICG Directeur général adjoint du B N R M B . P . 948 Lomé

Dr. K . F . Seddoh Secrétaire général du Comité national

pour le PICG Département de géologie Ecole des sciences, Université du Bénin B . P . 1515 Lomé

UKRAINIAN SSR/RSS D ' U K R A I N E

Academician N . P . Semenenko, Chairman IGCP National Committee Institute of Geochemistry and Physics

of Minerals Academy of Sciences of the Ukrainian SSR Palladin Av. 34 252068 Kiev 68

Dr. D . Kroustchev, Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

UNITED K I N G D O M / R O Y A U M E - U N I

Prof. J .V . Watson, Chairman IGCP National Committee Department of Geology Imperial College Prince Consort Road London SW7

M r . C . R . Argent, Secretary IGCP National Committee The Royal Society 6 Carlton House Terrace London S W 1 Y 5AG

UNITED STATES O F A M E R I C A / ETATS-UNIS D ' A M E R I Q U E

Dr. W . W . Hay, Chairman IGCP National Committee Joint Océanographie Institutions Inc. 2600 Virginia Avenue, N W Suite 512 Washington, D C 20037

Dr. Linn Hoover, Secretary IGCP National Committee US Geological Survey National Center (915) Reston, Virginia 22092

UNION O F SOVIET SOCIALIST R E P U B L I C S / UNION DES R E P U B L I Q U E S SOCIALISTES SOVIETIQUES

Acad. A . Peive, Chairman IGCP National Committee Academy of Sciences of the USSR Lenin Prospekt 14 Moscow V 17

Dr. N . P . Kuprina, Executive Secretary IGCP National Committee Geological Institute of the USSR

Academy of Sciences Pyzhevsky per. 7 Moscow 109017

U P P E R V O L T A / H A U T E V O L T A

Dr. P . E . Gamsonre, Secrétaire Comité national pour le PICG Directeur de la géologie et des mines B . P . 601 Ouagadougou

U R U G U A Y

Ing. Mario Gil Nin Presidente del Comité Nacional de Apoyo

al PICG Hervidero 2853 Montevideo

70

VENEZUELA YUGOSLAVIA/YOUGOSLAVIE

National Committee for IGCP Venezuelan Commission on Stratigraphy

and Terminology c/o Ministerio de Minas e Hidrocarburos Dirección de Geología Caracas

VIETNAM

Mr. Tran Duc Luong, Chairman IGCP National Committee Director-General General Department of Geology 6 Pham Ngu Lao Hanoi

Mr . Le Thac Xinh, Secretary IGCP National Committee (same address/même adresse)

Prof. Dr. St. Karamata, Chairman National Committee for IGCP Rudarsko-geolo^ki fakultet, Dju ina 7 11 000 Belgrade

Prof. Dr. VI. Aksin, Secretary National Committee for IGCP Naftagas, Sutjeska 1 21000 Novi Sad

71

IGCP Contact Addresses/Points de

B A R B A D O S / L A B A R B A D E

Permanent Secretary Ministry of Agriculture, Science and

Technology Codrington House Nr . Stadium Road St. Michael

B O T S W A N A

Dr. R . M . Key Geological Survey Department Private Bag 14 Lobatse

B U R U N D I

M . Rénovât Samoya, Directeur Département de la géologie Ministère de la géologie et des mines Bujumbura

C O N G O (PEOPLE'S R E P U B L I C O F ) / C O N G O (REPUBLIQUE P O P U L A I R E D U )

M . R . Quetiningue Chef de Département de géologie Faculté des sciences Botte postale 69 Brazzaville

C Y P R U S / C H Y P R E

M r . Theodoulos M . Pantazis Deputy Director Geological Survey Department Nicosia

ETHIOPIA/ETHIOPIE

Geological Survey Ministry of Mines and Power P . O . Box 436 Addis Ababa

G A B O N

M . J . B . Moussavou Directeur de la recherche scientifique B . P . 22 17 Libreville

G U A T E M A L A

Sr. Daniel Barreda de Evian Subdirector de Organismos internacionales Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores Palacio Nacional Guatemala

GUINEA BISSAU/GUINEE BISSAU

Eng. Antonio Lorena Santos Serviço de Geologia e Minas Bissau

pour le PICG

G U Y A N A / G U Y A N E

Dr. Grantley Walrond Guyana Geology and Mines Commission P . O . Box 1028, Georgetown

INDONESIA/INDONESIE

Dr. J. Katili Director General of Mines Ministry of Mines Jalan Merdeka Selaton 18 Jakarta

L A O P E O P L E ' S D E M O C R A T I C R E P U B L I C / R E P U B L I Q U E D E M O C R A T I Q U E P O P U L A I R E L A O

Monsieur le Commissaire général au Plan Ministère du Plan Vientiane

L E S O T H O

Dr. P . K . Sephomolo Secretary-General Lesotho National Commission for Unesco P . O . Box 47 Maseru

LIBYAN A R A B JAMAHIRIYA/ JAMAHIRIYA A R A B E L I B Y E N N E

Industrial Research Centre Geological Research and Mining Department P . O . Box 3633 Tripoli

M A L A W I

The Director of the Geological Survey Department

P . O . Box 27 Zomba

M A L I

M . le Directeur général de la géologie et des mines

B . P . 223 Bamako

M O N A C O

Centre scientifique de Monaco 16, Bd. de Suisse Monte Carlo

M O N G O L I A / M O N G O L I E

Dr. Boutochi Luosandanzan Director, Institute of Geology Academy of Sciences of Mongolia Ulan Bator

72

P A N A M A

Dr. Daniel Esquivel K Director-General de Recursos minerales Ministerio de Comercio e Industrias Apartado 8515 Panamá 5

P A P U A N E W G U I N E A / P A P O U A S I E -N O U V E L L E - G U I N E E

M r . A . C . M . McKinlay Chief Government Geologist Department of Natural Resources Geological Survey P . O . Box 778 Port Moresby

P A R A G U A Y

Sr. Prof. Juan A . Palmieri Instituto de Ciencias Básicas Universidad nacional de Asunción Ciudad Universitaria Casilla de Correo 1039 Asunción

PHILIPPINES

Dr. J . C . Fernandez, Director Bureau of Mines P . O . Box 1559 Manila

P O R T U G A L

Director dos Serviços Geológicas de Portugal

Rua Academia das Ciencias, 19-2° 1200 Lisboa

R W A N D A

Ministère des ressources naturelles, des mines et des carrières

Att. : M . J. Zigirababili B . P . 413 Kigali

SIERRA L E O N E

Dr. A . H . Gabisi Director, Geological Survey Division Ministry of Lands and Mines New England Freetown

SINGAPORE / S I N G A P O U R

Secretary-General Singapore National Commission for Unesco Ministry of Education Kay Siang Road Singapore 10

S O M A L I ( D E M O C R A T I C R E P U B L I C O F ) / SOMALIE (REPUBLIQUE D E M O C R A T I Q U E D E )

M r . Hussein Kahin Deria, Secretary-General Ministry of Culture and Higher Education P . O . Box 1182 Mogadiscio

S U D A N / S O U D A N

Dr. Salan El Din El Rabaa Department of Geology University of Khartoum Khartoum

S W A Z I L A N D

Dr. A . S . Dlamini, Director Geological Surveys and Mines Department P . O . Box 9 Mbabane

TUNISIA /TUNISIE

M m e Lucia M e m m i Sous-Direction de la géologie 95, avenue Mohamed V Tunis

T U R K E Y / T U R Q U I E

The General Directorate M . T . A . Institute Posta Kutusu 116 Ankara

U G A N D A / O U G A N D A

M r . F . A . Kabagambe-Kaliisa Department of Geological Survey and Mines P . O . Box 9 Entebbe

YEMEN ARAB REPUBLIC/ REPUBLIQUE ARABE DU YEMEN

The Secretary-General Unesco National Commission Ministry of Education Sana'a

Y E M E N (PEOPLE'S D E M O C R A T I C R E P U B L I C O F ) / Y E M E N (REPUBLIQUE D E M O C R A T I Q U E P O P U L A I R E DU)

The Director Geological Survey Department P . O . Box 5050, Maalla Aden

73

ZAIRE Z A M B I A / Z A M B I E

Institut de recherche scientifique Att. : M . Vuvu U m b a Directeur du Secrétariat de la politique

scientifique B . P . 3474, Gombe Kinshasa

M r . Mwanang-onze Director, Geological Survey Department P . O . Box R W . 135 - Ridgeway Lusaka

74

Unesco-sponsored Post-graduate Training Courses in the Field of Earth Sciences

F U N D A M E N T A L A N D A P P L I E D Q U A T E R N A R Y G E O L O G Y (Brussels, Belgium)

Organized by the Vrije Universiteit Brussel un­der the sponsorship of Unesco, the Belgian N a ­tional Funds for Scientific Research ( N F W O -FNRS) and the Belgian Unesco Committee; in collaboration with members of the teaching staff of the Universities of Liège, Antwerp, G e m -bloux and Brussels and the National Higher Ins­titute for Architecture and Townplanning of A n ­twerp; in collaboration with the Belgian Geolo­gical Survey and with the Centre for Quaternary Stratigraphy.

Duration: October to September (yearly) -(two years' tuition).

Deadline for application: 1 April. Language of the course: English.

Aims and programme of the course: The steadi­ly growing need for the study of loose sediments and their related economically valuable deposits is at the origin of an increasing demand for re­search and surveys in Quaternary geology. The complex nature of Quaternary geology is situa­ted at the threshold of geology, geography, pedo­logy, oceanography, and limnology, dealing ful­ly with environmental problems of the present and the past, asks for its own field of investiga­tion, choice of methods and basic philosophy. The organizers of the course aim at the creation, on an international basis, of a selected program­m e which should combine all major aspects of specialized theoretical and practical training in the field of Quaternary geology. The course is therefore linking up an international, interdisci­plinary and inter-university group of specialized institutions, laboratories and surveys, thus con­tinuing a long tradition of scientific research and collaboration amongst each other.

It was felt that the complexity, independence and variety of orientations in the field of Quaternary research should be clearly reflected in eight pos­sible options which are:

1. Quaternary stratigraphy 2. Quaternary mapping 3. Quaternary geochronology 4. Archaeology 5. Oceanography 6. Limnology 7. Prospection of Quaternary economic deposits 8. Quaternary engineering geology

The choice of the programme for the theoretical courses, the practical exercises (first academic year) and the orientation and topic of the final thesis (second academic year) are being esta­blished according to the recommendation by the Academic Board of IFAQ, taking into account the needs of the candidate.

IFAQ issues a Master's Degree in Quaternary geology to participants who have followed satis­factorily theoretical and practical activities fore­seen in the programme. Others receive a certi­ficate of attendance to the IFAQ-courses.

Information and application: Professor Dr . R . Paepe, Director of IFAQ, Kwartairgeologie, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Pleinlaan 2, B-1050, Brussels, Belgium.

Application for fellowships: The Permanent Delegation of Belgium to Unesco, 4 Villa de Saxe, 75007 Paris, France. Before 1 February, on Unesco forms.

R E M O T E SENSING APPLICATION (Enschede, The Netherlands)

Organized by the International Institute for Aerial Survey and Earth Sciences (ITC), Enschede, The Netherlands, under the sponsorship of Unesco.

Duration: January to March (yearly) Deadline for application: 1 November Language of the course: English

Aims and programme of the course: This course aims at updating and deepening the knowledge of developments in the application of remote sensing. After having completed the course, participants should be able to judge the suitability of different remote sensing techniques for various aspects of natural resource surveys, and to apply a range of them, including satellite imagery, in surveys in their specific professional field. The course con­centrates on applications of remote-sensing in geology, geomorphology, soil survey, terrain classification and water resources. The exerci­ses concentrate on the applications of one or more of the following airborne and satellite techniques:

- multispectral scanning (MSS) - side looking radar - thermal infrared scanning

Participants may concentrate on the application of one or more selected techniques. Further specialization on research in remote sensing applications can be pursued in one of the subde-partments of the ITC.

The course is not included in the Netherlands governmental fellowship's programme for Inter­national Development and Technical Co-operation. A s for the other Unesco-sponsored courses, Unesco provides (through ITC) limited funds to cover wholly or partly the cost of travel and li­ving expenses of some geologists and geomorpho-logists. Satisfactory completion of the course leads to the award of an ITC certificate of atten­dance.

75

Information and application: ITC Student Affairs Office, P . O . Box 6, 7500 A A Enschede, The Netherlands.

G E O T H E R M I C S (Pisa, Italy)

Organized by the Istituto Internazionale per le Ricerche Geotermiche, under the sponsorship of the Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche (CNR), R o m e , the Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the United Nations Development Programme, New York, The Instituto ítalo-Latino-Americano R o m e , and Unesco.

Duration: 15 February-15 December (yearly) Deadline for application: 30 July Language of the course: alternatively English

and Spanish (1982 English, 1983 Spanish)

Aims and programme of the course: The purpo­se of the course is the preparation of specialists in the field of geothermics, e.g. in geology, geo­physics and in engineering applied to research and exploitation of geothermal fields. It is held at Pisa, in a region rich in hot springs, and at the Larderello geothermal fields, where geo­thermal energy has been used for more than 60 years. Lectures and seminars deal with the fol­lowing subjects, in so far as they concern the purpose of the course:

1. Heat and thermodynamics 2. General geothermics 3. Volcanology 4. Hydrology and hydrogeology 5. Hydrothermal systems 6. Isotopic geology applied to geothermal

research 7. Reservoir engineering 8. Methods of geophysical prospecting 9. Remote sensing and geological photo-

interpretation 10. Analogical and mathematical models 11. Drilling technology 12. Utilization of low and high enthalpy fluids 13. Monitoring of production fields

At the end of the theoretical course, during which there are also some instruction trips, the participants take part in practical activities de­veloping a subject of their own choice, in one of the following working groups:

1. Field prospecting teams 2. Steam field production plants 3. Hot water use plants 4. Geothermal laboratory at Castelnuevo in the

Larderello geothermal field 5. University laboratories 6 . Industrial plants.

Information: Istituto Internazionale per le Ricer­che Geotermiche, 1, Via Buongusto, 56100 Pisa, Italy.

Application: to the Italian Embassy of the parti­cipant's country.

M I N E R A L E X P L O R A T I O N (Leoben, Austria)

Organized by the University of Mining and Metal­lurgy in Leoben under the sponsorship of Unesco.

Duration: 1 February-30 June (yearly) - Next session 1983

Deadline for application: 31 October Language of the course: English

Aims and programme of the course: The aim of the course is to provide specialized training in all aspects of mineral exploration for graduates in the geosciences, such as geologists and mining engineers, from developing countries. The pro­gramme includes the following topics:

- bases, sequences, world trends of prospection and exploration

- photogeology and remote sensing - structural fabric analysis - uranium deposits - mineral deposits environments - modern methods of mineral identification - mineral processing aspects in prospecting and

exploration - geophysics in prospection and exploration:

possibilities, trends and field training - interpretation of well logging - petrophysics and petrophysical measurements - practice in underground exploration - unconventional production methods in mining - analytical methods for ores and industrial

minerals - solutions, minerals and equilibria - interpretation methods in geochemical

exploration - programming and numerical methods in the

geosciences - progress in applied geomathematics - data processing methods in prospection and

exploration - budgeting and financing for prospection and

exploration - mining legislation - suppositions and conse­

quences - first aid in mining

A diploma is issued to each successful participant.

Information: University for mining and metallurgy, Postgraduate course on mineral exploration, M o n -tanuniversitat, Leoben, A 8700, Austria.

Application: the Austrian diplomatic mission via the appropriate Governement Authority in the participant's country.

The International institute for geothermal re­search issues a certificate to those participants who have followed satisfactorily the theoretical and practical activities foreseen in the programme.

76

PRINCIPLES A N D METHODS OF ENGINEERING GEOCHEMICAL PROSPECTING M E T H O D S GEOLOGY (Budapest, Hungary)

Organized by the Hungarian geological institute (MAFI), in co-operation with the Hungarian National Commission for Unesco, under the aus­pices of the Central Office of Geology in Hunga­ry (KFH) and under the sponsorship of Unesco.

Duration: 1 June to 31 August (every second or third year) - Next session 1983

Deadline for application: 1 September Language of the course: English

Aims and programme of the course: This course is aimed at familiarizing the participants with the principles, methods, results, actual pro­blems of both the theoretical and practical as­pects of engineering geological mapping, which is a substantial aid for up-to-date planning and execution of building and construction activities.

The tripartite curriculum of the training course is as follows:

1. Introductory lectures on:

rock physics and rock mechanics soil mechanics geotechnics hydrogeology hydrology geophysics geomorphology petrochemistry and hydrochemistry

2. Lectures on general engineering geology:

exposures, field and laboratory tests near-surface geodynamics mineral building materials engineering geological mapping principles of geology application of aerial photographs engineering geology of underground cavities

3. Lectures on applied engineering geology

settlement development and regional mapping engineering geology of water supply works engineering geology in water engineering engineering geological problems of founda­tions engineering geology of open-cast and under­ground mining engineering geological problems in agri­culture protection of natural environment

Successful participants will be awarded a certi­ficate.

Information and application: Hungarian geologi­cal institute, Népstadion ut 14, P . O . Box 106, H 1142 Budapest, Hungary.

(Prague, Czechoslovakia)

Organized by the Geological Survey of Prague, under the sponsorship of the Czech Geological Office, Prague, Unesco, Paris, and the Inter­national Association of Geochemistry and Cos-mochemistry (IACG).

Duration: August to October (every second year) Next session 198 3

Deadline for application: 30 March Language of the course: English

Aims and programme of the course: The aim of the course is to bridge the gap between the work of field geochemists and analytical chemists and to contribute thus to a better understanding bet­ween them during all the stages of geochemical prospection from the sampling to the evaluation of geochemical anomalies. Lectures, seminars and field training include the following subjects:

1. Basic data on geochemical prospecting and exploration

2. Metallometric prospecting (soil prospecting) 3. Stream sediments prospecting 4. Heavy minerals prospecting and evaluation

of H M concentrates 5. Radiometric methods in geochemistry 6. Hydrogeochemical and biogeochemical methods 7. Principles of lithogeochemistry (rock pros­

pecting) 8. Photogeological interpretations for geoche­

mists, aerial methods 9. Statistical evaluation of geochemical results 10. Principles of analytical methods in geo­

chemistry 11. Training in atomic absorption spectrometry,

optical emission spectrography X-ray fluo­rescence spectrometry, gas chromatography, neutron activation

12. Principles of colorimetry, red - ox titrations and electrochemical methods including poten-tiometry with ion selective electrodes.

Application of the above-mentioned geochemical methods for wet and dry tropical conditions will be discussed at the same time.

A certificate is issued to participants who have followed the whole course satisfactorily both in theoretical and practical parts.

Information and application: G E O C H I M CSSR Unesco, Geological Survey, Malostranské nam. 19, 118 21 Prague, Czechoslovakia.

MINING E X P L O R A T I O N A N D E X P L O R A T I O N GEOPHYSICS (Delft, The Netherlands)

Organized by the International Institute for Aerial Survey and Earth Sciences (ITC) in co­operation with the Mining Department of the Delft University of Technology, under the sponsorship of Unesco.

77

Duration: 12 months (starting September) for standard courses, 12-16 additional months for advanced courses in m i ­ning exploration (yearly)

Deadline for application: 1 May Language of the courses: English

Aims and programme of the courses: These courses are intended to contribute to finding ways to increase the solid mineral reserves by im­parting a knowledge of the sciences and techni­ques employed in their discovery. They are composed of the following:

1. Mining exploration with emphasis on field exploration and geological photointerpretation. This course includes tuition on statistics, che­mistry, transmitted light microscopy, reflected light microscopy, geological photointerpretation, geochemical exploration, examination of pros­pects, valuation. The final four months of this course are devoted to individual programmes of study, generally including geochemical field-work, literature studies and the preparation of reports.

2. Mining exploration with emphasis on explo­ration geophysics, which includes tuition in m a ­thematics, geophysical exploration, elements on geochemical exploration, physical examination of prospects, valuation. The final four months of this course are devoted to extensive field-work, using a variety of geophysical methods, and preparation of reports.

The common programme for the two above-mentioned courses includes tuition on: mathe­matics, chemistry, mineralogy, petrography, structural geology, economic geology, elemen­tary photogrammetry, geological photointerpre­tation, geophysical exploration and combined surveys.

3. Advanced courses in mining exploration, are offered by ITC with several possibilities of spe­cialization and diversification. Programmes must include three basic subjects, one combina­tion of associated specialized subjects, and two optional subjects, related to the student's future field of activity.

Diplomas are granted after satisfactory comple­tion of one of the earlier mentioned courses. If results are not satisfactory, a statement of attendance will be issued.

M E T H O D S A N D T E C H N I Q U E S IN E X P L O ­RATION GEOPHYSICS (Hyderabad, India)

Organized by the National Geophysical Research Institute of the Council of Scientific and Indus­trial Research, Hyderabad, India, under the sponsorship of the Government of India and Unesco.

Duration: November-December (yearly) Deadline for application: 15 August Language of the course: English

Aims and programme of the course: The course is intended primarily for the in-service personnel who are associated with geological and geophysi­cal exploration programmes for minerals, ground­water or engineering geology. The programme includes theoretical, practical and field training in:

- exploration geophysics - gravity and magnetic methods - electrical and electromagnetic methods - seismic, radiometric and well logging

methods - geological interpretation of geophysical data

Information and application: The Director, Regional Training course on methods and techni­ques in geophysical exploration, National Geo­physical Research Institute, Hyderabad, 500 007 (A. P . ) , India, with copy to: Unesco Regional Office for Science and Technology, 17 Jor Bagh, New Delhi 110003, India.

A diploma is awarded to each successful parti­cipant.

M I N E R A L E X P L O R A T I O N (Paris, France)

Organized by the Ecole nationale supérieure des Mines de Paris, Centre de géologie générale et minière, under the sponsorship of Unesco.

Duration: four weeks in March or April (yearly) Deadline for application: 1 January Language of the course: French

Aims and programme of the course: The main objectives of the course are to provide a theore­tical and practical knowledge of the variety, rela­tive importance and interdependence of the nume­rous factors which influence decision-making in mineral research; to instruct the trainees in the application of their scientific knowledge towards practical ends, bearing in mind economical and technical constraints; to instruct them in the in­terpretation, correlation, representation and uti­lization of a mass of different data, to give the trainees the opportunity to take numerous deci­sions, which must be justified and which are then confirmed by experience.

Through a method of simulation, assisted by com­puter, the trainees are able to live realistically a practical experience of complex mineral re­search; first they receive more or less complete geological, technical and socio-economical data from which they can elaborate a research strate­gy depending upon a budget; next, they undertake research (geochemical prospection at different levels, prospection by boring with various tools) for which the results and the cost are supplied by the computer. Throughout the course of the

78

operations, they must interpret the results and adjust their handling thereof as in reality. The simulation thus constitutes an experimental labo­ratory which permits the reduction of time and costs, the multiplication and diversification of experiments and the provision, at the close of the course, of a correct representation of the environment studied, this never being the case in reality.

Information and application: Professor H . Pé-lissonnier, Ecole des Mines, 60 Bd. Saint-Michel, 75272 Paris Cedex 06, France.

TRAINING C O U R S E O N S E I S M O L O G Y A N D GEOPHYSICS (Potsdam, German Democratic Republic)

Organized by the Academy of Sciences of the German Democratic Republic in collaboration with Unesco.

Duration: One month in October /November (yearly)

Deadline for application: 15 May Language of the course: English

Aims and programme of the course: The course will concentrate on problems of seismology, seismotectonics and seismic risk assessment with special emphasis on interdisciplinary as­pects and the relevance of related studies and methodologies for resource oriented surveys. The main topics to be covered are as follows:

- structure and dynamics of the lithosphère - fundamentals of seismology and seismological

practice - seismological methods for structural inves­

tigations - earthquake prediction, seismic hazard and

risk assessment and mitigation.

Information and application: Prof. Dr . H . Kaut-zleben, Director, Central Earth's Physics Ins­titute, Academy of Sciences of the German D e ­mocratic Republic, Telegraphenberg, D D R 1500 Potsdam, German Democratic Republic.

S U M M E R C O U R S E O N E A R T H SCIENCES: C R Y S T A L L O G R A P H Y , M I N E R A L O G Y , M E T A L -L O G E N Y (Madrid, Spain)

Organi zed by the Department of Geology and Geochemistry of the Universidad Autónoma de Madrid and the Department of Structural Crys­tallography of the Instituto "Rocasolano" of the Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientfficas, Madrid, in co-operation with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Spain and under the sponsor­ship of Unesco.

Duration: July-August (yearly) Deadline for application: 1 May Language of the course: Spanish

Aims and programme of the course: It is consi­dered that crystallography is a basic science.in-dispensible for the study of several topics, name­ly mineralogy, metallogeny and mineralogenesis which are of major importance for those countries where important mineral reserves can be found.

The programme of the course includes lectures and practical work on:

- general principles of crystallography and mineralogy

- structural crystallography - chemistry of crystals - physics of crystals and physics of minerals - optics of crystals - mineralogy - ore deposits and metallogeny

Information and application : Departamento de Geología y Geoquímica, Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Canto Blanco, Madrid 34, Spain.

G E O T H E R M A L E N E R G Y (Kyushu, Japan)

Organized by the Government of Japan as part of its Technical Co-operation Programmes for developing countries, in co-operation with Unesco.

Duration: September-October Deadline for application: 15 July Language of the course: English

Aims and programme of the course: This course aims at improving the participants' knowledge of geothermal energy, by placing emphasis on the development and use of wet steam of volcanic type which will be extensively applied in different parts of the world. The programme includes lectures and field work in:

- geothermal geology - volcanology - structural geology - geochemistry - isotope geochemistry " - heat and thermodynamics - geothermal hydrology - geophysical exploration - geothermal measurement - reservoir physics - drillhole engineering - wellhead equipment and measurement of wells - power plant engineering - corrosion fundamentals

79

P H O T O I N T E R P R E T A T I O N A P P L I E D T O G E O L O G Y A N D G E O T E C H N I C S (Bogotá, Colombia)

Organized by the Government of Colombia and the Interamerican Centre of Photointerpretation (CIAF) in co-operation with the International Institute for Aerial Survey and Earth Sciences (The Netherlands) and Unesco.

Duration: Fourty weeks from February to November

Deadline for application: 1 October Language of the course: Spanish

Aims and programme of the course: The main ob ective of this course, according to the specia­lization chosen is:

(a) T o teach professional geologists the princi­ples and techniques (from both the theoretical and practical points of view) used for geological surveying by m e a n s of aerial imagery and other remote sensing techniques.

(b) T o teach the principles and nature of remote sensing techniques and to train civil engineers to interpret and use aerial photographs for the study and implementation of projects devoted to the best use of natural resources.

Information and application: Academic Secreta­riat of the C I A F , Apartado Aéreo 53754, Bogotá 2 , Colombia.

80

Selected I G C P Publications for 1981/ Choix de publications parues en 1981 dans le cadre du P I C G

Project 4

Azmi, R . J . , 1980: Biostratigraphy of the Te-thyan sediments of the Spiti basin. Annual R e ­port Wadia Institute of Hymalayan Geology, pp. 10-12.

Besems, R . E . , 1981: Aspects of Middle and Late Triassic Palynology. 1. Palynostrati-graphical data from the Chiclana de Segura Formation of the Linares-Alcaraz Region (SE Spain) and correlation with palynological as­semblages from the Iberian Peninsula. Review of Palaeobotany and Palynology, 32, pp. 257-273.

, 1981: Aspects of Middle and Late Triassic Palynology. 2. Preliminary palynological data from the Hornos-Siles For­mation of the Prebetic Zone (NE Province of Jaén, SE Spain). Review of Palaeobotany and Palynology, 32, pp. 389-400.

Dullo, W . Ch. ; Lein, R . , 1981: Carnian Shal­low Water-Limestones - In FlUgel, E . (éd.): International Symposium on Triassic Reefs, Guide Book, pp. 40-48, Abb. 12-13, Erlangen.

Fuglewicz, R . , 1980: Stratigraphy and palaeo-geography of Lower Triassic in Poland on the basis of megaspores. Acta Geol. Polon., vol. 30, N o . 4, pp. 418-470, Warszawa.

Gupta, V . J.; Budurov, K . , 1980: A new spe­cies of Neocavitella from Ladakh, India. In­dian Geologists Assn., Vol. 13, N o . 2, pp¡ 143-144.

; Sabitini, M . , 1980: Uppermost Triassic brachiopods from Northeastern K u -maun Hymalaya, India. Riv. Ital. Palaeont., Vol. 83, N o . 1, pp. 1-20.

Kovacs, S. , etal., 1980: Gondolella pseudo-longan.sp. Conodontaphorida, an important Lower Ladinian guide form. Geol. Palaont. Mitt., 10/6, pp. 217-221, 1 Taf., Innsbruck.

; Kozur, H . , 1980: Stratigraphische Reichweite der wichtigsten Conodonten (ohne Zahnreihenconodonten) der Mittel-u. Obertri-as. Geol. Palaont. Mitt., 10/2, S. 47-48, 2 Tab., 15 Taf., Innsbruck.

Kovacs, F . : Palaeogeographical significance of the Triassic Hallstatt limestone facies in the North Alpine facies region. (Korreferatum critic). FOldtani KozlOny. 110. 3-4, pp. 360-381, Budapest.

Kozur, H . , 1980: Revision der Conodontenzo-nierung der Mittel-u. Obertrias des tethyalen Faunenreichs. Geol. Palaont. Mitt. 10/3, S.79-172, 2 A b b . , 8 Tab., Innsbruck.

; Mostler, H . , 1981: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Radiolarien des Mesozoikums. Teil IV. Geol. Palaont. Mitt., 11, Innsbruck.

; Seidel, G . , 1981: Biostratigraphis-che Auswertung der Conchostracen-Faunen des unieren und mittleren Buntsandsteins. In: Kurzreferate und ExkursionsfUhrer: der Bunt-sandstein und seine Nutzung in der Baustoff-

industrie. S. 10-17, 1 Tab. , Berlin. Li Jin-Hwa; Ding Bao-liang, 1981: Two new

Lammilibranch genera from the Lower Triassic of Anhui. Acta Palaeontologica sinica, Vol. 20, N o . 4.

Matsuada, T . , 1981: Early Triassic conodonts from Kashmir, India. Part I: Hindeous and Isarcicella. J. Geoscience, Osaka City Univ., Vol. 24, pt. 3, pp. 75-108.

Michalik, J.; Gazdzicki, A . , 1980: Is the Stra-zov nappe present in the Tatra Mts. ? Przeglad Geologiczny, N o . 11, pp. 616-619, Warszawa.

Nakazawa, K . ; etal., 1980: The Otoceras wood-wardi Zone and time gap at the Permian/Trias­sic Boundary in East Asia. Geol. and Palaeont. SEA (Symp. Tsukubu 1978), Vol. 21, pp. 75-90.

Nazarevich, B . P . ; Zawidzka, K . , 1981: Lower Triassic conodonts from the Eastern Caucasian Foreland. Acta Geol. Polon., Vol. 31, N o . 1-2, pp. 35-40, Warszawa.

Ramovs, A . , 1981: Nova spoznaja o razvoju jul-skih in tuvalskih plasti v severnih Julijskhi Al-pah. (Neue Feststellung Uber die Entwicklung der Jul-u. Tuval-Schichten in den nordlichen Julischen Alpen). Rudarsko-metalurski zbornik 28/2-3, pp. 177-181.

Senkowiczowa, H . , (Ed.), 1981: Fauna i flora triasu obrzezenia Gór Swietokrzyskich i Wyzy-ny Slasko-Krakowskiej. Materialy V Krajowej Konferencji Paleontologów, pp. 1-148, Kielce-Sosnowiec.

Sun Ai-linj Ho Lian-hai, 1981: A new genus of Scaloposauria. Acta Palaeontologica Sinica, Vol. 20, N o . 4.

Tiwari, R.S.;etal . , 1980: Gondwana plant microfossils from the Tethyan sediments, Malla Johar area, U . P . J. Pal. Soc. India, Vol. 23-24, pp. 39-42.

Virgili, C ; et al., 1981: Some observations on the Triassic of the Iberian Peninsula. Comuni­cación presentada en la Reunión del Proyecto no. 4 del PICG en Bratislava, 1980. Mittei-lungen der Geologischen Gesellschaft in Wien.

Visscher, H . ; Brugman, W . A . , 1981: Ranges of selected palynomorphs in the Alpine Triassic of Europe. Rev. Palaeobot. Palyno., 34, pp. 115-128.

; Van der Zwan, C . J . , 1981: Paly­nology of the Circum-Mediterranean Triassic: phytogeographical and palaeoclimatological im­plications. Geol. Rundschau, 70, pp. 625-636.

Wang Zhi-hao; Cao Yan-yue, 1981: Early Trias­sic conodonts from Lichuan, western Hubei. Acta Palaeontologica sinica, Vol. 20, N o . 4 .

; Dai Jin-ye, 1981: Triassic cono­donts from the Jiangyou, Beichuan area, Si­chuan province. Acta Palaeontologica sinica, Vol. 4, N o . 2.

Wang Zhen, 1981: Mesozoic Charophytes from Anhui and Zhejiang with its stratigraphie signi­ficance. Acta Palaeontologica sinica, Vol. 20, N o . 4.

81

Zhu Zhi-wen; et al., 1981: Palaeomagnetic ob­servation in Xizhang - Tibet and continental Drift. Acta Geofhisica Sinica, Vol. 24, N o . 2.

IGCP Project 4 and IUGS Subcommission on Triassic Stratigraphy: Guide book and Abs­tracts of the Working Group Meeting in Oct. 1980 in Bratislava. Geol. Institute of the Slo­vak Academy of Sc., Bratislava, CSSR.

Groupe français du Trias: Excursion en Espa­gne, 1981. Dpto. Estratigrafía, Facultad C . Geológicas, Universidad Complutense, Madrid.

Project 5

Abonyi, A . ; Abonyiva, M . (with a contribution by Varga, I.), 1981: Magnesite deposits of Slovakia. Mineralia Slov., Monografía 1, pp. 125, Bratislava.

Autran, A . ; Barrière, M . ; Bonin, B . ; Didier, J. ; Fluck, P . ; Fourcade, S. ; Giraud, P . ; Jonin, J.; Lameyer, J.; Orsini, J. B . ; Vivier, G . , 1980: Les granitoides de France. Colloque C7 "Géologie de la France" 26ème Congrès géol. int. Paris 1980.

Babin, C . ; Courtesolle, R . , 1980: Le Paléo-zoique inférieur du Massif armoricain et de la Montagne noire. Bull. soc. géol. et miné. Bretagne, XI, 1.2, pp. 93-127.

Bajanik, S . ; Hovorka, D . (eds. ), 1981: Palaeo-volcanism in the West Carpathians. D . Stur Geol. Inst., pp. 167, Bratislava. (With six IGCP publications on pages 27-40, 41-48, 59-66, 81-86, 87-92, 115-124).

Belov, A . A . , 1981: Tectonic development of the Alpine folded area in palaeozoic. Monography, Moscow, Nauka, pp. 212.

Bessiere, G.;etal . , 1980: Conodont biostrati-graphy in Carboniferous limestones of South­ern France. Ilnd European Conodont Sympo­sium E C O S II. Vienne 1980, Abh. Geol. Bund. Austria, 35.

Bonin, B . , 1980: Les complexes acides alca­lins anorogéniques continentaux: l'exemple de la Corse. Thèse Doct. Etat, Univ. P . et M . Curie, pp. 756, 139 fig., 41 tabl., tabl. h.t.

Bossiere, G . : Un complexe métamorphique polycyclique et sa blastomylonitisation: Etude pétrologique de la partie occidentale du massif de Grande Kabylie (Algérie). Thèse de docto­rat d'Etat, Univ. Nantes, pp. 302, tables.

; Peucat, J. J., 1980: Influence de l'orogenèse alpine sur le socle ancien de Grande Kabylie (Algérie). 8ème Réun. ann. Sciences de la Terre, Marseille, pp. 55.

Bourrouilh, R . ; étal., 1980: Essai sur l'évo­lution paléogéographique, structurale et méta­morphique du Paléozoique du sud de la France et de l'ouest de la Méditerranée. In: Coll. C . 6. 26ème CGI Paris, pp. 159-188.

Buchroithner, M . F . ; étal., 1980: Mikrofazies, Fossilien und Herkunft der Kalkgerolle im Karbon - "Flysch" der Betischen Kordilleren, Spanien. Faciès, 2, pp. 1-53, Erlangen.

Buda, Gy. ; Balogh, K . ; Arva-Soos, A . , 1981: Chronology of plutonio and metamorphic rocks in Hungary. Abst. Vol. of C B G A XII Congr., pp. 274, Bucharest.

Carmignani, L . ; et al., 1981: Structural and Palaeogeographic lineaments of the Variscan cycle in Sardinia. Géologie en Mijnbonn, 6 0 (1), pp. 171-181.

Caron, J. M . ; Bonin, B . , 1980: La Corse. Géol. Alpine, 56, pp. 80-90.

; ; Amaudric du Chaffaut, S . ; Delcey, R . , 1980: Excursion 036A du 26ème CGI Corse: grandes unités structurales. Géol. Alpine, 56, pp. 149-168.

Delsahut, B . , 1980: Dynamique du Bassin de Carmaux (Tarn) et géologie du Stéphano Per-mien des environs. Thèse de 3ème cycle, Toulouse.

Démange, M . , 1980: Présence d'éclogites en Cabardés. Un nouveau témoin de métamorphis­m e de haute à moyenne pression sur le flanc sud de la zone axiale de la Montagne noire (en col­laboration avec M . Léger). C . R . Acad. Sci. Paris, série D , t. 567, 20.X.80, pp. 2410-2412.

, 1980: Evolution structurale du Paléozoique du sud de la France et de l'ouest de la Méditerranée. Avec R . Bourrouilh, T . C o -cozza, M . Durand-Delga, S. Gueirard, M . Juli-vert, F . J. Martinez, D . Massa, R . Mirouse, J .B . Orsini. Colloque C6, Géologie de l'Europe, 26ème CGI, Paris, pp. 159-188.

De Vilechenous, F . , 1980: Géologie de la partie occidentale du massif de la Barousse (Pyrénées centrales). Thèse du 3ème cycle, Toulouse.

Ebner, F . ; Fenninger, A . , 1980: Mikrofazies und Biostratigraphie der Kalkgerolle von Fal-covec (NW-Bulgarien). Paleont. Strat. Lith., 12, pp. 3-12, Sofia.

FlUgel, H . W . , 1980: Zur variszischen Verbin-dung von Ober- und Mittelostalpin. Carinthia II, 170-90, pp. 133-141, Klagenfurt.

, 1981: Die palaozoische Tethys: Fakten, Fiktionen, Fragen Mitt. osterr. geol. Ges. , 74/74, pp. 83-100, 2 A b b . , 3 Tab., Wien.

Giret, A . ; Bonin, B . ; Léger, J . M . , 1980: A m ­phibole compositional trends in oversatured and undersatured alkaline igneous ring complexes. Canad. Miner., 18, pp. 481-495.

Grecula, P . ; etal., 1981: Correlation of Pre-Mesozoic units along the Geotraverse Dubrovnik-Novi Sad-Bükk Mountains-High Tatra Mountains. 12th Congress of the Carpatho-Balkan Geol. • Ass . , Abstracts Vol., pp. 278-27 9, Inst. Geol. Geofyz., Bucharest.

Groupe français PICG 5 : Livret guide de la Réu­nion internationale en France du PICG 5 Pyré­nées occidentales, centrales et Montagne noire. Pau.

Jantsky, B . : Geological characterisation of the Variscan and Pre-Variscan in Hungary, Geol. en Mijnbouw. 16, pp. 9-16.

Joseph, J.; Brice, D . , 1980: Données paléonto-logiques nouvelles sur le Frasnien des Pyrénées centrales et occidentales. Implications paléo­géographiques. Bull. Hist. Nat. Toulouse, pp. 25, 3 pi.

Karamata, S . ; Sassi, F . P . (eds.), 1981: IGCP Project N o . 5, Newsletter N o . 3 (January 1981), pp. 1-167 (25 papers are included).

82

Kassai, M . , 1980: A Dél-Dunantul perm végi osffdrajzi rekonstrukcioja és a Kornyezo ors-zagokkal kapcsolatos néhany rétegtani Osszeha-sonlitas. (Latest Permian palaeogeographic reconstruction of South Transdanubia and so­m e comparisons with the neighbouring coun­tries). Bull. Hung. Geol. Soc. 110, pp. 342-359.

Majoros, G y . , 1980: A permi üledékképzodés problémai a Dunantuli Kozéphegységben (Pro­blems of Permian sedimentation in the Trans-danubian Central Mountains). Bull, of Hung. Geol. Soc , 110, pp. 323-341.

Marre, J.; et al., 1980: Structurologie des granitoides calco-alcalins en Corse méridio­nales. Pub. 26ème Congrès Géol. Int. Paris 1980.

Mirouse, R . , 1980: La chame des Pyrénées et son avant-pays languedocien: Pyrénées. Bull. Centre Rech. Pau, M é m . 3.

, 1980: Pyrénées centrales et occi­dentales. In: Essai sur l'évolution paléogéo­graphique structurale et métamorphique du Paléozoique du sud de la France et l'ouest de la Méditerranée. In Coll. C6, 26ème CGI.

; Pelhate, A . , 1980: Formations synorogénéiques du cycle varisque. In: Evo­lutions géologiques de la France, in Coll. C7 26ème CGI, pp. 193-311.

Orsini, J . B . , 1980: Le batholite corso-sarde: anatomie d'un batholite hercynien. Composi­tion, structure, organisation d'ensemble. Sa place dans la chaîne varisque française. Thèse doct. d'Etat, Marseille, St. Jérôme.

; Coulon, C . ; Cocozza, T . , 1980: "La dérive cénozoique de la Corse et de la Sardaigne et ses marqueurs géologiques". Li­vret guide de l'excursion géologique interna­tionale 038C - 26ème Congrès Géol. Int. Paris 1980 et trav. Géol. Alpine Grenoble.

Papanikolaou, D . ; Sassi, F . P . ; Scarpelis, N . , 1981: Outlines of the pre-Alpine metamor-phisms in Greece. IGCP N o . 5, 1981 meet­ing in Pau-Barcelona.

Ramovs, A . , 1980: Biostratigrafski razvoj v severnem delu zahodnih Julijskih Alp/Biostra-tigraphische Ausbildung in den nordlichen Ju-lischen Alpen/. - Simpozium iz region, geol. i paleont. Zavod za regional, geol. i paleontol. Rudarsko-geoloè'kog fakulteta Universiteta u Beogradu, pp. 317-325, Beograd.

; Kochansky-Devide, V . , 1981: Karbonske in permske plasti pri Logu v Julij­skih Alpah/Carboniferous and Permian beds at Log in the Julian Alps/. - Geologija 24, pp. 91-107, Ljubljana.

Sassi, F . P . ; Zirpoli, G . , 1980: Quadro delle conoscenze sulla storia pre-alpina delle Alpi Orientali. Rend. Soc. It. Miner. Petrol., 36, pp. 35-48.

Somin, M . L . ; Vidjapin, Ju.P. , 1980: The structure of the metamorphic complexes of the Main Caucasus range in the upper part Las-chipse and Damkhurtz rivers. Abstracts of the papers V Conference Geol. Mineral R e ­sources North Caucasus, S K T G O , Essentuki.

Spassov, Chr., 1981: Corrélation des sédiments paléozoiques anciens dans certains forages bul­gares et roumains de la Platforme Moesienne. The 12th Congress Carpatho-Balkan Geological Association. Sept. 8-13, 1981, Bucharest, Abstracts, pp. 47-48.

Statteger, K . , 1980: Sedimentologische Unter-suchungen in den Polster-Quarziten (ostliche Grauwackenzone, Ósterreich). Verh. Geol. B . A . , pp. 333-363, Wien.

Szederkenyi, T . , 1981: A Duna-Tisza Koze kris-talyos medencealjzata felépitésének, kozettani-geokémiai jellegének és fejlodéstorténetének meghatarozasa. (Determination of structural and geochemical-petrographic character and evolution of the crystalline groundfloor of the area located between Duna and Tisza rivers). Abstr. Rep. Vol. of Sci. Investigations, Cult. Ministry, pp. 325-327, Budapest.

Tongiorgi, M . ; Bagnoli, G . , 1981: Stratigraphie du socle paléozoique de la bordure continentale de l'Apennin septentrional (Italie centrale). Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 7,23(3), pp. 319-323.

Vdovenko, M . ; étal., 1981: Foraminifers in the Lower Carboniferous Deposits from Bore-Hole R-3 Gomotarci (Northwest Bulgaria). Paleonto­logy, Stratigraphy and Lithology, 15, pp. 3-33, 8 pis. (in Russian, English summary).

Vozarova, A . ; Vozar, J., 1981: Lithostratigra-phic subdivision of Late Palaeozoic sequences in the Hronic unit. Mineralia slov., 13, 5, pp. 385-404, Bratislava.

; , 1981: Palinspastic profile of the Late Palaeozoic in the West Car­pathians. 12th Congress of the Carpatho-Bal­kan Geol. Ass . , Abstracts Vol., pp. 149-150, Inst. Geol. Geofyz., Bucharest.

Wilhem, S. ; Bonin, B . , 1980: A propos de la croissance épitaxique et rythmique des felss-paths alcalins : influence du niveau structural dans les granites anorogéniques corses et leurs équivalents africains. Abstr. 26ème CGI, 105.

Project 6

Minceva-Stefanova, J.; Bonev, I.; Punev, L . : Pearceite with an intermediate unit cell - first find in nature. Geochem., mineral, and petrol., 11, Sofia, pp. 13-34'(In Bulgarian with summary in English).

, 1981: Electron-micro-probe investigation of the dolomitization and its relationship with the sulphide mineralizations in the polymetallic deposits confined to theTriassic calcareous sediments in the Western Balkan. Proceed. 4th ISMIDA, Berchtesgaden, Oct. 4-10, 1981.

Project 24

BerglundB.E. and Berglund, E . , 1981: Eemian and Weichselian stratigraphy in South Sweden, Boreas 10, pp. 323-362.

LagerlundE., 1980: Litostratigrafisk indelning av Vastskânes Pleistocen och en ny glaciations-modell for Weichsel. Univ. Lund Dept.Quat. Geol. Rep. 21, pp. 120.

83

Lundqvist, J., 1980: The déglaciation of Swe­den after 10,000 B . P . Boreas 9, pp.229-238.

; Konigsson, L . K . , 1980: The déglaciation of Scandinavia later than 10,000 B . P . The 1979 Uppsala Symposium. Boreas 9, pp. 209-210.

; Mook, W . G . , 1981: Finite date of the Jamtland Interstadial. Boreas 10, pp. 133-135.

Macoun, J., 1980: Paleogeograficky a strati-graficky vyvoj Opavské pahorkatiny v pleisto-cénu - 1 a 2 (The palaeogeographical and stra-tigraphical development of the Opavská pahor-katina Upland in the Pleistocene). Cas.slez-ského musea Opava / A / 29, pp. 113-132; 193-222. Opava.

Monjuvent, G . , 1980: Alpes occidentales. Carte des moraines externes et moraines internes, 1:1,000,000. 26ème Congr. Geol. Intern., excursion 99.

; Winistorfer, J., 1980: Glacia­tions quaternaires dans les Alpes franco-suis­ses et leur piedmont. Geol. alpine, 56, pp. 251-282.

MOrner, N . A . , 1980: A 10,700 years' palaeo-temperature record from Gotland and Pleisto­cene/Holocene boundary events in Sweden, B o ­reas 9, pp. 283-287.

Sibrava, V . ; Shotton, F . W . (eds.), 1981: Qua­ternary Glaciations in the Northern Hemisphe­re, IGCP Project 73-1-24, Report N o . 6 on the session in Ostrava, Czechoslovakia, A u ­gust 1979. Prague, pp. 296 (with 20 papers).

Velichko, A . A . ; Faustova, M . A . (eds.), 1981: Pleystotsenoviye oledeneniya Vostochno-Evro-peyiskoi ravniny. Nauka. Moskva. It contains 16 papers.

; Grichuk, V . P . (eds.), 1981: Voprosy paleogeografii pleistocena lednikovych i periglacialnych oblastey. Nauka. Moskva.

Archipov, A . A . ; Velichko, A . A . (eds.), 1981: Chetvertichniye oledeneniya v Sibiri i drugich oblastiyach Severnovo polushariya. Nauka. Novosibirsk.

Project 25

Balogh, K . ; etal., 1981: Radiometric dating of basalts in Southern and Central Slovakia. Zá-padné Karpaty, séria géolôgia 7, G U D S , Bra­tislava.

Bakalova, D . , 1980: Varovity vodorasli ot seme-jstvo Corallinaceae ot rajona na Madz'arevo, Jugoiztocna Balgaria. Paleontology, Stratigra­phy and Lithology, 12, Sofia.

Baldi-Beke, M . , 1980: A BOrzsony-Hegységi andezit fekvójében található üledékek nanno-plankonja. Foldtani Kozlony, 110, 2, Budapest.

Dragomanov, L . ; etal., 1981: Paleogeografía na neogena ot Pazardzisko i Plovdivsko. Pa­leontology, Stratigraphy and Lithology, 14, Sofia.

El-Heiny, I.; Martini, E . , 1981: Miocene fora-miniferal and calcareous nannoplankton assem­blages from the Gulf of Suez region and corre­lations. Géologie Méditerranée, 8, 2, pp. 101-108, Marseille.

Jámbor, A . , 1980: Palaeogeographically signi­ficant Pannonian facies units in around the insel-bergs of the Hungarian part of the Carpathian Basin. Foldtani Kozlony, 110, 3-4, Budapest.

, 1980: Pannonian in the Transdanu-bian central Mountains. A Magyar Allami Fold­tani Intézet. Müszaki KOnyvkiadó, LXII, Buda­pest.

; et al., 1980: K / A r Dating of Basal­tic Rocks in Transdanubia, Hungary. Atomki KOzlemények 22, Hungaria.

Kojumdgieva, E . ; Dikova, P . , 1980: Palaeogene Sediments of Borehole R-l, Svilengrad. Geoló­gica Balcánica, 10, 2, Sofia.

Krach, W . , 1981: Baderískie utwory rafowe na roztoczu Lubelskim oraz álimaki skrzydlonogi/ Pteropoda/ w miocène Polski i ich znaczenie stratigraficzne. Prace geologiczne, 121, Warszawa.

Lucy, I.; Costa, Martini, E . , 1981: Dinoflagel-laten-Gemeinschaft aus dem hoheren Eozan der Bohrung Kressenberg 7 /Bayern/ und Korrela-tion zu den Nannoplankton-Zonen. Geológica Bavarica, 82, pp. 315-318. Munchen.

Martini, E . , 1981: Nannoplankton in der Ober-Kreide, im Alttertiâ und im tieferen Jungtèrtiar von Süddeutschland und dem angrenzenden O s -terreich. Geológica Bavarica, 82, pp. 345-356, Munchen.

Stancheva, M . , 1981: The Dacian Stage from North-eastern Bulgaria and its ostracod fauna. Geológica Balcánica, 11, 1, Sofia.

Project 29

Brasier, M . D . , 1980: The Lower Cambrian transgression and glauconite-phosphate facies in western Europe. J. geol. Soc. Lond. 137, 10 pages (in press).

Cao Rui-ji; Zhao Wen-jie, 1980: Subdivision and correlation of Precambrian strata in China (in Chinese)

Conway Morris, S. ; Fritz, W . H . , 1980: Shelly microfossils near the P C - £ bdy, Mackenzie Mts . , N W Canada. Nature. 286 (5771), pp. 381-384.

Fedonkin, M . A . , 1980 •-: Fossil traces of Pre­cambrian metazoa. Isvest. Akad. nauk. USSR, ser. geol. 1, pp. 39-46.

, 1980 : Vendian fauna of N . of Russian platform, pp. 21-30, in Palaeontology and Stratigraphy (Report of Soviet geologists at Internat. Geol. Congres) Nauka, Moscow.

, 1980 : Early stages of evolution of metazoa on the basis of palaeoichnological data. Journ. General Biology 41 (2), pp. 226-233.

Fritz, W . H . , 1980: International Precambrian-Cambrian Boundary Working Group's 1979 field study to Mackenzie Mountains, Northwest Terri­tories, Canada. Geol. Surv. Canada, Paper 80-1A, pp. 41-45.

Grigor'eva, N . V . , 1980: On the question of the microstructures of chiolitelmints, pp. 30-34 in Palaeontology, Stratigraphy. (Report of Soviet geologists at the International Geological Con­gress). Moscow, Nauka.

84

Jiang Zhiwen, 1980: Monoplacophorans and gas­tropods fauna of the Meishucun Stage from the Meischucun section, Yunnan. Acta Geológica Sinica 2, pp. 112-123, pis.

Kroner, A.;etal . , 1980: Palaeomagnetism of late Precambrian to early Palaeozoic Mixtite-bearing formations in Namibia (South West Africa); the N a m a Group and Blaubeker For­mation. A m e r . Journ. Sci. 280, pp. 942-968.

Landing, E.jetal., 1980: A microfauna asso­ciated with Early Cambrian trilobites of the Callavia Zone northern Antigonish Highlands, Nova Scotia. Can. Journ. Earth Sci. 17 (3), pp. 400-418.

Lu Yan-Hao; et al., 1980: Correlation of C a m ­brian System in China (in Chinese).

Palmer, A . R . , 1980: Project 29 Precambrian-Cambrian Boundary pp. 29-31 in U . S . con­tributions to the International Geological Corre­lation Programme. Washington, D . C .

Peel, J .S. , 1980: Early Cambrian microfossils from the Portfjeld Formation, Peary Land, eastern North Greenland. Rapp. Gronlands Geol. Unders^ig. 100, pp. 15-17.

Qian, Yi. , 1980: Sinian-Cambrian Boundary in China (in Chinese).

Rozanov, A . Y u . , 1980: The centres of the ori­gin of Cambrian fauna, pp. 30-34, in Palae­ontology and Stratigraphy (report of Soviet geologists at Int. Geol. Congr. Nauka, M o s ­cow (in Russian).

; Sokolov, B . S . , 1980: The problem of the Precambrian-Cambrian boun­dary. Geol. M a g . 117 (1), pp. 23-27.

Shergold, J . H . ; Druce, E . C . , 1980: Upper Proterozoic and Lower Palaeozoic rocks of the Geogina Basin. In Henderson, R . A . and Stephenson, P.J. (eds.) Geology and Geophy-. sics of northeastern Australia. Geol. Soc. Aust. (Queensland Divn), Brisbane.

Sokolov, B.S.;etal. (eds.), 1980: Palaeontolo­gy, stratigraphy. Repts. Soviet Geologists. 26th Internat. Geol. Congr. Acad. Sci. USSR. Nauka. pp. 1-235, plates (in Russian).

, 1980: The Vendian system: Pre­cambrian geobiological environment, pp. 9-24 in Palaeontology and Stratigraphy (Report of Soviet geologists at Internat. Geol. Congr.) Nauka, Moscow (in Russian).

Walter, M . R . , 1980: Late Proterozoic tillites of the southwestern Georgina Basin, Australia. In Harland, W . B . (ed. ) Pre-Pleistocene tilli­tes: a record of the Earth's glacial history.

, 1980: Adelaidean and Early Cambrian stratigraphy, southwestern Georgina Basin: correlation chart and explanatory notes. Rept. Bur. Min. Resour. Aust. 214.

"Short papers for the Second International S y m ­posium on the Cambrian System 1981", USGS Open-File Report 81-743, pp. 1-252; including following papers: Chairman's Introduction (Cowie, J . W . ) ; Ptychopariid trilobites in the Lower Cambrian of Scandinavia (Ahlberg, P . ); Lower Cambrian biostratigraphy in Scandina­via (Bergstrom, J. ); Micropalaeontology and biostratigraphy of the Lower Cambrian sequen­ce in Scandinavia (Vidal, G . ); Precambrian

fauna of the Russian platform (Fedonkin, M . A . ) ; Vendian and Cambrian palaeogeography of the East-European Platform (Brangulis, A . P . et al. ); Palaeoichnology of Precambrian-Cam­brian transition (Fedonkin, M . A . ) ; The succes­sion of skeletal fossils in the basal Lower C a m ­brian of southeastern Newfoundland (Bengtson, S. ; Fletcher, T . ) ; Faunal sequence within the Lower Cambrian "Non-Trilobite" Zone (S.L.) of central England and correlated regions (Brasier, M . D . ; Hewitt, R . A . ); The Precam-brian-Lower Cambrian formations of northwest­ern Argentina (Aceñolaza, F . G . ; Toselli, A . J. ); Precambrian-Cambrian boundary in Korea (Chang, H . C . ) ; Precambrian-Cambrian refe­rence section in Mongolia (Drozdova, N . A . et al. ); Shelly fossil assemblages and the trace fossil sequence in the Meischucun Stage, China (Jiang, Z . ); Discovery of the Tommotian Fauna in South-west China and its bearing on the pro­blem of the Precambrian-Cambrian Boundary (Yuan, K . ; Zhang, S. ); The biostratigraphy distribution of Lower Cambrian trilobites in South-west China (Zhon, Z . ; Yuan, J.).

Project 32

Stratigraphie correlation between sedimentary basins of the E S C A P region: Volume V . E S -C A P Atlas of Stratigraphy I - Burma, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand. United Nations, Mineral Resources Development Series N o . 44, 1978.

Stratigraphie correlation between sedimentary basins of the E S C A P region: Volume VII. E S ­C A P Atlas of Stratigraphy II - Australia, Ja­pan. United Nations, Mineral Resources Deve­lopment Series N o . 46, 1980.

E S C A P Atlas of Stratigraphy; Sedimentary Basin of the E S C A P Region, First edition, Sheets N 1 to 7 and S 1 to 5 and the Index of the first edition map sheets, 1980.

Project 41

Alekseev, M . N . ; Golubeva, L . V . , 1981: On stratigraphy of the Eopleistocene, Lower and Middle Pleistocene of the Primorie. Bull. K o m . po izucheniyu tschetver. perioda, N 51.

Colalongo, M . L . ; Pasini, G . , 1980: La Ostra-cofauna plio-pleistocenica della Sezione Vrica in Calabria (con considerazioni sul limite Neo-gene (Quaternario). Bull. Soc. Paleont. 2t, Vol. 19, n. 1, pp. 44-126).

; et al., 1980: Neogene-Quater-nario e depinizione del relativo stratotipo nella sezione Vrica (Calabria). Paleontología strati-grafica ed Evoluzione. Quaderno N . 1.

Kamaletdinov, M . A . ; Yakhimovich, V . Ya . (eds.) 1980: Fauna and ñora of Voevodsky (stratigra­phy and palaeontology). Collected papers. Ufa.

Lindsay, E .H . ; e t a l . , 1980: Correlation of Siwa-lik faunas. In: Jacobs, Louis, L . (ed. ), A s ­pects of Vertebrate History: Essays in Honor of Edwin Harris Colbert. Museum of Northern Arizona Press, Flagstaff.

85

Lindsay, E . H . ; Opdyke, N . D . etal., 1980: Pliocene dispersal of the horse Equus and late Cenozoic mammalian dispersal events. Nature, Vol. 287, N o . 5778, pp. 135-138.

Te Punga, M . T . , 1981: The Pliocene/Pleisto­cene boundary and the Nukumaruan Stage, New Zealand. New Zealand Geol. Survey. Depart­ment of Scientific and Industrial Research. New Zealand.

Yakhimovich, V . Ya . (éd.), 1981: Experience of correlation between Pliocene and Pleistocene deposits in the Volga-Urals province (expla­natory note to the stratigraphie scheme). The Bashkir branch of the USSR Academy of Scien­ces, Ufa.

Pliocene-Pleistocene Boundary in the South­western United States, 1981. Field Guide, In­tern. Field Conference N / Q boundary, IGCP Projects 41 and 128.

Project 42

A m o s , A . J . , 1981: Correlación de las forma­ciones Carbónicas y Pérmicas de Argentina. A n . Acad. Bras. Ciênc., Vol. 53, N o . 2, pp. 347-356.

; Lopes Gamundi, O . , 1981: Los diamictitos del Paleozoico Superior en Argen­tina: su edad e interpretación. Actas VIII Congr. Geol. Argentino, T . III, pp. 41-58.

Archangelsky, S . , 1981: Recientes avanços en los estudios paleobotánicos y palinológicos del Carbónico y Pérmico de Argentina. A n . Acad. Bras. Cieñe., Vol. 53, N o . 2, pp. 375-384.

, 1981: Estudios fitopaleoeco-logicos en el Paleozoico Superior del Oeste de Chubut, Argentina. A n . II Congr. Latino-A m e r . Paleont., Porto Alegre, Brazil, Vol.1, pp. 141-156.

Azcuy, C . L . ; Laffitte, G . , 1981: Palinologia de la Cuenca Noroeste Argentina. I Caracte­rísticas de las asociaciones carbónicas: pro­blemas e interpretación. Actas VIII Congr. Geol. Argent., Vol. 4, pp. 823-838.

; Morelli, J . R . , 1981: Correla­tion of stratigraphie units of the Paganzo Basin, Argentina. A n . Acad. Bras. Ciênc, Vol. 53, N o . 2, pp. 357-360.

Benedetto, G . , 1980: Sintesis bioestratigráfica del Paleozoico tardfo de la Sierra de Perijá, Venezuela. A n . Acad. Bras. Ciênc, Vol. 52, N o . 4, pp. 827-839.

, 1981: Bioestratigrafia del Neo-paleozoico de los Andes de Venezuela: una síntesis actualizada. A n . Acad. Bras. Ciênc., Vol. 52, N o . 4, pp. 844-850.

Bernardes de Oliveira, M . E . C . , 1980: Nouveau genre neuromariopteridien fertile de la flore à Glossopteris du Bassin du Paraná au Brésil. Bol. Inst. G e o c , Vol. 11, pp. 113-119.

; Carvalho, R . G . de, 1981: Frutificaçoes femininas de Glos-sopteridófitas da Formaçao Rio Bonito, Grupo Tubarao, Estado de Santa Catarina, Brasil. A n . II Congr. Latino-Amer. Paleont., Porto Alegre, Brazil, Vol. I, pp. 181-199.

Castaños, A . ; Rodrigo, L . A . , 1980: Paleozoico Superior de Bolivia. A n . Acad. Bras. Ciênc., Vol. 52, N o . 4, pp. 851-866.

Herbst, R . , 1981: Guairea milleri nov. gen. et sp. y Guaireaceae, nueva familia de los Osnun-dales (sensu lato) del Pérmico Superio de Pa­raguay. Ameghiniana, Vol. 18, pp. 35-50.

, 1981: Sobre la presencia de Giro-gonites de Leonardosia langei Sommer (Cha-rales, Porocharaceae) en el Pérmico Superior de Paraguay y Brasil. A n . II Congr. Latino-A m e r . Paleont., Porto Alegre, Brasil, Vol. I, pp. 249-256.

Hervé, F . etal., 1981: The Late Palaeozoic in Chile: stratigraphy, structure and possible tec­tonic framework. A n . Acad. Bras. Ciênc., Vol. 53, N o . 2, pp. 351-373.

Hünicken, M . , etal., 1981: Sedimentitos paleo­zoicos. In: Geologia y Recursos Naturales de la Provincia de San Luis. VIII Congr. Geol. Argent., San Luis, Relatórios, pp. 55-77.

Rocha-Campos, A . C . , 1981: Late Palaeozoic "Série Tiirtica" of Mozambique. In: M . J. Hambrey and W . B . Harland (eds. ), Earth's pre-Pleistocene glacial record, pp. 52-54, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge.

, 1981: Late Palaeozoic tillites of the Sergipe-Alagoas basin, Rondônia and Mato Grosso, Brasil. In: M . J . Hambrey and W . B . Harland (eds.). Earth's pre-Pleisto­cene glacial record, pp. 838-841, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge.

, 1981: The Itararé Sub­group, Aquidauana Group and San Gregorio For­mation, Paraná Basin, southeastern South A m e ­rica. In: M . J . Hambrey and W . B . Harland (eds.), Earth's pre-Pleistocene glacial record, pp. 842-852, Cambridge Univ. Press, C a m ­bridge.

; Santos, P . R . dos, 1981: Late Palaeozoic tillites of the Lutôe Series, A n ­gola. In: M . J . Hambrey and W . B . Harland (eds.), Earth's pre-Pleistocene glacial record, pp. 48-51, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge.

; , 1981: Contributions to Late Palaeozoic palaeoclima-tology of South America: 1970-1979. An. Acad. Bras. Ciênc., Vol. 53, N o . 2, pp. 385-391.

; Sundaram, D . , 1981: Geo­logical and palynological observations on Late Palaeozoic varvites from the Itararé Subgroup, Paraná Basin, Brazil. A n . II Congr. Latino-A m e r . Paleont., Porto Alegre, Brasil, Vol. I, pp. 257-275.

, etal., 1981: Geological, palynological and palaeomagnetic investigations on Late Palaeozoic varvites from the Paraná Basin, Brazil. Atas 3° Simp. Geol. Regional, Soc. Bras. Geol., Núcleo Sao Paulo, Vol. 2, pp. 162-175.

Sabattini, N . , 1980: Una nueva specie de Clado-chonus M ' C o y (Cnidaria) del Carbónico de la Formación Hoyada Verde (Provincia de San Juan). Ameghiniana, Vol. 17, N o . 2, pp. 105-108.

86

Sabattini, N . , 1980: Gastrópodos marinos car­bónicos y pérmicos de la Sierra de Barreal (Provincia de San Juan). Ameghiniana, Vol. 17, N o . 2, pp. 109-119.

Sundaram, D . ; Carvalho, R . G . d e , 1981: Paly-nological observations on Devonian Sediments from Paraná Basin, Brazil. A n . II Congr. Latino-Amer. Paleont. Porto Alegre, Brasil, Vol. I, pp. 79-84.

Valencio, D . A . , 1981: Magnetic correlation of sequences of sediments and igneous rocks as­signed to the Late Palaeozoic and Triassic from northwestern Argentina. A n . Acad. Bras. Ciênc., Vol. 53, N o . 2, pp. 393-397.

Project 44

Acenolaza, F . G . ; Toselli, A . , 1981: The Pre-cambrian-Lower Cambrian formations in the northwestern Argentina. Short papers, Open-file. US Geological Survey.

; , 1981: Geologfa del Noroeste Argentino. Univ. Nac. Tucumán, pp. 212.

Alonso, R . M . ; Marquillas, R . A . , 1981: Tra­zas fósiles de la formación Campanario (Gru­po Mesón, Cámbrico) en el Norte Argentino. Rev. Inst. Cieñe. Geol., 4, pp. 95-100, San Salvador de Jujuy.

Baldis, B . A . ; Bordonaro, O . , 1981 : Vincu­lación entre el Cámbrico del Noroeste de M é ­xico y la Precordillera Argentina. Act. II Congr. Latinoam. Paleontología, pp. 1-10, Puerto Alegre.

; , 1981 : Evolu­ción de fases carbonáticas en la cuenca cám­brica de la Precordillera de San Juan. Act. VIII Congr. Geol. Arg. , II, pp. 385-397.

; Gonzalez, S . B . , 1981: Conoci­miento actual de los trilobites acastidos de Sudamérica. Act. II Congr. Latinoam. Paleon­tología, pp. 59-69, Puerto Alegre.

; , 1981: Primeros trilobites devónicos del subsuelo de la llanura Chaco-bonaerense. Comunic. M u s . Arg. Cieñe. Nat.B.Rivadavia, 1(6), pp. 45-57.

; Beresi, M . S . , 1981: Biofacies de culminación del ciclo deposicional calcáreo del Arenigiano en el Oeste Argentino. Act. II Congr. Latinoam. Paleontología, pp. 11-17, Puerto Alegre.

; Uliarte, E . et al., 1981: El frente estructural de la Precordillera mendo-cina. Bol. Cieñe. Nat. yAntrop., J . C . Moya-no. 1, pp. 7-11, Mendoza.

; Bordonaro, O . L . et al., 1981: Zona de dispersión estromatolftica en la se­cuencia calcáreo-dolomftica del Paleozoico inferior de San Juan. Act. VIII. Congr. Geol. Arg. , II, pp. 419-434.

Beresi, M . , 1981: Fauna y ambiente en los sedimentos carbonáticos arenigianos de Tala-casto (San Juan). Act. VIII Congr. Geol. Arg. , II, pp. 399-417.

Branissa, L . ; Eldredge, N . , 1980 : Calmoniid Trilobites of the Lower Devonian Scaphiocoelia zona of Bolivia, with remarks on related spe­

cies. Bull .Amer.Museum Natural History, V 165(2), pp. 181-290.

Davidson, J.; Mpodozis, L . , et al., 1981: El Paleozoico de Sierra de Almeida, al Oeste de Monturaqui, Alta Cordillera de Anfofagasta, Chile. Rev. Geol. Chile, 12, pp. 3-2 3.

Fernandez Garrasino, C ; Cerdán, J . A . , 1981: La Formación Santa Rosa (Devónico Inferior) en la Argentina y sus posibles equivalentes. Act. VIII Congr. Geol. Arg. , III, pp. 193-202.

Gonzalez Diaz, E . F . , 1981: Nuevos argumentos a favor del desdoblamiento de la denominada "Serie de la Horqueta" del bloque de San Rafael. Act. VIII Congr. Geol. Arg. , Ill, pp. 241-254.

Martinez, C . , 1980: Structure et évolution de la chaîne hercynienne et de la chaine andine dans le nord de la Cordillère des Andes de Bolivie. 319 p . , O R S T O M . Paris.

Ortiz, A . ; Zambrano, J.J., 1981: La Provincia geológica Pre-cordillerana oriental. Act. VIII Congr.Geol. Arg. , III, pp. 59-74.

Pothe, D . B . d e , 1981: Paleomicroplancton y m i -croesporas del Ludloviano inferior de la For­mación Los Espejos. Rev. Esp. Micropaleonto-logfa, XIII(2), pp. 231-265.

Valencio, D . A . , 1980: Palaeomagnetism of lower Ordovician and upper Precambrian rocks from Argentina. Geomagnetismo and Geoelectricity, 32 supl., Ill, pp. 71-75.

, et al., 1980: Paleomagnetismo y edades radimétricas de algunas formaciones neoprecámbricas y eopaleozoicas de la Argen­tina. Asoc.Geol.Arg., Rev. XXXV(3), pp. 421-433.

Volkheimer, W . , et al., 1980: Quitinozoos ordo-vícicos de la Formación Gualcamayo en su loca­lidad tipo al sureste de Guandacol, Precordil­lera de La Rioja. Act. II Congr. Arg. Pal. Bio-estrat., y I Congr. Latinoam., I, pp. 23-35.

, et al., 1980: Una microflora ordovicica de la Formación Mojotoro, Provin­cia de Salta. Asoc. Geol. Arg. , Rev. X X X V (3), pp. 401-416.

; Melendi, D . L . , 1981: Datos palinológicos del Ordovfcico de la F . Talacasto, Provincia de San Juan, República Argentina.

Project 53

Amsden, T . W . , 1980: Hunton Group (late Ordo-vician, Silurian and Early Devonian) in the Ar -koma Basin of Oklahoma: Okla. Geol. Survey, Bull. 129, 136 p . , 12 pis., 3 panels maps.

, et al., 1981: Palaeoenviron-ment of Fitzhugh Member of Clarita Formation (Silurian, Wenlockian) Southern Oklahoma: Okla. Geol. Survey Circular 83, 54 p . , 7 pis.

Antia, D . D . J . , 1980: Shell laminae and shell orientation in the upper Silurian, Overton For­mation, U K . Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimato-logy, Palaeoecology 32, pp. 119-133.

Baird, G . C . ; Brett, C . E . , 1981: Submarine dis­continuities and sedimentary condensation in the upper Hamilton Group: Palaeoslope deposits in the Cayuga Valley. N . Y . State Geol. Assoc. Guidebook. 53rd Ann. Mtg. Binghamton, N . Y . , pp. 115-145.

87

Bassett, M . C . , étal., 1981: The Downton Series as the fourth Series of the Silurian Sys­tem. IUGS.

, 1981: Key points for correlation in the Silurian of Gotland. Sver. Geol. Unders. Rapporter och meddelanden nr 25 p. 4.

Boucot, A . J . ; Perry, D . G . , 1981: Lower D e ­vonian Brachiopod Communities of the Cordil-leran Region: in J. Gray, A . J . Boucot, and W . B . N . Berry (eds.), Communities of the Past, Hutchinson Ross, pp. 185-222.

; Janis, C , 1981: Shoreline pro­ximity distribution of vertebrates during the pre-Devonian: in S. Laufeld, (ed. ) Proj. Eco-stratigraphy Plenary Meeting, Gotland, 1981, Sveriges Geol. Undersok., Rapp. meddel. nr. 25, p. 7.

; Bourque, P . A . , 1981: Brachio­pod biostratigraphy of the Llandoverian rocks of the Gaspe Peninsula: in Field Meeting, Anticosti-Gaspe, Quebec, 1981, Volume II; Stratigraphy Palaeontology (ed. ) P . J. Lespe-rance, IUGS, Subcommission on Silurian Stra­tigraphy, Ordovician-Silurian Boundary Group pp. 215-321.

Brett, C . E . , 1981: Silurian Palaeontology (Chapter 6), pp. 123-146. In:I.H. Tesmer (ed. ) Colossal Cataract: The Geologic History of Niagara Falls. State University of N . Y . Press. Albany, 219 p.

, 1981: (Silurian) Depositional en­vironments and fossil distribution (Chapter 7), pp. 147-162. In I.H. Tesmer (ed. ). Colossal Cataract: The Geologic History of Niagara Falls. State University of N . Y . Press. Alba­ny, 219 p.

Cai Chong-yang, 1981: On the occurrence of Archaeopteris in China. Acta Paleontológica Sinica, Vol. 20, N o . 1, pp. 75-80.

Chlupac, I., etal., 1980: Field Trip E : Bar-randian. In: Second European Conodont S y m ­posium (ECOS II), Guide book Abstracts. Abh.Geol. B . - A . , Vol. 35, pp. 147-180, 16 figs., 9 pis., Vienna.

Chorowska, M . ; Obère, J., 1980: The strati­graphy and tectonics of the uppermost Silurian and Lower Devonian of the Zdanow section (Gory Bardzkie Mts . , Sudety Mts) in the light of conodont studies, ibidem, 24 (2) pp. 193-216, Warszawa.

Dixon, O . A . , etal., 1981: Event correlation in Late Silurian Rocks of the Canadian Arctic. Bull. A m e r . Ass. Petrol. Geol. pp. 303-311.

Droste, J . B . ; Shaver, R . H . , 1980: Recogni­tion of buried Silurian reefs in south-western Indiana: application to the Terre Haute Bank: Jour. Geology, Vol. 88, pp. 567-587.

Einasto, R . , 1981: On the relationship of the Jaagarahu, Pangamagi and Maasi stratotype sections (Middle Wenlockian of Estonia). E N S V Tead. Akad. Toimetised, Geol., 30, pp. 111-117 (in Russian, English summary).

Forney, G . G . , etal., 1981: Silurian and Lower Devonian Zoogeography of selected molluscan Genera. In Communities of the Past, Hutchin­son Ross Pub. C o . , pp. 119-164.

Gourvennec, R . , 1981: (inédit) Le genre Howel-lella (Brachiopoda) en Europe de l'Ouest au Siluro-Dévonien. M e m . Thèse 3ème cycle, Brest Lyon, 215 p . , 5 pi.

Havlicek, V . , 1981: Development of a linear sedimentary depression exemplified by the Pra­gue Basin (Ordovician-Middle Devonian; Bar-randian area - central Bohemia). Sbor. geol. Ved, Géologie, pp. 7-48, Praha.

Holland, C . H . , 1980: Silurian series and stages: decisions concerning chronostratigraphy. Lethaia, 12, 238.

Jaeger, H . ; Schonlaub, H . B . , 1980: Silur und Devon nordlich der Gundersheimer Aim in den Karnischen Alpen (Osterreich). Carinthia II, Vol. 170/90, pp. 403-444, 3 figs., 5 pis., Klagenfurt.

, etal., 1981: The Pridoli Series as the fourth series of the Silurian System. A Submission to the Subcommission on Silurian Stratigraphy, pp. 1-41.

Jones, B . , 1981: Review of the Silurian brachio­pod Stegerhynchus. Palaeontology, Vol. 24, pp. 93-113.

Krasnov, V . I . , 1980: Attitude to the concept "ecostratigraphy" and the significance of the palaeoecological and facies studies in stratigra­phy. In: Ecostratigraphy of the sedimentary basins of Siberia. Novosibirsk, SNIIGGIMS, pp. 7-23 (in Russian).

, etal., 1980: Middle Palaeozoic organic buildups of Western Siberia. In: Eco­stratigraphy of the sedimentary basins of Siberia. Novosibirsk, SNIIGGIMS, pp. 38-52 (in Russian).

Laufeld, S . , 1981: The whole environment -Si­lurian Slite Beds, Gotland - Introduction of a new subproject. Sver. Geol. Unders. Rappor­ter och meddelanden, nr. 25, pp. 20-21.

, (ed. ) 1981: Proceedings of Project Ecostratigraphy Plenary Meeting, Gotland, 1981. Sver. Geol. Unders. Rapporter och meddelan­den nr. 25, 38 pp.

, 1981: Gustaf Linnarsson 1841-1881. SGU-Information 1981 (9), pp. 18-19, 22.

; Bassett, M . G . , 1981: Gotland: the anatomy of a Silurian carbonate platform. Episodes 1981 (2), pp. 23-27.

; Martinsson, A . , 1981: Reefs and ultrashallow environments. Guidebook to the field excursions in the Silurian of Gotland, Pro­ject Ecostratigraphy Plenary Meeting 22nd-28th August 1981. 24 pp. Museum Dept., Geol. Surv. Sweden.

Li Ji-jin; Ge Mei-yu, 1981: Development and Systematic Position of Akidograptoids. Acta Palaeontologica Sinica, Vol. 20, N o . 3, pp. 225-234.

Martinsson, A . , 1980: Ecostratigraphy: limits of applicability. Lethaia 13, p. 363.

_ , 1981: State of the art in Down-tonian ostracode correlation. Sver. Geol. U n ­ders. Rapporter och meddelanden nr. 25, pp. 23-24.

Miaczewski, L . , 1981: Dewon ponocno-wschod-niej Lubelszczyzny (Devonian in north-western Lublin region, Eastern Poland). Prace Inst. Geol., 101 p. Warszawa (in Polish, English sum. )

88

Paris, F . ; Laufeld, S . , étal., 1981: Chitino-zoa of the Silurian-Devonian boundary strato­types in Bohemia. Sver. Geol. Unders. Ca 51, 29 pp.

Paskevicius, I., 1980: A n ecostratigraphical model of the East Baltic Silurian. Sci. papers of the high schools of the Lit. SSR, Geol., vol. 1, pp. 16-33 (in Russian).

Pushkin, V . I . , etal., 1981: Silurian stratigra­phy of Byelorussia. In: Materials on the stra­tigraphy of Byelurussia. Minsk, "Nauka i Technika", pp. 41-46 (in Russian).

; Kruchek, S . A . , 1978: Position of the Silurian-Devonian boundary and strati­graphy of the Lower Devonian of Byelorussia. Dokl. Acad. Sci. BSSR, Vol. 22, nr. 11.

Racheboeuf, P . , 1981: Chonetaces (Brachiopo-des) silurien et dévoniens du sud-ouest de l'Europe. Systématique, phylogénie, biostra­tigraphie, paléobiogéographie. M e m . Soc. géol. minerai. Bretagne, 27, 295pp., 35 pi. (à paraître en novembre 1981).

; Havlicek, V . , 1980: Choneta-cea (Brachiopides) du Silurien et du Dévonien de Bohême. Ann. Palé ont., 65, 2,pp. 69-138, 15 pi.

Rohr, D . M . , 1980: Ordovician-Devonian Gas­tropoda from the Klamath Mountains, Cali­fornia. Palaeontographica Abt. A 171, pp.141-199.

Rubel, M . , 1981: On the properties of paléonto­logie clocks. In: Joint Ann. G A C / M A C Meet­ing, Univ. Calgary. Abstracts, Vol.6, p . A - 4 9 .

Sanford, J . T . ; Mosher, R . E . , 1981: The appli­cation of quantitative analysis to the solution of stratigraphie problems. The-whole environ­ment. Silurian Slite Beds, Gotland. Sver. Geol. Unders. Rapporter och meddelanden nr. 25, pp. 29-30.

Savage, N . M . , 1981: A reassessment of the age of some Palaeozoic brachiopods from south-easternAlaska. Jour. Palaeontology 55, pp. 353-369.

Schonlaub, H . P . , 1980: Field Trip A : Carnic Alps. In: Second European Conodont Sympo­sium (ECOS II, Guidebook, Abstracts. Abh. Geol. B . - A . , Vol. 35, pp. 5-57, 29 figs., 10 pis., Vienna.

, etal., 1980: Conodontenstra-tigraphie a m Steirischen Erzberg (Nôrdliche Grauwackenzone). Jb. Geol. B . - A . , Vol. 123/1, pp. 169-229, 11 figs, 7 pis., 1 geol. Map s

Vienna. Selden, P . A . , 1981: Functional morphology of

the prosoma of Baltoeurypterus tetragonoph-thalmus (Fischer) Chelicerata: Eurypterida). Trans, roy. Soc. Edinb. Earth Sciences 72, pp. 9-48.

Siveter, David J., 1980: British Silurian Beyri-chiacea (Ostracoda). Palaeontogr. Soc. (Mo-nogr.). (1), pp. 1-76, 27 pis.

Snajdr, M . , 1981: Bohemian Proetidae with malformed exoskeletons (Trilobita). Sbor. geol. Ved, Paléontologie, 24, pp. 37-61, pi. 1-8. Praha.

, 1981: Ontogeny of some represen­tatives of the trilobite genus Scharyia. Sbor.

geol. Ved, Paléontologie, 24, pp. 7-35, pi. 1-12. Praha.

Sokolov, B . S . , 1980: Ecostratigraphy and eco­systems of the geological past. In: Papers of the XXII sess. of the Allun. Palaeont. S o c , Leningrad, "Nauka", pp. 4-12 (in Russian).

Tomczyk, H . ; Tomczykowa, E . , 1981: Korelac-ja biostratygraficzna syluru w Europie (Biostra-tigraphic correlation of the Silurian in Europe). Przegl. geol., 6, pp. 283-291 (in Polish with English summary). Warszawa.

; , 1981: Rozwoj badan syluru i najnizszego dewonu w Gorach Swietokrzyskich. (Development in investigation of Silurian and lowermost Devonian in Holy Cross Mts. ). Guide to Polish Geol. Assoc. Meeting in Kielce., Warszawa.

; , 1980: Develop­ment in correlation and stratigraphie nomencla­ture of Silurian and lowermost Devonian of Polan, Bull. Acad. Sci., ser. sci. terre, Vol. 28 (1), (1978), pp. 31-42. Warszawa.

Wang Yu; Boucot, A . J., etal., 1981: Two new Devonian Chonetid (Brachiopoda) Genera from the South China region. Acta Palaeontologica Sinica, Vol. 20, N o . 4, pp. 293-296.

Wang Zheng-quan, 1980: Part of Longmenshan Range, Szechuan Province with comment on the Boundary between Middle and Lower Devonian. Professional Papers of Stratigraphy and Palae­ontology, N o . 9, pp. 115-167.

Project 58

Ammonoids from Japan 7. Upper Cretaceous ammonites. (Ed. T . Matsumoto) Atlas of Japa­nese Fossils 50, pp. 1-24 (in Japanese).

Ammonoids from Japan 8. Upper Cretaceous ammonites. (Ed. T . Matsumoto) Atlas of Japa­nese Fossils 51, pp. 1-24 (in Japanese).

Arthur, M . A . ; Dean, W . E . ; Pollastro, R . , 1980: Oxic-anoxic and carbonate cycles in Cre­taceous organic carbon-rich marine strata. American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Bulletin 64 (5), pp. 671-672.

; Jenkyns, H . C . , 1981: Phospho­rites and palaeoceanography.

Babinot, J. F . , 1980: Les Ostracodes du Crétacé supérieur de Provence. Thèse de Doctorat. Aix en Provence: Université de Marseille.

Barron, E . J . , 1981: Palaeogeography as a cli­matic forcing factor. Geologische Rundschau 70 (2), pp. 737-747.

Bengtson, P . , 1980: Cretaceous transgressions and regressions in focus. Cretaceous Research 1 (1), pp. 86-88.

, 1980: Depositional history and ammonite biostratigraphy of the Cenomanian-Coniacian of Sergipe, Brazil. 26e Congrès géologique international, Paris, 7-17 juillet 1980, Résumés, Abstracts 1, p. 203.

, 1980: The mid-Cretaceous of the Alagoas-Pernambuco coastal area in Brazil. 26 è Congrès géologique international, Paris, 7-17 juillet 1980, Résumés, Abstracts l,p. 202.

89

Berthou, P . Y . étal., 1980: Aperçu sur les Kystes de Dinoflagellés de l'Albien et du Céno-manien du Bassin Occidental Portugais. Cre­taceous Research 1 (2), pp. 125-141.

Caron, M . , 1981: Un nouveau genre de forami-fère planctonique du Crétacé: Falsotruncata nov. gen. Eclogae geologicae Helvetiae 74 (1), pp. 65-73.

Chamley, H . , 1981: Long-term trends in clay deposition in the ocean. Oceanologica Acta, Supplement au Volume 4, Colloque 4, pp. 105-110.

Chen,Pei-ji, etal. ,1981: Studies on the Late M e -sozoic continental formations of Western Liao-ning. Bulletin of the Nanjing Institute of Geo­logy and Palaeontology, Academia Sinica 1, pp. 22-55 (in Chinese).

Cobban, W . A . ; Hook, S . C . , 1 9 8 0 : The Upper Cretaceous (Turonian) Ammonite family Coi-lopoceratidae Hyatt in the Western Interior of the United States. U . S . Geological Survey Professional Paper 1192, pp. 1-28.

Damotte, R . ; Rey, J., 1980: Ostracodes du Crétacé inférieur d'Estremadura (Portugal). Revue de Micrapaléontologie 23 (1), pp. 16-36.

Dingle, R . V . , 1980: Sedimentary basins on the continental margins of South Africa. Erdol und Kohle-Erdgas-Petrochemie vereinigt mit Brennstoff-Chemie 33 (10), pp. 457-463.

Dodson, M . M . ; Reyment, R . A . , 1980: Analy­sis of the extinction of the Late Cretaceous foraminifer Afrobolivina afra. Cretaceous Research 1 (2), pp. 143-164.

Douglas, R . G . , etal., 1980: Deep-sea benthic foraminifera and their biostratigraphic poten­tial. American Association of Petroleum Geo­logists, Bulletin 64 (5), 700.

Fischer, A . G . , 1980: Gilbert-Bedding rhythms and geochronology. Geological Society of A m e ­rica, Special Paper 183, pp. 93-104.

Hart, M . B . , 1980: The recognition of Mid-Cre­taceous sea-level changes by means of Fora­minifera. Cretaceous Research 1(4), pp. 289-297.

Jablonski, D . I . , 1980: Apparent versus real biotic effects of transgressions and regressions Paleobiology 6 (4), pp. 397-407.

Juignet, P . , 1980: Transgression-régressions, variations eustatiques et influences tectoniques de l'Aptien au Maastrichtien dans le Bassin de Paris Occidental et sur la bordure du Massif armoricain. Cretaceous Research 1 (4), pp. 341-357.

Kennedy, W . J . , etal., 1980: Albian and Ceno-manian ammonites from the island of Bornholm (Denmark). Bulletin of the Geological Society of Denmark 29 (4), pp. 203-244.

; ,1981: Upper Cenoma-nian ammonites from Anjou and the Vendée, western France. Palaeontology 24 (1), pp. 25-84.

; Juignet, P . , 1981: Upper Ce-nomanian ammonites from the environs of Sau-mur, and the provenance of the types of A m ­monites vibrayeanus and Ammonites qeslinia-nus. Cretaceous Research 2 (1), pp. 19-49.

.,, etal., 1980: Collingnoceratid ammonites from the Mid-Turonian of England and northern France. Palaeontology 23 (3), pp. 557-603.

Klinger, H . C . ; Kennedy, W . J . , 1980: Creta­ceous faunas from Zululand and Natal, South Africa. The ammonite subfamility Texanitidae Collignon 1948. Annals of the South African Museum 80, pp. 1-357.

Kureshy, A . A . , 1980: Palaeobiography of Cre­taceous larger Foraminifera of Pakistan and the Caribbean region and their bearing on conti­nental drift. Cretaceous Research 1(2), pp. 93-100.

Lancelot, Y ; Winterer, E . L . , 1980: Evolution of the Moroccan oceanic basin and adjacent con­tinental margin: a synthesis. Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project 5 0, pp. 801-821.

Lipson-Benitah, S . , 1980: Albian to Coniacian zonation of the western coastal plains of Israel. Cretaceous Research 1 (1), pp. 3-12.

Marcinowski, R . , 1980: Cenomanian ammonites from German Democratic Republic, Poland, and the Soviet Union. Acta Geológica Polonica 30 (3), pp. 215-325.

Matsumoto, T . , 1980: Interregional correlation of transgressions and regressions in the Creta­ceous period. Cretaceous Research 1 (4), pp. 359-373.

, etal., 1980: Cephalopod faunule from the Cretaceous Yatsushiro Formation (Kyushu) and its implications. Transactions of the Proceedings of the Palaeontological So­ciety of Japan, New Series 118, pp. 325-338.

; Morozumi, Y . , 1980: Late Cretaceous ammonites from the Izumi Moun­tains, south-west Japan. Bulletin of the Osaka Museum of Natural History 33, pp. 1-31.

Morgan, R . , 1980: Eustacy in the Australian Early and Middle Cretaceous. Geological Sur­vey of New South Wales, Bulletin 27, pp. 1-105.

, 1980: Palynostratigraphy of the Australian Early and Middle Cretaceous. M e ­moirs of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, Palaeontology 18, pp. 1-153.

Môrner, N p A . , 1980: Relative sea-level, tectono-eustasy and geodynamics during the Cretaceous. Cretaceous Research 1 (4), pp. 329-340.

Naidin, D . P . , etal., 1980: Cretaceous trans­gressions and regressions on the Russian plat­form, in Crimea and Central Asia. Cretaceous Research 1 (4), pp. 375-387.

Oberhauser, R . , 1980: Der geologische Aufbau Ôsterreichs. 699 pp., Wien, New York: Springer.

(éd.), 1980: Der geologische Aufbau Osterreichs. 701 pp. Wien: Geologische Bundesanstalt.

Poignant, A . - F . , 1980: L'environnement des Algues rouges. Exemples des formes du Cré­tacé moyen d'Aquitaine. Compte rendus du 105e

Congrès national des Sociétés savantes, Caen 1980. Section des Sciences 2, pp. 313-322.

Reyment, R . A . , 1980: Biogeography of the Sana­ran Cretaceous and Palaeocene epicontinental transgressions. Cretaceous Research 1 (4), pp. 299-327.

90

Reyment, R . A . , 1980: Mid-Cretaceous events. IGCP Project 58. Nature and Resources (Unesco) 16 (2), pp. 28-34.

, 1980: Trends in Cretaceous and Tertiary geomagnetic reversals. Creta­ceous Research 1 (l), pp. 27-48.

; Bengtson, P . (eds.), 1981: Aspects of Mid-Cretaceous Regional Geology. 327 pp. London: Academic Press.

Riccardi, A . C . ; Rolleri, E . O . , 1980: Cordil­lera Patagónica Austral. Geologia Regional Argentina 2, pp. 1173-1306 (Cordoba).

Scheibnerová, V . , 1980: Comparative foramini-feral biostratigraphy of the Santos Oodnadatta N o . 1 section, South Australia. Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales 19 (1), pp. 85-138.

, 1981: Palaeogeographical implications of Cretaceous benthic foramini-fera recovered by the Deep Sea Drilling Pro­ject in the western South Atlantic Ocean. Cre­taceous Research 2 (1), pp. 1-28.

Schlanger, S . O . , etal., 1981: Volcanism and vertical tectonics in the Pacific basin related to global Cretaceous transgressions. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 52, pp. 435-449.

Schlee, J.; Jansa, L . F . , 1981: The palaeoen-vironment and development of the eastern North American continental margin. Oceanologica Acta, Supplément au volume 4, Colloque 3, pp. 71-80.

Speden, I .G. ; Keyes, I . W . (Compilers), 1981: Illustrations of New Zealand Fossils. A New Zealand Geological Survey Handbook. New Zealand Department of Scientific and Industrial Research Information Series 150, pp. 1-108.

Tanabe, K . , et al., 1980: The jaw apparatus of Scalarites mihoensis. a Late Cretaceous a m ­monite. Professor Saburo Kanno Memorial Volume pp. 159-165.

Teroaka, T . , et al., 1980: Stratigraphy of the Shimanto Supergroup in the Chikanaga area, west Shikoku, with special reference to the Miyakoan and Gyliakan Series. Bulletin of the Geological Survey of Japan 31 (7), pp. 307-319 (in Japanese with English summary).

Thiede, J., 1980: History of the North Atlantic Ocean: evolution of an asymmetric zonal palaeo-environment in a latitudinal ocean basin. In; Deep drilling results in the Atlantic Ocean; con­tinental margins and palaeoenvironment. (Ed. M . Talwani). Maurice Ewing Series, Proceed­ings of the Symposium (American Geophysical Union) 3, pp. 275-296.

, 1981: Reworking of Upper Meso-zoic and Cenozoic central Pacific deep-sea sediments. Nature 289, pp. 667-670.

, 1981: Sedimentation und physiogra-phische Entwicklung des Nordatlantiks seit dem mittleren Mesozoikum. Geologische Rundschau 70 (1), pp. 316-326.

Thierstein, H . R . , 1980: Cretaceous oceanic catastrophism. Paleobiology 6 (3), pp. 244-247.

, 1980: Selective dissolution of Late Cretaceous and Earliest Tertiary calca­reous nannofossils: experimental evidence.

Cretaceous Research 1 (2), pp. 165-176. Veevers, J.J. etal., 1980: Seafloor constraints

on the reconstruction of Gondwanaland. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 51 (2), pp. 435-444.

, 1981: Morphotectonics of rifted continental margins in embryo (East Africa), youth (Africa-Arabia), and maturity (Australia). Journal of Geology 89 (1), pp. 57-82.

Wonders, A . A . H . , 1980: Middle and Late Cre­taceous planktonic foraminifera of the western Mediterranean area. Utrecht Micropalaeonto-logical Bulletin 24, pp. 1-157.

Project 60

BjçzSrlykke, A . ; Grenne, T . , etal., 1980: A Review of Caledonian Stratabound Sulphide Depo­sits in Norway. In: Vokes F . M . and Zachrisson, E . (eds.) Review volume on Caledonian-Appala­chian massive sulphide deposits: Geol. Survey of Ireland, Spec. Paper N o . 5, pp. 29-46.

; Olaussen, S . , 1981: Silurian se­diments, volcanites and ore deposits in the Sa-gelvvatn area, Troms, north Norway. Norges geol. Unders., 365, pp. 1-38.

Coats, J .S . ; Smith, C . G . , etal., 1981: Strata-bound barium-zinc mineralization in Daldadian schist near Aberfeldy, Scotland. Inst. Geol. Sci. Miner. Reconn. Programme Rept. N o . 40, 116 p.

Craig, J. R . , 1980: Stratiform Sulphide Minera­lization in the Central Appalachians. Norges geol. Unders., 360, pp. 295-325.

Gair, J . E . ; Slack, J .F . , 1980: Stratabound M a s ­sive Sulphide Deposits of the U . S . Appalachians. Geol. Survey Ireland, Spec. Paper N o . 5.

Gallagher, M . J . , 1980: Exploration for strata-bound sulphides in the Scottish Caledonides. Norges geol. Unders., 360, p. 285.

, 1981: Caledonian stratabound mineralization in the United Kingdom and Ireland - a review of recent results (abstract). Trans. Inst.Min.Metall. (Sect. B : Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B55.

Ghisler, M.,etal . , 1980: Stratabound scheelite, arsenopyrite and copper sulphide mineralization in the Late Precambrian sedimentary succes­sion of the East Greenland Caledonides. Geol. Survey of Ireland Spec. Paper N o . 5, pp. 19-24.

Greene, T . ; Roberts, D . , 1980: Geochemistry and volcanic setting of the Ordovician Forbord-fjell and Jonsvatn greenstones, Trondheim re­gion, central Norwegian Caledonides. Contrib. Mineral. Petrol. 74, pp. 375-386.

, etal., 1980: Cyprus-type sulphide deposits in the western Trondheim region, cen­tral Norwegian Caledonides. Proc. Intern. Ophio-lite Symposium, Nicosia, Cyprus 1979, pp. 727-743.

Hill, T . , 1980: Geochemistry of the greenschists in relation to the Cu-Fe deposit in the Ramund-berget area, Central Swedish Caledonides. Nor­ges geol. Unders., 360, pp. 195-210.

Hutchison, M . N . ; Scott, S . D . , 1980: Sphalerite geobarometry applied to metamorphosed sulphide ores of the Swedish Caledonides and US Appala­chians. Norges geol. Unders. 360, pp. 59-71.

91

Johnstone, G . S . ; Gallagher, M . J., 1980: Cale-donide stratabound sulphides in the United Kingdom. Geol. Surv. Ireland, Special Paper N o . 5, pp. 63-66.

Hall, A . J . ; Gallagher, M . J . (eds.), 1981: Ca­ledonian-Appalachian Stratabound Sulphides, Scotland 1981: Symposium, volume, 72 pp. University of Strathclyde, Glasgow.

LeHuray, A . P . , 1981: Comparison of galena lead isotopic ratios from Blue Ridge and Pied­mont massive sulphide deposits, southern Appalachians, USA: Symposium Volume, Cale­donian-Appalachian Stratabound Sulphides, pp. 67-82.

Piatt, J . N . , 1980: Review of the Irish Caledo­nian Stratabound Sulphides: Geol. Surv. Ire­land, Special Paper N o . 5, pp. 25-28.

Russel, M . J . , etal., 1981: Genetic model and tectonic setting for Dalradian stratiform mine­ral deposits, Grampian Highlands, Scotland (abstract). Trans. Inst. Min. Metall. (Sect. B : Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B58.

Sangster, D . F . , 1980: A Review of Appalachian Stratabound sulphide deposits in Canada. Geol. Surv. Ireland, Special Paper N o . 5, pp. 7-18.

, 1980: Correlation of Strata-bound Sulphide deposits in the North American Appalachians: A discussion. Norges geol. Unders., 360, pp. 289-293.

Sheppard, W . A . , 1980: The Ores and Host Rock Geology of Avoca Mines, C O . Wicklow, Ireland. Norges geol. Unders., 360, pp. 269-283.

Slack, J .F . , 1981: Stratabound sulphide depo­sits of the New England region: An overview (abs.): Geol. Soc. America, Abstracts with P g m s . , Vol. 13, N o . 3, p. 177.

, 1981: Prospecting with tourmaline for stratabound massive sulphide deposits: Examples from the Appalachian-Caledonide orogen (abs. ): Trans. Inst. Min. Metall. (Sect. B : Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B56.

Smith, C . G . , etal., 1981: Detection and gene­ral characteristics of stratabound mineraliza­tion in the Dalradian of Scotland (abstract). Trans. Inst. Min. Metall. (Sect. B : Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B56.

Stephens, M . B . , 1980: Spilitisation, element release and formation of massive sulphides in the Stekenjokk volcanites, Central Swedish Caledonides. Norges geol. Unders., 360, pp. 159-193.

, 1981: Stratabound sulphides of the Scandinavian Caledonides - review of re­cent results (abstract). Trans. Inst.Min.Me­tall. (Sect. B : Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B55.

; Gee, D . G . , 1981: A plate tec­tonic model for Caledonian orogenesis in the central Scandinavian Caledonides (abstract). Terra Cognita 1, 76.

Sundblad, K . , 1980: A tentative "volcanogenic" formation model for the sediment-hosted A n -karvattnet Zn-Cu-Pb massive sulphide deposit, Central Swedish Caledonides. Norges geol. Unders., 360, pp. 211-227.

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , 1981: Chemical evidence for, and implications of, a primary FeS phase in

the Ankarvattnet Zn-Cu-Pb massive sulphide deposit, Central Swedish Caledonides. Mineral Deposita 16, pp. 129-146.

Swanson, E . A . , etal., (eds.) 1981: The Buchans Orebodies: Fifty years of Geology and Mining. Geol. Assoc. Canada Special Paper No.22, 350 pp.

Swenson, D . E . , etal., 1981: The Foss barite deposit, Aberfeldy, Scotland: depositional and structural history of a Dalradian stratabound orebody (abstract). Trans. Inst. Min. Metall. (Sect. B : Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B57.

Vokes, F . M . , 1980: Some Aspects of Research into the Caledonian stratabound sulphide deposits of Scandinavia. Norges geol. Unders., 360, pp. 77-93.

(editor); Dunning, F . W . , etal., 1980: The Metallogeny of the Caledonides of north-west Europe. In: Memoir of the Metal­logeny of Europe, Chapter II, M s submitted December 1974.

Willan, R . C . R . , 1980: Stratabound Sulphide M i ­neralization in the Dalradian Supergroup of the Grampian Highlands. Norges geol. Unders., 360, pp. 241-258.

, 1981: Geochemistry of host rocks to the Aberfeldy barite deposit, Scotland (abstract). Trans. Inst. Min. Metall. (Sect. B : Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B57.

; Coleman, M . , 1981: Sulphur isotope study on stratabound baryte and sulphide from the Dalradian metamorphic terrain. Inst. Geol. Sci., Isotope Geology unit, Stable Isotope Rpt. N o . 60, 26 pp.

Zachrisson, E . , 1980: Aspects of stratabound base metal mineralization in the Swedish Cale­donides. Geol. Surv. Ireland, Special Paper N o . 5, pp. 47-61.

, 1981: Data on spilitisation, mi ­neralization and vertical metal zonation at Ste­kenjokk, central Scandinavia Caledonides (abs­tract). Trans. Inst. Min. Metall. (Sect. B : Appl. Earth Sci.), 90, B59.

Project 61

Ase, L - E . , 1980: Shore displacement at Stock­holm during the last 1, 000 years. Geogr. arm. 62: pp. 83-91. Stockholm.

Browne, M . A . E . , 1980: Late Devensian marine limits and the pattern of déglaciation of the Strathearn area, Tayside, Scott J. geol. 16: pp. 221-230.

Cullingford, R . A . ; Smith, D . E . , 1980: Late Devensian raised shorelines in Angus and Kin-cardinshire, Scotland'.. Boreas 9: pp. 21-38.

Dalongeville, R . ; Paskoff, R . , etal., 1980: Témoins d'un niveau marin holocène supérieur à l'actuel en Tunisie méridionale. C . R . Acad. Se. Paris, D , 290, pp. 303-306.

Faugeres, L . , etal., 1980: Colloque sur l'évo­lution des paysages de la rive nord-méditerra­néenne depuis la fin de la dernière glaciation. Bull. Assoc. Géogr. Franc., 466, pp. 3-48.

Faure, H . , 1980: W G 7 - Interunion commission on geodynamics. Final report "Dynamics of Plate Interior" (Draft). 15 pp.

92

Faure, H . , 1980: Late Cenozoic vertical move­ments in Africa. In: "Earth Rheology, Isosta-sy and Eustasy" (N.A. Morner ed. ), Wiley and Sons, pp. 465-469.

Favero, V . ; Serandrei Barbero, R . , 1978: La sedimentazione olocenica nella piana costiera tra Brenta e Adige. M e m . Soc. Geol. It., 19, pp. 337-343.

; , 1980: Ori­gine e evoluzione della laguna di Venezia - Ba-cino méridionale. Lavori, Soc. Ven. Se. Nat., 5, pp. 49-71.

Flood, P . G . , 1980: Tidal-flat sedimentation along the shores of Deception Bay, south-east Queensland - a preliminary account. Proc. Roy. Soc. Q D 91: pp. 77-84.

Froomer, N . L . , 1980: Sea-level changes in the Chesapeake Bay during historic times. Marine geol., 36, pp. 289-305.

Geyh, M . , 1980: Holocene sea-level history: case study of the statistical evaluation of C-14 dates. Radiocarbon. 22(3), pp. 695-704.

Giresse, P . ; Moguedet, G . , 1980 (? ): Chrono-séquences fluvio-marines de l'Holocène de l'estuaire du Kouilou et des colmatages côtiers voisins du Congo. Lab. Géol., Fac. Sci., Univ. Marien Ngouabi, Brazzaville, pp. 23-46.

Hails, J. R . ; Gostin, V . A . , étal., 1980: The significance of the submarine geology of Upper Spencer Gulf, South Australia to environment decision-making. Search 11(4), pp. 115-116.

Hoffmann, D . , 1981: The geological develop­ment of the North-Frisian Islands, pp. 85-96 in Geomorphology of the Wadden Sea ed. K . S . Dijkema, H . - E . Reineck, a n d W . D . Wolff. Leiden.

Hopley, D . , 1980: Mid-Holocene sea-levels along the coastal plain of the Great Barrier Reef Province: a discussion. Mar . Geol. 35: M 1 - M 9 .

I G U - C C E ( M . L . Schwartz; J.J. Fisher, ed.), 1980: Proceedings of the Per Bruun Sympo­sium, Newport, R . I . , Nov. 1979. Bureau for Faculty Research, Western Washington Univ., Bellingham, W A , 98225 USA (83 pp.

INQUA Neotectonic Commission - 1980. Bulle­tin 3, 104 pp. Stockholm.

Internat. Assoc. Geodesy, C o m m . Recent Crus-tal Movements - 1980. Bulletin 11, 46 pp, Praha.

Internat. Geogr. Union, C o m m . Coastal Environ­ment - Newsletter 8 (April 1980, 16 pp.)

Jo, W . Y . , 1980: Holocene sea-level changes on the east coast of Korea. Geographic Review of Japan, 53-5, pp. 317-328.

Konishi, K . , 1980: Diverse plate convergence as deduced from raised coral reefs since the last interglacial. Daishiki Kenkyû, 18, pp. 241-250.

Kraft, J . C . ; Kayan, I., et al., 1980: Geogra­phic reconstructions in the environs of ancient Troy. Science 209, 4458, pp. 776-782.

Monteillet, J.; Plaziat, J . C . , 1980: Le milieu et la faune testacee de la basse vallée de la Gambie. Bull. Institut Fondamental d'Afrique Noire 41A, 3, pp. 443-474.

Morrison, J., étal., 1981: The culmination of the Main Postglacial Transgression in the Firth of Tay area, Scotland. Proc. Geol. Ass. 92 (3), pp. 197-209.

Ota, Y . , etal., 1981: Atlas of Holocene Sea-Level Records in Japan, iii +195. Dept. of Geography, Yokohama National University, Hodopoyoku, Yokohama, Japan.

; Hori, N . , 1980: Late Quaternary tec­tonic movement on the Ryukyu Islands, Japan. Daishiki Kenkyû, 18, pp. 221-240.

Palmieri, V . , 1979: Pleistocene and Holocene microfaunas from drillhole 76/7 Moretón Bay. Queensland Government Mining Journal 80, pp. 234-238.

Pirazzoli, P . ; Sanlaville, P . , 1980: Lignes de rivage, climat et tectonique. Bull. Assoc. Géogr. Franc., 466, pp. 45-48.

Roy, P . S . ; Crawford, E . A . , 1980: Quaternary geology of Newcastle Bight inner continental shelf, central New South Wales coast. Rec. Geol. Surv. N S W 1 9 (2), pp. 145-188.

, 1980: Quaternary depositional envi­ronments and stratigraphy of the Fullerton Cove region, central New South Wales. Rec. Geol. Surv. N S W 19 (2): pp. 189-220.

Scott, D . B . ; Medioli, F . S . , 1980: Postglacial emergence curves in the Maritimes determined from marine sediments in raised basins. Cana­dian coastal conf. 1980, Proc., pp. 428-446.

Smith, D . E . , etal., 1980: Dating the Main Post­glacial Shoreline in the Montrose area, Scotland. In: Cullingford, R . A . etal. (eds.) Timescales in Geomorphology London, John Wiley and Sons Ltd. pp. 225-245.

Stabell, B . , 1980: Holocene shorelevel displace­ment in Telemark, southern Norway. Norsk, geol. Tidsskr. 60, pp. 71-81.

Stanley.D.J. ; Blanpied, C . , 1980: Late Quaternary water exchange between the eastern Mediterra­nean and the Black Sea. Nature. 285,, pp. 537-541.

Tooley, M . J . , 1978: Sea-level changes: the coast of North-west England during the Flandrian Stage. Oxford, Clarendon Press.

- 1980 : Theories of coastal change in North-west England. In: F . H . Tompson (ed. ) Archaeology and Coastal Change. London, Society of Anti­quaries, pp. 74-86.

-(ed)1980 : Sea-level: information bulletin of IGCP Project 61, 3.

-(ed)1980 : Sea-level: information bulletin of IGCP Project 61, 4.

Wyrtki, K . , 1979: Sea-level variations: moni­toring the breath of the Pacific. Eos, 60, pp. 25-27.

Project 91

Groves, G . I . ; Hudson, D . R . , 1981: The nature and origin of Archaean stratabound volcanic -associated nickel-iron-copper sulphide deposits. In: "Handbook of stratabound and stratiform ore deposits", by Wolf, K . H . (ed. ); pp. 306-410 (in English).

93

Lambert, I .B. ; Groves, D . I., 1981: Early Earth evolution and metallogeny. In "Hand­book of stratabound and stratiform ore depo­sits", 8, by Wolf, K . H . , pp. 339-447 (in English).

Sidorenko, A . V . (Editor-in-chief), 1981: Car­bonate sedimentation in the Precambrian. Vol. 6 of "Problems of sedimentary geology of the Precambrian". Publishing House "Nauka", Moscow, 216 pp.

_ _ , 1981: Carbo-neous formations and their ore-bearing features. Vol. 7 (book 1) of "Problems of sedimentary geology of the Precambrian". Publishing Hou­se "Nauka", Moscow, 214 pp.

, 1981: Carbo-neous formations and their ore-bearing features. Vol. 7 (book 2) of "Problems of sedimentary geology of the Precambrian". Publishing Hou­se "Nauka", Moscow, 259 pp.

Lithology and sedimentary geology of the Pre­cambrian. Abstracts of the reports of the 5th All-Union Conference "Lithology and Sedi­mentary Geology of the Precambrian" (Alma-Ata, October, 1981), Publishing House "Nauka" Alma-Ata, 200 pp.

Metallogeny of the Precambrian. Abstracts of the reports of the 2nd All-Union Conference of the Precambrian metallogeny. Irkutsk, 381 pp.

Project 106

Bando, Y . , et al., 1980: Some remarks on the conodont zonation and stratigraphy of the Per­mian. Recent researches in geology, Vol. 8, pp. 1-53.

Brookfield, M . E . , 1980: Permian inter montane basin sedimentation in southern Scotland. Se­dimentary Geology, 27, pp. 167-194.

Chen Chu-chen (zhen), 1980: Marine Triassic lamellibranch assemblages from South-west China. Riv. Ital. Paleont. Stratigr. Vol. 85, N o . 3-4, pp. 1189-1196.

Cronan, D . S . , 1980: Underwater Minerals, 362 pp. London, Academic Press.

Ermakova, S. P . , 1981: Ammonoids and bio-stratigraphy of the Lower Triassic of the Ver­khoyansk Range. M . , "Nauka", 286 pp. (in Russian).

Fanminger, A . ; Obradovic, J., 1980: Legend and construction of stratigraphie correlation form (SCF). Ibid, pp. 5-9.

Gupta, V . J. ; Budurov, K . J., 1981: Triassic conodonts from Spiti (Himalaya, India) and their correlations: preliminary data. "Geol. Balean.", N o . 1, pp. 21-26.

Harwood, G . M . , 1980: Calcitised anhydrite and associated sulphides in the English Zechstein First Cycle Carbonate (EZ1 Ca). Contr. Se-dimentology 9, pp. 61-72.

Kalenic, M . , et al., 1980: A model of the Geo-traverse D . The Variscan and Pre-Variscan events (the section through Yugoslavia). Ibi­dem, pp. 53-58.

Liao Zhuo-ting, 1980: Brachiopod assemblages from the upper Permian and Permian-Triassic

boundary beds, South China. Canadian Jour. Earth Sci. Vol. 17, N o . 2, pp. 289-295.

Morozova, I.P., 1981: Late Palaeozoic bryo-zoans of the North-east USSR. Trans. Palae-ont. Inst. A c . Sci. USSR, 188, 199 pp. ill. (in Russian).

Ouyang Shu; Li Zai-ping, 1980: Microflora from the Kayiton Formation of Fuyuan district, E . Yunnan and its bearing on stratigraphy and pa­leobotany. In the coal-bearing formations and biota from Upper Permian in West Guizhou and East Yunnan, pp. 1-69. Science Press, Beijing (in Chinese).

Riqby, J. F . ; Shah, S . C . , 1980: Flora of the Permian non-marine sequence of India and Aus­tralia: A comparison Vth Gond. Symp. Abs.

Sadovnikov, G . N . , 1981: Regional stratigraphie units of the Upper Permian and Lower Triassic of the Siberian Platform and adjacent areas. "Sov. Geol", N o . 6, pp. 74-84 (in Russian).

, etal., 1981: The Permian-Triassic transition in the continental deposits of Taimyr and West Verkhoyanye. "izv. A c . Sci. USSR Geol. ser.", N o . 5, pp. 53-64, (in Russian).

Smith, D . B . , 1980: The evolution of the English Zechstein basin. Contr. Sedimentology 9, pp. 7-34.

, 1980: The Permian. In Owen, T . (ed. ) United Kingdom: Introduction to general geology. 26th International Geological Congress, Guidebook to excursions, pp. 69-72.

Solomina, R . F . , etal., 1981: Upper Permian stratigraphy of the Kharaulakh Mountains and North Orulgan (North Verkhoyanye). Izv. A c . Sci. USSR Geol. ser., N o . 7, pp. 133-137 (in Russian).

Taylor, J . C . M . , 1980: Zechstein facies and pe­troleum prospects in the central and northern North Sea. In: L . V . Illing and G . D . Hobson (eds. ) Petroleum geology of the continental shelf of North-west Europe. Institute of Petro­leum, London, pp. 176-185.

Vaughan, D . J.; Turner, P . , 1980: Diagenesis, magnetization and mineralization of the Marl Slate. Contr. Sedimentology 9, pp. 73-90.

Veselinovió, M . , etal., 1980: Pre-Mesozoic evolution of some geologic units along the geo-traverses Cavcat-Kanjiza and Petrovas n / m -Stara planina. Glas 317, S A N U , Odel. prirod.-matem. nauka, knj. 46, pp. 49-65, Beograd.

Vu Khuc, D . , 1980: Triassic stratigraphy of Vietnam. "Geol. and mineral resources of the countries of Asia, Africa and Latin America", M . , pp. 34-46.

Wang Cheng-yuan, 1981: The discovery of Per­mian conodonts from the Chengxing, Zhejiang and its stratigraphy significance. In selective papers of 1st conference of Micropalaecutolo-gical Society of China, pp. 104-109, 2 pis. (in Chinese).

Wang yi-gang; He Guo-xiong, 1980: Triassic ammonoid sequence of China. Riv. Ital. Palae-ont., Vol. 85, N o . 3-4, pp. 1207-1220, 1 tab.

Wang Zhi-hao, 1981: Triassic conodonts from the Jiangyon-Bichuan area, Sichuan Province. Acta Palaeontological Sinica. Vol. 20, N o . 2, pp. 138-152, 3 pis.

94

Warrington, G . , 1980: United Kingdom. 13. The Trias. In; Geology of the European coun­tries: Austria, Federal Republic of Germany, Ireland, The Netherlands, Switzerland, United Kingdom. BORDAS/26th International Geolo­gical Congress, pp. 402-405.

, et al., 1980: A correlation of Triassic rocks in the British Isles. Geol. Soc. Lond., Special Report N o . 13, 78 pp.

Wilkinson, I. P . ; Halliwell, G . P . (Compilers), 1980: Offshore micropalaeontological biostra-tigraphy of southern and western Britain. Rep. Inst. Geol. Sci. , N o . 79/9, ill. - 65 pp.,

H M S O , London. Yang Wan-rong; Jiang Na-yan, 1981: On the

depositional characters and Microfacies of the Changing Formation and the Permian-Trias-sic boundary in Changxing, Zheijiang. Bull. Nanjing Inst. Geol. Palaeontol. Academia Si-nica. No . 2, Science and Technology Press of Jiangsu (in Chinese -with English summary).

Yao Zhao-qi, et al., 1980: Problems on the upper Permian and the Permian-Triassic boundary of west Guizhou and East Yunnan. In: "The coal-bearing formations and biota from upper Permian in west Guizhou and East Yunnan", pp. 1-69. Science Press, Beijing (in Chinese).

Zhao Jin-ke, et al., 1980: The Changingian and Permian-Triassic Boundary Scientific pa­pers on geology for international exchange. 4, stratigr. and Palaeontol., pp. 43-55. Publi­shing House of Geology, Beijing (in Chinese with English summary).

, 1981 : The Changian and Permian-Triassic boundary of South China. Bull Nanjing Inst. Geol. Palaeontol. Academia Sinica, N o . 2, Science and Technology Press of Jiangsu (in Chinese with English summary).

Project 108/144

Ajibade, A . C . , 1980: Tectonic evolution of the Sungeru, Unpublished Thesis Univ. of Wales.

Akinyede, J . O . , 1981: A geochemical stream sediment survey in Kafur - Malumfashi area, Kaduna State, Nigeria, Unpublished M . S c . The­sis A . B . U . Zaria.

Ball, E . , 1981: An example of very consistant lerittie deformation of a wide intra continental zone - late Pan-African fracture system of Tuareg and Nigeria shield; structural implica­tion, Tectonophysics, 61, pp. 363-379.

Bertrand, J. M . L . , et al., 1980: Upper Prote-rozoic correlations between the West African craton and the Pan-African mobile belt in Al­geria and Mali. In: "Principes et critères de la subdivision du Précambrien dans les zones mobiles", F . P . Mitrofanov (éd. ), Acad. Sci. USSR Leningrad, Proj. IUGS-Unesco, pp. 236-255.

; Davidson, I., 1981: Pan-Africa granitoids emplacement the Adrar des Iforas mobile belt (Mali) - a Rb/Sr isotope study, Precambrian Res. 14, 3-4, pp. 333-362.

Black, R . , 1980: Precambrian of West Africa. Episodes, 4, pp. 3-8.

Black, R . , étal., 1980: Evidence for late Pre­cambrian plate tectonics in West Africa. A reply to Thomas et al., Nature, 284, 5752, p. 192.

Boullier, A . M . , 1980: Charriages et déforma­tions de l'unité granulitique des Iforas au cours de l'orogenèse pan-africaine.

Caby, R . ; Bertrand, J. M . L . , et al., 1981: West Pan-African ocean closure and continental collision in the Hoggar-Iforas segment, central Sahara, in "Precambrian Plate Tectonics", A . Kroner (éd.), Amsterdam, Elsevier, pp.407-434.

Chikpaoui, M . , 1981: Les roches volcaniques du Protérozoíque supérieur de la chaine pan-afri­caine du N O de l'Afrique (Hoggar, Anti-Atlas, Adrar des Iforas). Caractérisation géochimique et minéralogique - implications géodynamiques. T h . , U S T L - XII-195pp. 4 ann. Montpellier.

, étal., 1980: Geochemistry and petrogenesis of late Proterozoic volcanic rocks for north-western Africa,Contr. Minerals Petro., 73, 4, pp. 375-388.

Daly, L . , et al., 1980: Détermination d'un pôle paléomagnétisme de référence pour l'étude de l'orogenèse pan-africaine, C . R . Acad. Se. Paris, B . , 290, pp. 407-410.

Davidson, I., 1980: A tectonic petrographical and geochronological study of Pan-African belt in the Adrar des Iforas and Gourma (Mali), Ph. D . Leed (G .B . ) a n d C . G . G . Montpellier, 337pp_ +• map .

, 1981: The cooling history of Pan-African Belt in the Adrar des Iforas (Republic of Mali), comparison with other Pan-African Belts, geol. Rundschan, 70, 3, pp. 842-849.

Guetat, Z . , 1981: Etude gravimétrique de labor-dure occidentale du craton ouest-africain, Th . 3ème cycle (Tecto., Géophs., Géochim. ) U S T L , Montpellier.

La Boisse, H . de, 1981: Sur le métamorphisme du micaschiste éclogitique de Takamga (Mali) et ses conséquences paléogéodynamiques au Précambrien supérieur, C . R . S o m m . Soc.Géol. Fr. , 3, pp. 97-100.

Lesquer, A . ; Moussine-Ponchkine, A . , 1980: Les anomalies gravimétriques de la boucle du Niger, leur signification dans le cadre de l'oro­genèse pan-africaine, Canad. J. Earth Sci., 17, 11, pp. 1538-1545.

Ly, S . ; Albory, Y . , étal., 1980: Apport gravi­métrique à la compréhension de la chaîne pan­africaine dans l'Adrar des Iforas, Cah. O R S T O M , géophys., 17, pp. 37-58 + carte.

Morel, P . , 1981: Palaeomagnetism of a Pan-African diorite: a late Precambrian pole for western Africa, Geophys. J. Roy. Astr. Soc., 65, 2, pp. 493-504, London.

Moussine-Ponchkine, A . ; Bertrand-Sarfati, J., 1980: Séquence sédimentaire algo-laminaire littorales; les dolomies de Sarnyéré du Proté­rozoíque supérieur (Vendien), Gourma, Mali, Rev. Géol. Dyn. Géogr. Phys. 22, 2, pp.89-100.

Ogeri, A . E . O . , 1981: Geochemistry and geochro-nology of basement rocks from north-western Ni­geria, Unpublished Tesis Univ. Leeds.

95

Onstott, T . C . ; Hargraves, R . B . , 1981: Prote-rozoic transcurrent tectonics, palaeomagnetic evidence from Venezuela and Africa, Nature, 289, pp. 131-136.

Recherche géologique en Afrique, 1980, n° 5, éd. C N R S , 1855 pp.

René, P . ; Menot, R . P . , et al, 1981: Le massif basique stratifié précambrien de Djabaton Soutouboua (région centrale du Togo, pétrographie et évolution métamorphique, Bull. B R G M , section IV, géologie générale.

Project 111

Ballard, R . D . ; Franchetau, J., 1980: Volca-nism and tectonics of the East Pacific Rise and their relationship to hydrothermal circula­tion. E O S , Trans. A m e r . Geophys. Union, 61, 992 pp.

Bignot, G . ; Lamboy, M . , 1980: Les foramini-fères épibiontes à test calcaire hyalin des en­croûtements polymétalliques de la marge con­tinentale au nord-ouest de la péninsule Ibéri­que. Revue de Micropaléontologie, 23, n° 1, pp. 3-15.

Bonté, P . , et al., 1980: Ferromanganese depo­sits in cores from the Kane and Atlantis frac­ture areas: possible F e - M n deposits from the N E Atlantic Ocean. Journ. Geol. Soc., 137, pp. 373-377.

Bostrom, K . , 1980: The origin of ferromanga-noan active ridge sediments. In 'Seafloor Spreading Centres: Hydrothermal systems' (Rona, P . A . and Lowell, R . P . , eds.). Aca­demic Press and Dowden Hutchison and Ross Inc.

Bouleque, J., etal., 1980: Hydrothermal acti­vity on the East Pacific Rise between 15° N and 7° S. E O S , Trans. A m e r . Geophys. Union, 61, 992 pp.

Brown, P . E . , etal., 1980: Phase relations inferred from field data for Mn-pyroxenes and pyroxenoids. Contrb. Mineral, Petrol., 74, pp. 417-425.

Burns, R . G . ; Burns, V . M . , 1980: Recent structural data for Manganese (IV) Oxides. Proc. 2nd. Intl. Conf. on M n 0 2 . Tokyo, Oct. 1980 (A. Ozawa and B . Schumm, eds.), pp. 103-115.

Callender, E . ; Bowser, C . J . , 1980: Manga­nese and copper geochemistry of interstitial fluids from manganese nodule-rich pelagic se­diments of the north-eastern equatorial Pacific Ocean. A m e r . Journ. Sci., 280, pp. 1063-1096.

Corliss, J. B . , etal., 1981: Submarine hydro-thermal systems: a probable site for the ori­gin of life. In 'Colloque C 4 . Geology of the Oceans'. 26th Int. Geol. Congr. Oceanologica Acta, N o . SP, pp. 59-70.

Crane, K . ; Ballard, R . D . , 1980: The Galapa­gos Rift at 86° W , 4. Structure and morpholo­gy of hydrothermal fields and their relation­ship to the volcanic and tectonic processes of the rift valley. Journ. Geophys. Res. , 85, pp. 1443-1454.

Cronan, D . S . , 1980: Underwater Minerals.Aca­demic Press Inc., London-New York, 364 pp.

_ _ ; Moorby, S . A . , 1981: Manganese nodules and other ferromanganese oxide deposits from the Indian Ocean. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lon­don, 138, pp. 527-539.

_; Varnavas, S . P . , 1981: Hydro-thermal and dissolution related geochemical va­riations in sediments from an East Pacific Rise fracture zone at 9° S. In 'Colloque C 4 . Geolo­gy of the Oceans'. 26th Int. Geol. Congr. Ocea­nologica Acta, Vol. SP, pp. 47-58.

Dymond, J., etal., 1980: 13. Composition and origin of sediments recovered by deep drilling of sediment mounds, Galapagos Spreading Cen­ter. In 'Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project' (B.R. Rosendahl, R . Hekinian et al., eds.), 54, pp. 337-384. U . S . Govt. Printing Office, Washington D . C .

Fewkes, R . H . ; McFarland, W . D . , etal., 1981: Manganese nodule resource data, Sea Scope Expedition. Report U . S . Bureau of Mines. Na ­tional Technical Information Service. Washing­ton D . C .

Fôrstner, U . , 1981: Recent heavy metal accumu­lation in limnic sediments. In 'Handbook of Stratabound and Stratiform Ore Deposits' (K .H. Wolf, éd.), 9, pp. 178-270. Elsevier, Amster­dam-Oxford-New York.

Friedrich, G . ; Schmitz-Wiechowski, A . , 1980: Mineralogy and chemistry of a ferromanganese crust from a deep-sea hill, Central Pacific, Valdivia Cruise VA 13/2. Marine Geol., 37, pp. 71-90.

Gieskes, J. M . ; Lawrence, J. R*., 1981: Geoche­mical significance of diagenetic reactions in ocean sediments: an evaluation of interstitial water data. In 'Colloque C 4 . Geology of the Oceans'. 26th Int. Geol. Congr. Oceanologica Acta, Vol. SP, pp. 111-114.

Giovanoli, R . , 1980: A review of structural data of electrolytical and chemical M n 0 2 (EMD and C M D ) . Proc. 2nd. Int. Conf. on M n 0 2 , Tokyo, Oct. 1980 (A. Kozawa and B . Schumm, eds.), pp. 1-21.

Glasby, G . P . , 1981: Manganese nodule studies in the South-west Pacific. South Pacific Mari­ne Geological Notes, 2, pp. 37-46.

Gundlach, H . ; Marchig, V . , 1980: Ocean floor 'metalliferous sediments' - two possibilities for genesis. Festschrift 90. Geburstag Prof. Paul Ramdohr. Springer Verlag, Heidelberg.

Hajash, A . ; Archer, P . , 1980: Experimental seawater/basalt interactions: effect of cooling. Contrib. Mineral. Petrol., 95, pp. 1-13.

Halbach, P . , etal., 1981: Geochemical and mi -neralogical control of different genetic types of deep-sea nodules from the Pacific Ocean. M i ­neral. Deposits, 16, pp. 59-84.

, et al., 1981: Geochemical variation of ferromanganese nodules and crusts from dif­ferent provinces of the Pacific Ocean and their genetical control. Chem. Geol., 34.

Heath, C . Ross, 1981: Ferromanganese nodules of the deep sea. In 75th Anniversary Volume (1905-1980), Economic Geology.

Haymon, R . M . ; Kastner, M . , 1981: Hot spring deposits on the East Pacific Rise at 21° N : Pre­liminary description of mineralogy and genesis. Earth Planet. Sci. Lett., 53, pp. 363-381.

96

Hekínian, R . , et al. , 1980: Sulphide deposits from the East Pacific Rise near 21° N . Scien­ce, 207, pp. 1433-1444.

Key, R . , 1980: Stratiform manganese minera­lization in the Palapye Group, Central-East­ern Botswana. Proc. Fifth Quadrennial IAGOD Symposium. E . Schweizerbart'sche Verlags-buchhandlung, Stuttgart, 1, pp. 607-618.

Klinkhammer, G . P . , 1980: Observations of the distribution of manganese over the E P R . Chem. Geology, 29, pp. 211-226.

Lenoble, J .P . , 1980: Les nodules polymetalli-ques; resources du futur proche ou lointain. Géologues, Paris, 53, pp. 89-97.

Marchig, V . ; Gundlach, H . , 1981: Separation of iron from manganese and growth of manga­nese nodules as a consequence of diagenetic ageing of radiolarians. Marine Geology, 40, M 3 5 - M 4 3 .

Marks, N . S . , 1981: Sedimentation on new ocea­nic crust. The M A R at 37° N . Marine Geolo­gy, 43, pp. 65-82.

Martin, J. H . ; Knauer, G . A . , 1980: Manganese cycling in north-east Pacific waters. Earth Planet. Sci. Lett., 51, pp. 266-274.

Meylan, M . A . , et al., 1981: Metalliferous deep-sea sediments. In 'Handbook on Stratabound and Stratiform Ore Deposits' ( K . H . Wolf, ed.) 9, pp. 77-178. Elsevier, Amsterdam-Oxford-New York.

Mottl, M . J . , 1980: Submarine hydrothermal ore deposits. Oceanus, 23, pp. 19-27.

; Seyfried, W . E . , 1980: Sub-sea-floor hydrothermal systems: rock vs seawater dominated. In:'Seafloor Spreading Centers: Hydrothermal Systems' (Rona, P . A . and Lo­well, R . P . eds.). Academic Press and D o w -den, Hutchison and Ross Inc., pp. 66-82.

Ostwald, J., 1981: Evidence for a biogeochemi-cal origin of the Groóte Eylandt manganese ores. Econ. Geol., 76, pp. 556-567.

Patilina, V . S. ; Varentsov, I . M . , 1980: Inter­action between organic matter and heavy metals in the waters of recent basins. A review of the current state of the problem. Chem. Erde, 39, pp. 298-310.

Piper, D . Z . ; Williamson, M . E . , 1981: Mine­ralogy and composition of concentric layers within a manganese nodule from the North Pa­cific Ocean. Marine Geology, 40, pp. 255-268.

Rai, K . L . , etal., 1980: A statistical appraisal of stratigraphie and structural control on the geochemistry of ores in Sitasaongi (Chikla-B) manganese ore body, Bhandara District, M a ­harashtra. Proc. Symposium on 'Chemical Analysis of Geological Materials - Techniques, Applications and Interpretations', Calcutta, 1979. G .S . I . Spec. Publ. Series 1, pp. 545-563.

Rona, P . A . , 1981: Marine mineral resources. Natural Resources Forum, 5, pp. 89-95.

Roy, Supriya, 1981: Manganese Deposits. Aca­demic Press Inc., London-New York, 458 pp.

Ruppert, H . , 1980: Fixation of metals on hy­drous manganese and iron oxide phases in m a ­rine M n - F e nodules and sediments. Chem. Erde, 39, pp. 97-132.

Schrader, E d . L . , etal., 1980: Mineralogy and geochemistry of hydrothermal and pelagic sedi­ments from the Mounds Hydrothermal Field, Galapagos spreading center. D S D P Leg 54. Journ. Sed. Petrology, 50, pp. 917-928.

Scott, R . B . , etal., 1980: Nature of hydrother­mal exchange between oceanic crust and sea-water at 26° N lat., Mid-Atlantic Ridge. In 'The Dynamic Environment of the Ocean Floor' (K.A. Fanning and F . T . Manheim eds. ). D . C . Heath and Co.

Seyfried, W . E . ; Bischoff, J. L . , 1981: Experi­mental seawater-basalt interaction at 300° C , 500 bars; chemical exchange, secondary mine­ral formation and implications for the transport of heavy metals. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, 45, pp. 135-147.

Shcherba, G . N . , etal., 1980: Ore formation in Atasu-type deposits. In 'Proceedings of the Fifth Symposium, Tbilisi, USSR* (in press).

Spiess, F . N . , etal., 1980: East Pacific Rise; hot springs and geophysical experiments. Scien­ce, 207, pp. 1421-1433.

Toth, J . R . , 1980: Deposition of submarine crusts rich in manganese and iron. Geol, Soc. A m e r . Bull., 91, pp. 44-54.

Varentsov, I . M . ; Grasselly, Gy . (Edited), 1980: Geology and Geochemistry of Manganese. 3 Volumes. Akademiai Kiado, Budapest. Volume 1. General Problems: Mineralogy, Geochemis­try and Methods. Volume 2. Manganese Depo­sits on Continents. Volume 3. Manganese on the Bottom of Recent Basins.

Project 114

Ikebe, N . , etal. (eds.), 1981: Proceedings of IGCP-114 International Workshop on Pacific Neogene Biostratigraphy, Nov. 25-29, 1981, Osaka. Working Group of IGCP-114, Osaka Museum of Natural History, pp. 1-150.

, 1981: Important datum-planes of the western Pacific Neogene. Bulletin, Osa­ka Museum of Natural History, N o . 34, pp. 79-86.

Saito, T . (éd.), 1981: Micropalaeontology, petro­logy and lithostratigraphy of Cenozoic rocks of the Yogakarta region, central Java. Depart­ment, Earth Sciences, Yamagata University, pp. 1-61.

Tsuchi, R . (éd.), 1981: Fundamental data on Japanese Neogene Bio- and Chronostratigraphy -supplement . IGCP-114 National Working Group of Japan, Shuzuoka University, pp. 1-126.

, 1981: Neogene of Japan - Its biostratigraphy and chronology -in commemora­tion of IGCP-114 International Workshop on Pacific Neogene Biostratigraphy, Osaka, Nov. 25-29, 1981. IGCP-114 National Working Group of Japan, Shizuoka University, pp. 1-140.

Project 115

Aoyagi, K . ; Kazame, T . , 1980: Transforma­tional changes of clay minerals, zeolites and silica minerals during diagenesis. Sedimento-logy 27, pp. 179-188.

97

Barrett, T . J., 1980: The Pb isotopic composi­tion of Jurassic cherts overlying ophiolites in the North Apennines, Italy. Earth Planet. Sci. Letts. 49, pp. 193-204.

Barron, J. A . , 1980: Lower Miocene to Quater­nary diatom biostratigraphy of Leg 57, off N E Japan, D S D P . Initial Reports DSDP 56-57, pp. 641-685, U . S . Govt Printing Office, W a ­shington, D . C .

, 1980: Late Cenozoic diatom biostratigraphy and palaeoceanography of the middle-latitude eastern north Pacific, D S D P Leg 63. Initial Reports D S D P 63, pp. 507-538, U . S . Govt Printing Office, Washington D . C .

Burckle, L . H . , 1981: Displaced antarctic dia­toms in the Amirante Passage. Marine Geolo­gy 39, M 3 9 - M 4 3 .

Garrison, R . E . ; Douglas, R . G . (eds. ), 1981: The Monterey Formation and Related Rocks of California. Pacific Sec. Soc. Econ. Palaeon. and Mineral., Los Angeles, California, 327 pp. (includes 19 papers, 8 of which are by Project 115 members and they will not be listed sepa­rately here).

Grechin, V . I., etal., 1981: Neogene siliceous sediments and rocks off southern California and Baja California, DSDP Leg 6 3. Initial Reports D S D P 63, pp. 579-593, U . S . Govt. Printing Office, Washington D . C .

Harper, H . E . , 1980: Diatom biostratigraphy of sites 434, 435, and 436, N W Pacific, Leg 56, D S D P . Initial Reports of D S D P 56-57, pp. 633-640, U . S . Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D . C .

Hein, J . R . , etal., 1981: Chert petrology and geochemistry, mid-Pacific mountains and Hess Rise, Leg 62, D S D P , Initial Reports of the D S D P , Vol. 62, pp. 711-748, U . S . Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D . C .

; Yeh, H . - W . , 1981: Oxygen isoto­pic composition of chert, mid-Pacific moun­tains and Hess Rise, Leg 62, D S D P . Initial Reports of the D S D P , Vol. 62, pp. 749-758.

Iijima, A . , etal., 1980: Zeolite and silica dia-genesis and sandstone petrography at sites 438 and 439 off Sanrika, N W Pacific, Leg 57, D S ­D P . Initial Reports, D S D P 56-57, pp. 1143-1158, U . S . Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D . C .

; Tada, R . , 1981: Silica diagenesis ofNeogene diatomaceous and volcaniclastic se­diments in northern Japan. Sedimentology 28, pp. 185-200.

Isaacs, C M . (ed. ), 1981: Guide to the Monte­rey Formation in the California Coastal Area, Ventura to San Lui Obispo. Pacific Section A m e r . Assoc, petrol. Geol., Camarillo, Cali­fornia. 91 pp. (includes 7 papers, 6 of which are by Project 115 members and they will not be listed separately here).

Ishiga, H . ; Imoto, N . , 1980: Some Permian radiolarians in the Tamba district, South-west Japan. Earth Science, Jour. Assoc. Geologi­cal Collaboration in Japan 34, pp. 27-39.

Kadko, D . ; Burckle, L . H . , 1980: Manganese nodule growth rates determined by fossil dia­

tom dating. Nature 287, pp. 725-726. Koizumi, I., 1980: Neogene diatoms from the

Emperor Seamount Chain, Leg 55, D S D P . Initial Reports DSDP 55, pp. 387-407, U . S . Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D . C .

, etal., 1980: Diatom correlation of Legs 56 and 57 with onshore sequences in Japan. Initial Reports DSDP 56-57, pp. 687-693, U . S . Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D . C .

Kuijpers, E . P . , 1980: The geologic history of the Nicoya Ophiolite Complex, Costa Rica, and its geotectonic significance. Tectonophysics 68, pp. 233-255.

Pessagno, E . A . ; Blome, C D . , 1980: Upper Triassic and Jurassic Pantanelliinae from Ca­lifornia, Oregon, and British Columbia. Micro-palaeontology 26, pp. 225-273.

Pisciotto, K . A . , 1980: Chert and porcellanite from D S D P site 436, N W Pacific. Initial R e ­ports D S D P 56-57, pp. 1133-1142, U . S . Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D . C .

, 1981: Diagenetic trends in the siliceous facies of the Monterey Shale in the Santa Maria region, California. Sedimentology 28, pp. 547-571.

Rangin, C , etal., 1981: Geochemistry of the Mesozoic bedded cherts of Central Baja Cali­fornia (Vizcairo-Cedros-San Bénite): Implica­tions for palaeogeographic reconstruction of an old oceanic basin. Earth Planet. Sci. Letts. 54, pp. 313-322.

Sancetta, C , 1981: Diatoms as hydrographie tracers: Example from Bering Sea Sediments. Science 211, pp. 279-281.

Steinberg, M . , 1981: Biosiliceous sedimentation, radiolarite periods and silica budget fluctuations. Oceanologica Acta, 1981, N o . SP, pp. 149-154.

Project 120

Cobbing, E . J . , etal., 1981: The geology of the western Cordillera of northern Peru. Overseas M e n . Inst. Geol. Sci. N o . 5, England.

Coira, B . ; Paris, G . , 1981: Estratigraffa vol­cánica del área del cerro Tuzgle (23°50', 24° 25' Lat. S y 66°45' Long. 0). Provincias de Ju-juy y Salta. Actas VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino, III, pp. 659-671, Buenos Aires.

Charrier, R . , 1981: Mesozoic and Cenozoic stra­tigraphy of the central Argentinian-Chilean A n ­des (32e-35° S) and chronology of their tectonic evolution. Zentralblatt fur Géologie und Paléon­tologie, B1.61, Stuttgart.

Gardeweg, M . , 1981: El volcanismo Cenozoico Superior del área del Nevado de Longavf: una zona de transición en los Andes de Chile Cen­tral. VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino, San Luis. Actas III, pp. 221-240, Buenos Aires.

Gonzalez, H . , etal., 1980: Edad K - A r del Stock Adamelftico de El Buey, Departamento de A n -tioqufa, Colombia. Geol. Norandina, N o . 2, pp. 21-24.

Gonzalez Diaz, E . F . , 1981: Nuevos argumentos a favor del desdoblamiento de la denominada "Serie de la Horqueta" del bloque de San Rafael. Actas VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino, III, pp. 241-256, Buenos Aires.

98

Knuver, M . ; Reissmger, M . , 1981: The plu­tonio and metamorphic history of the Sierra de Ancasti (Catamarca province, Argentina). Zbl. Geol. Palaont. Teil 1, 3, 4, pp. 285-297, Stuttgart.

Lopez, M . ; Sola, P . , 1981: Manifestaciones volcánicas de los alrededores de Las Chacras y de la región de Villa Mercedes-Chaján, provincias de San Luis y Córdoba. Actas III Cong. Geol. Argentino, IV, pp. 967-978, Bue­nos Aires.

Llambias, E .J . ; Brogioni, N . , 1981: M a g m a -tismo Mesozoico y Cenozoico, en "Geología de la provincia de San Luis". Reía torio VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino.

McCourt, W . J., 1981: The geochemistry and petrography of the Coastal Batholith of Peru, Lima segment. J. Geol. Soc. London, 138, pp. 407-420.

Miller, H . ; Willner, A . P . , 1981: The Sierra de Ancasti (Catamarca province, Argentina), an example of polyphase deformation of Lower Palaeozoic age in the Pampean Ranges. Zbl. Geol. Palaont. Teil, 1, 3, 4, pp. 272-284.

Munizaga, F . ; Vicente, J . C . , 1981: Acerca de la zonación plutónica y del vulcanismo miocé-nico de los Andes de Aconcagua (Lat. 32°-33° S); datos radimétricos K - A r . Rev. Geol. Chilena, 12, Santiago de Chile.

Pacci, D . , et al., 1980: Acerca de la edad R b -Sr Precámbrica de rocas de la Formación Esquistos de Belén, Departamento Parinacota, Chile. Rev. Geol. de Chile, N o . 11, pp. 43-50.

, et al., 1981: Edades radioisotópicas paleogenas del granito de Tawaikonunu, Alti­plano de Arica. Rev. Comunic. N o . 31, pp. 14-22, Ed. Dpto. Geología, Universidad de Chile.

Quartino, B . J . , et al., 1981: Los esquistos del arroyo Flores, cuenca del Sur del lago Tontana, provincia del Chubut y su significado local y regional. Actas VIII Cong. Geol. A r ­gentino, III, pp. 305-317, Buenos Aires.

Ramos, A . V . ; Palma, A . , 1981: El batolito granítico del monte San Lorenzo, cordillera patagónica, provincia de Santa Cruz. Actas VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino, III, pp. 257-280, Buenos Aires.

Restrepo, J. J., et al., 1981: Edades mio-plio-cenas del magmatismo asociado a la Forma­ción Combia, Departamento de Antioqula y Caldas, Colombia. Geol. Norandina, N o . 3, pp. 21-26.

Sinito, A . M . , 1980: Edades geológicas, radi-métricas y magnéticas de algunas vulcanitas cenozoicas de las provincias de Santa Cruz y Chubut. Rev. Asoc. Geol. Argentina, X X X V , 3, pp. 332-339, Buenos Aires.

Solis, H . , 1981: Aspectos de la mineralización en la zona del lago Fontana y alrededores, de­partamento de Alto Rfo Senguerr, provincia de Chubut. Actas VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino, IV, pp. 583-592, Buenos Aires.

Spikermann, J .P . ; Quartino, B . J . , 1981: Al­gunas características de las plutonitas del Fitz Roy y la presencia de mineralizasión, provincia de Santa Cruz. Actas VIII Cong.

Geol. Argentino, III, pp. 319-329, Buenos Aires. Truco Greco, E . ; Haller, M . , 1981: La "Serie

Andesltica" eocena a la latitud del rio Corintos. Actas VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino, III, pp. 539-551, Buenos Aires.

Valencio, D . A . , et al., 1980: Paleomagnetismo y edades redimétricas de algunas formaciones neoprecámbricas y eopaleozoicas de la Argen­tina. Rev. Asoc. Geol. Argentina, X X X V , 3, pp. 421-433, Buenos Aires.

Vergara, M . ; Drake, R . , 1981: Geocronología K - A r del magmatismo asociado al megapórfido cuprífero "Disputada-Andina", Cordillera Principal de los Andes, Santiago. Actas VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino San Luis, IV, pp. 57-64, Buenos Aires.

Viramonte, J . G . ; Omarini, R . , 1980: Estruc­tura Rapakiwi de la Faja Eruptiva de la Puna. Rev. Asoc. Geol. Argentina, X X X V , 3, pp. 443-444, Buenos Aires.

Project 129

Butt, C . R . M . , 1981: The nature and origin of the lateritic weathering mantle, with particular reference to Western Australia; in "Geophy­sical Prospecting in Deeply weathered terrains" pp. 11-29, Pubis. Geol. Dep. and Extension Serv. Univ. West. Austr. 6.

LaBrecque, J. J., et al., 1981: Comparison of analytical methods for the determination of tra­ce amounts of strontium and yttrium by Photon induced X-ray fluorescence techniques in late­ritic materials. Jour. Radioanalytical C h e m . Vol. 63 (1), pp. 73-83.

; Parker, W . C . , 1980: Appli­cation of Photon-induced X-ray fluorescence for some selected trace elements in lateritic mate­rials. Proc. Ill Conf. on Nuclear and Radiation Chemistry, Mexico City.

Maksimovic, Z . , 1981: Types of the fossil wea­thering of ultramafic rocks in SE Europe. Bull. Acad. Sci. serbe, N o . 21, pp. 13-26, Belgrade.

, 1981: The ancient weathering sequences and weathering types of ultramafic rocks in SE Europe. 7th International Clay Conference, Bologna-Pavia, Abstracts, pp. 192-193.

; Panto, G y . , 1981: Neodimian goyazite in the bauxite deposit of Vlasenica (Yugoslavia). 12th Congress of Carpatho-Bal-kan geol. association, Abstracts pp. 384-385, Bucharest, Rumania.

_ ; Dangic, A . , 1981: Problems of the genesis of magnesites in ultramafic c o m ­plexes of SE Europe. Glas Acad. Sci. serbe, Vol. 47, Belgrade.

Ogura, Y . , et al., 1981: On the occurrence and mineralogical composition of pisolite in nickeli-ferous latérite deposits of the Rio Tuba Mines, Philippines. Abstract Jour. Mining Geol. 31, pp. 66-67.

99

Project 143

Birnie, R . W . ; Francica, J. R . , 1981: Remote Detection of Geobotanical Anomalies Related to Porphyry Copper Mineralization: Econo­mic Geology, Vol. 76, N o . 3, pp. 637-647.

Carter, W . D . , 1981 : A Precedent: Soviet Maps Add English. G E O T I M E S , Vol. 26, N o . 10, pp. 21-23.

, 1981 : Significant Results from Using Earth Observation Satellites for Mine­ral and Energy Resource Exploration, in: C O S P A R Advances in Space Research, Vol.10, pp. 261-269.

; Rowan, L . C . , 1981: Ground Truth and Remote Sensing Reviewed in Kenya. Episodes, Vol. 1981, N o . 2, pp. 43-44.

Goetz, A . F . H . ; Rowan, L . C . , 1981: Geologic Remote Sensing. Science, Vol. 211, pp. 781-791.

Guild, P . W . , 1981: Preliminary Metallogenic Map of North America. U . S . Geological Sur­vey, Scale 1:5,000,000 (Map in 4 sheets).

: "Preliminary Metallogenic Map of North America: A Numerical Listing of Deposits", USGS Circular 858-A, 93 pp.

: "Preliminary Metallogenic Map of North America: A n Alphabetical Listing of Deposits", USGS Circular 858-B, 72 pp.

Kahle, A . B . , et al., 1981: Remote Sensing -1981: C O S P A R Advances in Space Research, Vol. 10, 3.14 pp.

Raines, G . L . ; Santos, E . R . , 1980: Maps show­ing Lithofacies and Limonite Distribution of the Wasatch Formation in southern Powder River Basin, Wyoming. U . S . Geological Sur­vey Map 1-1646, 2 sheets.

Rowan, L . C . ; Wetlaufer, P . H . , 1981: Relation between Regional Lineament Studies and Struc­tural Zones in Nevada. American Association Petroleum Geological Bulletin, Vol. 65, No . 8, pp. 1414-1432.

Salas, G . P . , 1980: Interpretation Preliminar de Lincamientos en la República Mexicana Realizados Sobre Imágenes del Landsat. Con­sejo de Recursos Minerales, Mexico, D . F . , Mexico. (Scale 1:3, 000, 000).

Shcheglov, A . D . (éd.), 1979: Cosmogeological Map of Linear and Circular Structures of the USSR Territory. Academy of Science, M o s ­cow, USSR, Scale: 1:5, 000, 000 (in 4 sheets) Russian and English title and legend.

Project 148

Agterberg, F . P . , 1981: Cell-value distribution models in spatial pattern analysis. In: Future Trends in Geomathematics, R . G . Craig and M . L . Labovitz (eds. ), Pion, London, pp. 5-28.

; Gradstein, F . M . , 1981: Workshop on quantitative stratigraphie corre­lation techniques: Ottawa, February 1980: Mathematical Geol., Vol. 13, N o . 1, pp. 81-91.

Brower, J . C . , 1981: Quantitative biostratigra-phy, 1830-1980. In: Computer Applications in the Earth Sciences - An Update of the 70s, D . F . Merriam (ed. ), Plenum, New York, pp. 63-103.

Guex, J., 1980: Calcul, caractérisation et iden­tification des associations unitaires en biochro­nologie: Bull. Soc. Vaud. Se. Nat., Vol. 75, N o . 358, pp. 111-126.

, 1980: Datations paléontologiques et graphes d'intervalle. In: Regards sur la théo­rie des Graphes, P . Hansen et D . de Werra (eds.), Presses Polytechniques Romandes, pp. 243-348.

Harper, C . W . Jr., 1980: Relative age inference in palaeontology: Lethaia, Vol. 13, pp. 239-248.

, 1981: Inferring succession of fossils in time: The need for a quantitative and statistical approach. Jour. Palaeontology, Vol. 55, N o . 2, pp. 442-452.

Mann, C . J . , 1981: Stratigraphie analysis: Deca­des of revolution (1970-1979) and refinement (1980-1989). In: Computer Applications in the Earth Sciences - An Update of the 70s, D . F . Merriam (ed. ), Plenum, New York, pp. 211-242.

Reyment, R . A . , 1980: Morphometric methods in biostratigraphy. Academic Press, London, 176 pp.

Smith, T . F . , etal., 1981: Comparative biose-quence metrics. Jour. Molec. Evolution.

Project 154

La Roche, H . de, etal., 1981: Present activities and results of the IGCP N o . 154 Project: Global Exchange and Processing of Information in Geo­chemistry with emphasis on two mica granites and associated rocks and ore bodies. Baku C O -G E O D A T A Symposium, April 1981.

, 1981: Echange et trai­tement global de l'information en géochimie -(GEPIC) Nature et Ressources, Vol. XVII, n°l, pp. 31-32.

Froject 156

Al-Bassam, K . S . , 1980: Carbon and oxygen iso-topic composition of some marine sedimentary apatites from Iraq. Econ. Geol., Vol. 75, N o . 8, pp. 1231-1233.

Banerjee, D . M . , etal., 1980: Petrology, mine­ralogy and origin of the Precambrian Aravallian phosphorite deposits of Udaipur and Jhabua, In­dia. Econ. Geol., Vol. 75, N o . 8, pp. 1181-1199.

Bashyal, R . P . , 1980: Gondwana type of formation with phosphatic rocks in SE Nepal. J. Geol.Soc. India, Vol. 21, N o . 10, pp. 434-491.

Braithwaite, D . J . R . , 1980: The petrology of oo­litic phosphorites from Esprit (Aldabra), west­ern Indian Ocean. Phil. Trans. R . Soc. Lond. B , Vol. 288, N o . 1032, pp. 511-543.

Brasier, M . D . , 1980: The Lower Cambrian transgression and glauconite-phosphorite faciès of western Europe. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 134 (6), pp. 695-703.

Bremner, J . M . , 1980: Concretionary phospho­rite from S W Africa. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 134 (6), pp. 773-786.

Burnett, W . C . , 1980: Apatite-glauconite asso­ciations off Peru and Chile: palaeo-oceanogra-phic implications. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137 (6), pp. 757-764.

100

Burnett, W . C . ; Mitchum, G . T . , 1981: Proton induced X-ray emission analysis of marine particulates. Nucl. Instrum. Methods, Vol. 181, pp. 231-238.

Cathcart, J . B . , 1980: The phosphate industry of the United States, pp. 19-42. In: The Role of Phosphorus in Agriculture. Khasawnch, F . E . , et al. (eds. ), 910 pp. (Madison, Wisconsin: American Society of Agronomy, Inc., Crop Science Society of America, Inc., Soil Scien­ce Society of America, Inc., 1980).

, 1980: World phosphate reser­ves and resources, pp. 1-18. In: The Role of Phosphorus in Agriculture. Khasawnch, F . E . et al. (eds. ), 910pp. (Madison, Wisconsin: American Society of Agronomy, Inc., Crop Science Society of America, Inc., Soil Scien­ce Society of America, Inc., 1980).

Choudhuri, R . ; Balasubramanian, N . , 1980: Grade distribution pattern and its bearing on the formation of high and low grade in Jhamar-kotra phosphorite deposit, Udaipur, Rajasthan. Indian J. Earth Sci., Vol. 7, N o . 1, pp. 89-93, Abstract.

Cook, P.J. ; Marshall, J. F . , 1981: Geoche­mistry of iron and phosphorus-rich nodules from the East Australian Continental Shelf. Mar . Geol. Vol.41, N o . 3/4, pp. 205-221.

Driessen, A . ; Cook, P . J., 1981: The current status and long-term outlook for Australia's phosphate resources, 16 pp. Presented at the Annual General Meeting of ISMA Ltd., in Sin­gapore, May 1981.

Gulbrandsen, R . A . ; Krier, D . J., 1980: Large and rich phosphorus resources in the Phospho-ria Formation in the Soda Springs area, south­eastern Idaho. Bull. US Geol. Surv., N o . 1496, 22 pp.

Hewitt, R . A . , 1980: Microstructural contrasts between some sedimentary francolites. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond.,137 (6), pp. 661-668.

Jarvis, I., 1980: Geochemistry of phosphatic chalks and hardgrounds from the Santonian to early Campanian (Cretaceous) of northern France. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137(6), pp.705-722.

; Woodroof, P . , 1981: The phosphatic chalks and hardgrounds of Boxford and Winter-bourne, Berkshire - Two tectonically control­led faciès in the late Coniacian to early C a m ­panian (Cretaceous) of southern England. Geol. M a g . , Vol. 118, N o . 2, pp. 175-187.

Kress, A . G . ; Veeh, H . H . , 1980: Geochemis­try and radiometric ages of phosphatic nodules from the continental margin of northern New South Wales, Australia. Mar . Geol., Vol. 36, N o . 1/2, pp. 143-157.

Lucas, J.; Prévôt, L . , 1981: Synthèse d'apa-tite à partir de matière phosphorée (ARN) et de calcite par voie bactérienne. C . R . Acad. Se. Paris, 292, Ser. II, pp. 1203-1208.

, étal., 1980: Petrology, mineralogy and geochemistry of the late Precambrian phosphate deposits of Upper Volta (W. Africa). Jnl. Geol. Soc. Lond., Vol. 137, Pt. 6, pp. 787-792.

Luvsandandsan, B . , etal., 1980: Conference Report: Ulan Bator welcomes phosphorite ex­perts. Episodes, 1980 (4), pp. 28-29.

McArthur, J . M . , etal., 1980: Carbon and oxy­gen isotopic composition of structural carbonate in sedimentary francolite. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137 (6), pp. 660-674.

McClellan, G . H . , 1980: Mineralogy of carbonate fluorapatites. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137 (6), pp. 675-682.

; Gremillion, L . R . , 1980: Eva­luation of phosphatic raw materials, pp. 43-80. In: The Role of Phosphorus in Agriculture, Khasawnch, F . E . , etal. (eds. ), 910 pp. (Madi­son, Wisconsin: American Society of Agronomy Inc., Crop Science Society of America, Inc., Soil Science Society of America, Inc., 1980).

Marshall, J. F . ; Cook, P . J., 1980: Petrology of iron and phosphorus-rich nodules from the E . Australian continental shelf. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137 (6), pp. 765-772.

Notholt, A . J . G . , 1980: Economic phosphatic se­diments: mode of occurrence and stratigraphi-cal distribution. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137 (6), pp. 793-805.

(éd.), 1981: Newsletter of the International Geological Correlation Programme, Project 156 - Phosphorites, 8 (April), 62 pp. 9 (September), 62 pp.

; Highley, D . H . , 1981: Investi­gation of the phosphate potential of the Lock Borralan Igneous Complex, North-west High­lands, Scotland. 106 pp. Open File Report, Insti­tute of Geological Sciences, U K .

O'Brien, G . W . ; Veeh, H . H . , 1980: Holocene phosphorite on the East Australian continental margin. Nature (Lond. ), Vol. 288, N o . 5792, pp. 690-697. Abstract.

Parrish, J. T . ; Humphreville, R . G . , 1981: U p -welling and phosphorites in Palaeozoic. Bull. A m e r . Ass. Petrol. Geol., Vol. 65, N o . 5, p. 969.

Patwardan, A . M . , 1980: Phosphate-pyrite asso­ciation and the genesis of stromatolitic and pel­letai phosphorites. In: Proceedings, Third Session, Indian Geological Congress, Poona, 1980, Powar, K . B . , etal. (eds.), pp. 347-365. (Pune: University of Poona).

Pokryshkin, V . I., etal., 1980: Geological regu­larities in the location and formation conditions of phosphorites in foreign phosphorite-bearing basins. Byull. Mosk. Obshch. Ispyt, Prir., Otdel, Geol., Vol. 55, N o . 5, pp. 91-105. (In Russian).

Prian, J. P . , 1980: Caractéristiques des paléo­environnements des phosphorites cambriennes du versant septentrional de la Montagne Noire (Sud du Massif Central, France) Doc. N o . 24 Bur. Rech. Géol. Min . , pp. 93-111.

Rao, G . V . , etal. (eds.), 1981: Abstracts. The 4th International Field Workshop and Seminar of Project 156. Nauneet Art Printers, Jaipur, 54 pp.

Riggs, S . R . , 1980: Intraclast and pelletai phos­phorite sedimentation in the Miocene of Florida. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137 (6), pp. 741-747.

101

Riggs, S . R . , étal., 1981: Miocene phosphorite sedimentation on Atlantic Continental Shelf, Onslow Bay, North Carolina. Bull. A m e r . Ass. Petrol. Geol., Vol. 65, N o . 5, p. 979. (Abstract).

Roy, A . B . , et al., 1980: Structural geometry of the rock phosphate bearing Aravalli rocks around Jhamarkotra mines area, Udaipur dis­trict, Rajasthan. Indian Jnl. Earth Sci., Vol. 7, N o . 2, pp. 191-202.

; Paliwal, B . S . , 1981: Evolution of Lower Proterozoic epicontinental deposits: stromatolite-bearing Aravalli rocks of Udai­pur, Rajasthan, India. Precambrian Res. , Vol. 14, N o . 1, pp. 49-74.

Sheldon, R . P . , 1981: Ancient marine phospho­rites. Ann. Rev. Earth Planet, Sci., Vol. 9, pp. 251-284.

; Burnett, W . C . , 1981: Changing patterns of phosphogenesis in Mesozoic and Cenozoic. Bull. A m e r . Ass. Petrol. Geol., Vol. 65, N o . 5, p. 991 (Abstract).

Snyder, S . W . , et al., 1980: High resolution se­ismic stratigraphy and global eustatic sea-level fluctuations: Cape Lookout, North Caro­lina (Abstract). Abstr. Programmes Geol. Soc. A m . , Vol. 12, N o . 7, p. 526.

Trompette, R . , et al., 1980: Stratigraphie and structural controls of Late Precambrian phos­phate deposits of the northern Volta Basin in Upper Volta, Niger, and Benin, West Africa. Econ. Geol., Vol. 75, N o . 1, pp. 62-70.

Guidebooks for the 4th International Field Work­shop and Seminar of Project 156, 1981a: Ara­valli phosphorites around Udaipur, Rajasthan, India. 57 pp. "Dehradun-Mussoorie area". 53 pp. Published by Geol. Surv. India.

Project 157

Gize, A . P . , 1980: The organic matter in Missi-ssipi Valley-type deposits. In: Geochemistry of Organic Matter in Ore Deposits, Carnegie Institution of Washington, Geophysical Labo­ratory, Extended Abstracts, pp. 5 9-61.

; Hoering, T . C . , 1980: The organic matter in Mississippi Valley-type deposits. Carnegie Inst., Washington, Yearbook, 79, pp. 384-388.

; et al., 1981: The organic geoche­mistry of three Mississippi Valley-type depo­sits. Geol. Soc. America Annual Meeting, Abstracts with Programmes, 13(7), pp. 459-460.

Hutton, A . C . , etal., 1980: Organic matter in oil shales. Australian Petroleum Explor. Assoc. J., 20(1), pp. 44-67.

Jackson, M . J. ; Muir, M . D . , 1980: The Babba-goola Beds, Officer Basin, Western Australia: correlations, micropalaeontology and implica­tions for petroleum prospectivity. Bur. Miner. Resources J. Aust. Geol. Geophysics, 6, pp. 81-93.

McKirdy, D . M . ; Kantsler, A . J., 1980: Oil geochemistry and potential source rocks of the Officer Basin, South Australia. Australian Petroleum Explor. Assoc. J., 20(1), pp. 68-86.

McKirdy, D . M . ; Kantsler, A . J . , 1980: Hydro­carbon genesis in Cambrian carbonates of the eastern Officer Basin, South Australia. Geol. Soc. America Annual Meeting, Abstracts with Programmes, 12(7), p. 481.

; Hahn, J. H . , 1981: The compo­sition of kerogen and hydrocarbons in Precam­brian rocks. In: Mineral Deposits and the Evo­lution of the Biosphere (eds. H . D . Holland and M . Schidlowski), Dahlem Konferenzen, Wein-heim/Deerfield Beach, FL/Basel: Verlag Che-mie (in press).

, etal., 1980: Comparative ana­lysis of stromatolitic and other microbial kero-gens by pyrolysis-hydrogenation-gas chromato­graphy (PHGC). In: Biogeochemistry of Ancient and Modern Environments (eds. P . A . Trudinger, M . R . Walter and B . J . Ralph), Australian Aca­demy of Science, Canberra, and Springer-Ver­lag, Berlin, pp. 187-200.

Meyerhoff, A . A . , 1980: Geology and petroleum fields in Proterozoic and Lower Cambrian stra­ta, Lena-Tunguska petroleum province, Eastern Siberia. In: Giant Oil and Gas Fields of the D e ­cade 1968-1978 (ed. M . T . Halbonty), A m e r . Assoc. Petrol. Geologists, M e m . 30, pp. 225-252.

Powell, T . G . , 1980: Geochemical characteristics of oils and source rocks in carbonate regimes of Northern Alberta/N. W . T . and Southern Ontario, Canada. Geol. Soc. America Annual Meeting, Abstracts with Programmes, 12(7), p. 502.

; Macqueen, R . W . , 1980: Geoche­mistry of organic matter. Pine Point region, N W T , Canada. In: Geochemistry of Organic Matter in Ore Deposits, Carnegie Institution of Washington, Geophysical Laboratory, Extended Abstracts, pp. 113-114.

Sandstrom, M . W . , 1980: Organic geochemistry of some Cambrian phosphorites. In: Advances in Organic Geochemistry 1979 (eds. A . G . Dou­glas and J . W . Maxwell), Pergamon, Oxford, pp. 123-131.

White, A . H . ; Youngs, B . C . , 1980: Cambrian alkali playa-lacustrine sequence in the north­eastern Officer Basin, South Australia. J. Sed. Petrology, 50, pp. 1279-1286.

Project 158

Berglund, B . E . , 1981: Palaeoclimatic interpre­tations based on changes of biotic zones and hydrological changes of lake and mire environ­ments. Symp. Grundlagen zueiner Klimageschi-chte der letzten beiden Warmzeiten, Mainz 1980.

Birks, H . J . B . ; Williams, W . , 1981: The Late-Quaternary vegetational history of the Inner H e ­brides. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. B .

Gregory, K . (éd.), 1981: Severn Basin. S u m m a ­ry Reports and Maps, Palaeohydrology of the temperate zone, IGCP N o . 158.

Hjelmroos-Ericsson, M . , 1981: Holocene deve­lopment of Lake Wielkie Gacno area, northwest­ern Poland. Dept. of Quat. Geol., Univ. of Lund. Thesis 10, 101 pp. Lund.

102

Kozarski, S. (éd.), 1981: Abstracts of papers symposium. "Palaeohydrology of the temperate zone" Poznaft, Poland 81, September 22-28, 88 pp. A . Mickiewicz University Posnart.

j , Tobolski, K . (eds.), 1981: Guide­book of excursions symposium "Palaeohydro­logy of the temperate zone" Poznañ, Poland 81, September 22-28,120 pp. A . Mickiewicz Uni­versity, Poznaft.

Ralska-Jasiewiczowa, M . (éd.), 1981: Reports on the research progress for IGCP 158 B in Poland. Contributions by K . Balaga, M . Lata-lowa, K . Szrepanek, M . Pazdur, K . Oleksyno-wa, Report on the IV meeting in Slupsk 1980 of the Polish Working Group for IGCP 158 B -Spraw. Bod. Nauk. K . B . C z . P A N 4 . Warszawa.

Starkel, L . (éd.); Alexandrowicz, S . W . , et al.: "The evolution of the Wiloka valley near Debi-ca on Late Glacial and Holocene".

; Thornes,J., 1981: Palaeohydrolo­gy of river basins. Guide to Subproject A on palaeohydrological changes in the temperate zone in the last 15, 000 years. 107 pp. Techni­cal Bulletin N o . 28, London.

Project 161

Berlincount, L . E . , et al., 1981: Phases and phase relations of the platinum group elements, chapter 3 in Platinum Group Elements; In: "Mineralogy, Geochemistry and Mineral D e ­posits", edited by L . Cabri: Canadian Institute of Mining.

Cronin, T o m , Opaque petrology of the Addie-Webster ultramafic body, Jackson, C o . , North Carolina, M . S . thesis, University of Tennes­see, Knoxville.

Czamanske, G . K . ; Calk, L . C . , 1981: Minéra­logie records of cumulus processes, Brady Glacier Ni-Cu deposit, South-eastern Alaska: Mining Geology (Tokyo), Vol. 31, pp. 213-234.

Foose, M . P . ; Cooper, R . W . , 1981: Faulting and fracturing in part of the Duluth complex, north-eastern Minnesota: Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, Vol. 18, pp. 810-814.

, etal., 1980: The distributions and relationships of grade and tonnage among some nickel deposits: U . S . Geological Survey Professional Paper 1160, 14 pp.

Haffty, Joseph, etal., 1980: Determination of iridium and ruthenium in geological samples by fire assay emission spectography, in shor­ter Contributions to Geochemistry: U . S . ' Geo­logical Survey Professional Paper 1129-G, pp. G 1 - G 4 .

Matlack, W . F . ; Watowich, S . N . , 1980: Geolo­gy and sulphide mineralization of the Duluth complex - Virginia Formation contact, the Minnamax Deposit, Minnesota: Geological Survey of America Abstract 93rd meeting.

Page, N . J . ; Carlson, R . R . , 1980: Review of platinum-group metal geochemistry and the major occurrences in the world: U . S . Geolo­gical Survey Open-File Report 80-90, 21 pp.

, etal., 1980: Platinum, paddadium and rhodium in the Fiskenaesesset Complex, south-western Greenland: Economic Geology, Vol. 75, pp. 907-915.

Page, N . J . , etal., 1981: Comparison of plati­num, paddadium, and rhodium distribution in the Stillwater Complex, Montana; Fiskenaesset Complex, south-western Greenland; and Bushveld Complex, South Africa: Third International Platinum Symposium, Pretoria, South Africa (abst.).

Papunen, H . ; Idman, H . , 1981: Ultramafic rocks and related ore minerals of Lapland, northern Finland. In: Ore Genesis, The State of art, pp. 374-386, Springer.

Pattison, E . F . , 1980: Tectonic origin for Sud­bury, Ontario, Shatter cones: Discussion and reply, Geol. Soc. A m e r . Bull., Vol. 91, pp. 754-756.

Runyon, G . A . ; Misra, K . C . , 1981: Metamor-phic mobilization of sulphide constituents in metasediments of the Great Smoky Group, Duck-town area, Tennessee, Geological Society A m e ­rica Abstracts with Programmes, Vol. 13, No. l , p. 33.

Sizgoric, M . ; Alteration of nickel sulphide ores and its effect on their flotation. In: P . M . S . ­A . I . M . E . , Symposium volume, Process mine­ralogy in extractive metallurgy.

; Alcock, R . A . : Quantitative mine­ralogy as an aid in beneficiation of sulphide ores. In: P . M . S . - A . I . M . E . , Symposium volume, Process mineralogy in extractive metallurgy.

Vuorelainen, Y . , etal., 1981: Isomertieite and other platinum-group minerals in the Konttijarvi layered mafic intrusion, northern Finland. 3rd. In. Platinum Symposium, Abstracts, Pretoria, Geo. Soc. South Africa, p. 46.

Watowich, W . S . , etal., 1981: A review of the Duluth Gabbro Complex of Minnesota as a do­mestic source of critical and strategic metals: S M E - A I M E Paper 81-351, 1981.

Wrightson, Walter: Petrogenesis of the Lick Fork Ni-Co prospect, Floyd County, Virginia, M . S . Thesis, University of Tennessee, Knox­ville.

Project 169

Augustithis, S.S. (éd.), 1981: A n international Symposium on Metallogeny of Mafic and Ultra­mafic Complexes in the Eastern Mediterranean and Western Asia. Athens 1981 (containing 26 articles).

Chipchakova, S . , etal., 1981: Rare alkalis in wallrock metasomatites of massive copper-pyrite deposits in Central Srednogorje. Geol. Balcánica, 11, Sofia, pp. 84-102.

Karamata, St.; Djardjevic, P . , 1980: Origin of the upper Cretaceous and Tertiary magmas in the Eastern parts of Yugoslavia. Bull. A c . serbe Se. Cl.mat.nat., N o . 20, Beograd, pp. 99-108.

, 1981: Time and Space in plate tectonic modelling of magmatic and metamor-phic processes in Tethys-type orogenic belts. Bull. A c . Se. serbe, Climat nat., N o . 21, Beo­grad, pp. 27-46.

Vassileff, L . ; Stanishevre-Vassileva, 1981: Metallogeny of the Eurasian Copper Belt in Bul­garia. Geol. Balcánica 11, Sofia, pp. 73-87.

103

Project 183

Anglada, R . ; M'Boro , R . , 1981: Analyse des principales associations de Foraminifères du Bassin du Congo (Campanien au Néogène). Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.

; Randrianasolo, A . , 1981: Sur la présence du genre Whiteinella dans le Crétacé inférieur de Madagascar. Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.

Arnaud-Vanneau, A . , 1981: Concomittance des renouvellements de faunes d'Orbitolinidés et des grands événements sédimentaires au cours du Barrémien et du Bédoulien dans le sud-est de la France. Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.

Babinot, J. F . , 1980: Ostracodes du Crétacé supérieur de Provence. Thèse Marseille, 634 pp. 53 pis.

Benest, M . ; Donze, P . , 1980: Caractérisation du Bérriasien dans la chaîne du Gareb (avant-pays rifain, Maroc oriental). Evolution des faciès et milieux de dépôt. Notes Serv. Géol. Maroc, Rabat, t.41, n° 285, pp. 47-58.

Benkhelil, J. ; Guiraud, R . , 1980: La Bénoué (Nigeria): une chaîne intracontinentale de style atlasique. C . R . Acad. Se. Paris, t.290, pp. 1517-1520.

Bertels, A . , 1980: Estratigrafia y Foraminiferos (Protozoa) bentonicos del limite Cretacio-Terciarico en el area tipo de la Formacio Ja­güel, provincia del Neuquen, República Argen­tina. Actas II Congr. Argent. Paleont. Bioes-trat. y I Congr. Latinoamericano Paleont. t. II, pp. 47-91.

, 1980: Estratigrafia y Foraminife­ros (Protozoa) bentonicos de la Formación M o n ­te Leon (Oligocenico) en su area tipo, provin­cia de Santa Cruz, Rep. Argentina. Actas II Congr. Argent. Paleont. Bioestrat. y I Congr. Latinoamericano Paleont., t. II, pp. 213-273.

, 1977: Estratigrafia y micropale-ontologia de la Formación San Julian en su area tipo, provincia de Santa Cruz, Rep. A r ­gentina. Ameghiniana, t.XIV, n° 1-4.

; Zabert, L . , 1980: Microfauna del Grupo Santa Maria (Terciarico superior) en las provincias de Catamarca y Tucuman, Rep. Argentina. Actas II Congr. Argent. Paleont. Bioestrat. y I Congr. Latinoamericano Paleont. t. Ill, pp. 67-73.

Blanc-Vernet, L . ; Bourdillon, C . , 1981: Répar­tition bathymétrique des foraminifères benthi-ques sur le plateau continental et dans les fos­ses bathyales de la région siculo-tunisienne. Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.

Blondeau, A . ; Shamah, K . , 1980: A propos du nouveau genre Craterocamerina. Rev. Micro­paléontologie, Vol. 23, n°2, pp. 63-66.

Busnardo, R . ; Donze, P . ; Khessibi, M . ; Le Hegarat, G . ; M e m m i , L . , 1980: Interpréta­tion biostratigraphique nouvelle de la formation des "argiles du Sidi Kralif", au Djebel Bou Hedna, Tunisie centrale. Geobios, Lyon, n°13, fase. 3, pp. 459-463.

Canerot, J. ; Cugny, P . ; Garcia, M . ; Peyber-nes, B . ; Rey, J., 1981: Comparaison entre les séries éocrétacées des Ibérides orientales

du Prébétique sud-occidental et de l'avant-pays rifain (Péninsule Ibérique et Maroc). Trav. C R M J. Cuvillier, t. 1.

Diop, A . ; Perch-Nielsen, K . ; Toumarkine, M . , 1981: Microbiostratigraphie du Paléocène et de l'Eocène inférieur de quelques sondages et d'un affleurement du Cap Vert, Sénégal. Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, t.I.

Forster, R . , 1978: Evidence for an open seaway between northern and southern proto-Atlantic in Albian times. Nature,Vol.272, n°5649, pp. 158-159.

; Scholz, G . , 1979: Salaziceras ni-gerianum n.sp. from SE Nigeria. Faunal evi­dence for an open seaway between the northern and southern Atlantic in Late Albian times. N . Jb. Geol. Palaont. M h . , Heft 2, pp. 109-119.

Freinex, S . , 1979: Bivalves du Paléocène et de l'Eocène de l'Angola et du Zaïre. Ann. Musée Royal Afrique centrale, Tervuren, Belgique, Se. Géol., n°86, pp. 5-204.

, 1980: Bivalves du Paléocène et de l'Eocène de l'Angola et du Zaire et leur signifi­cation. Haliotis, Vol. 10(2), p. 56.

Guerin, S . , 1981: Utilisation des foraminifères planctiques et benthiques dans l'étude des paléo­environnements océaniques au Crétacé moyen: application au matériel des forages D S D P de l'Atlantique Nord et Sud. Comparaison avec la Téthys. Thèse de Doctorat de spécialité, Nice, Trav. C R M J. Cuvillier, n° 2.

Guiraud, R . ; Ousmane, B . ; Robert, J .P . , 1981: Mise en évidence de déformations traduisant un racourcissement dans le Mésozotque de la péri­phérie de l'Air (Niger). C . R . Acad. Se. Paris, t. 292, pp. 1517-1520.

Hamaoui, M . , 1981: Synthèse sur quelques études biostratigraphiques du Crétacé moyen en Méso-gée. Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.

Kouyoumontzakis, G . , 1979: La microfaune ben-thique du plateau continental congolais : inven­taire répartition, stratigraphique du Quaternaire supérieur; rapports avec le milieu sédimentaire. Thèse Doct. spécialité, Univ. Aix-Marseille II, 174 pp.

, 1981: Les associations de foraminifères benthiques du plateau continental congolais; une radiale au large de Conkouati. Tethys,Vol.10/2, pp. 121-128.

Laug, B . ; Peybernes, B . ; Ray, J., 1980: Mayn-cina bulgarica n. sp. Lituolidé nouveau du Cré­tacé inférieur mésogéen (Bulgarie, Portugal, Pyrénées, Tunisie). Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Tou­louse, t.116, fase. 1-2, pp. 68-76.

Lys, M . ; Meijer, M . ; Glaçon, G . , 1979: Etude micropaléontologique des échantillons du Paléo­cène de la coupe de Landana, Enclave de Ca-binda, Angola. Ann. Musée Royal Afr. centrale, Tervuren, Belgique, Se. Géol. n°86, pp. 14-51.

M'Boro , R . , 1981: Le Bassin de Pointe Noire (Congo), du Sénonien supérieur au Néogène (Stratigraphie, paléogéographie). Thèse Docto­rat de spécialité, Univ. Marseille.

Monteillet, J. ; Lappartient, J. R . , 1981: Fruits et graines du Crétacé supérieur des carrières de Paki (Sénégal). Rev. Palaeobotan. Palynol., Vol. 34.

104

Moullade, M . ; Guerin, S . , 1981: Corrélations biostratigraphiques dans le Crétacé moyen de l'Atlantique Sud et de la marge africaine de l'Atlantique Nord (Legs DSDP- IPOD) . Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, 1.1.

Peybernes, B . ; Canerot, J. ; Cugny, P . ; Rah-hali, I#J 1981: Le complexe urgonien dans l'avant-pays rifain oriental (Maroc). Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.

Rahhali, I., 1981 : Le Cénomanien supérieur et le Turonien inférieur bitumineux du bassin cô-tier de Tarfaya et du Haut-Atlas, Maroc. Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.

Rey» J. » 1981: Observations préliminaires sur le Crétacé de l'Algarve (Sud-Portugal). Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, t.l.

Romero, E . J . , 1981: Analysis of cenophytic taphoflores from the coastal basins of southern South America. Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, t. 1.

Saint-Marc, P . , 1980: Le passage Jurassique-Crétacé et le Crétacé inférieur de la région de Ghazir (Liban central). Géol. Méditerra­néenne, t. VII, n° 3, pp. 237-245.

, 1981: Distribution paléoécolo­gique et paléobiogéographique de grands fora-minifères benthiques du Cénomanien. Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, t. 1.

Tavares Rocha, A . , 1979: Notas micropaleon-tologicas sobre as formacoes sedimentares da orla meso-cenozoica de Angola. II-Occorencia de Daucina ermaniana var. obtusa (foramini-fero) no Paleogenico da bacia do Cuanga (An­gola). Rev. "Garcia de Orta", (Publ. Junta Invest. Cien. Ultram. ), Ser. Géol., Lisboa, Vol. 3, fase. 1-2, pp. 17-20.

, 1979: Notas micropaleon-tologicas sobre as formacoes sedimentares da orla meso-cenozoica de Angola. III-Heteros-teginas do Miocenico da Africa occidental. Presença de Heterostegina costata politatesta Papp-Kupper 1954, na regiao de Dombe Gran­de (bacia sedimentare de Benguela, Angola). Rev. "Garcia de Orta" (Publ. Junta Invest. Cient. Ultram.), ser. Géol., Lisboa, Vol. 3, fase. 1-2, pp. 21-34.

, 1980: Etat actuel de nos connaissances sur les foraminifères du Séno-nien supérieur du bassin sédimentaire de Ben­guela (Angola). Ann. M u s . Hist. Nat. Nice, t. VI, pp. 135-146.

Tronchetti, G . , 1981: Foraminifères et bio­stratigraphie de l'Aptien-Albien de Provence. Comparaison avec le domaine vocontien et les Pyrénées. Trav. C R M Jean Cuvillier, t. 1.

Tronchetti, G . , 1981: Les foraminifères créta­cés de Provence (Aptien-Santonien). Systéma­tique, Biostratigraphique, Paléoécologie, Paléogéographie. Thèse Doctorat d'Etat, M a r ­seille.

Volkheimer, W . ; Caccavari, M . ; Gonzales Amicon, O . , 1981: Estudio palinologico de es­tratos liasicos en el borde austral de la Cuenca Neuquina. VIII Congr. Geol. Argentino, San Luis, Actas t. IV, pp. 777-793.

Volkheimer, W . ; Quatrocchio, M . , 1981: Pali-nologia estratigrafica de Formacio Lotena, Jurásico medio de la Cuenca Neuquina. VIII Congr. Geol. Argentino, San Luis, Actas t. IV, pp. 761-775.

Notes for the Preparation of the I G C P Catalogue (1980-1982)

During the Ninth Session of the IGCP Board (23-27 February 1981, Paris), the problem concerning the IGCP bibliography was discussed at length. The Board emphasized that the next issue of the bibliography should be as complete as possible and hence stressed, once again, the importance of supplying copies of all publica­tions resulting from IGCP projects to the IGCP Secretariat.

On the Board's recommendation, the IGCP Secretariat is, again in association with the American Geological Institute (AGI), preparing, via the GeoRef system of AGI, the next issue of the bibliography - IGCP Catalogue (1980-1982), which is scheduled to be published in 1983.

As an important supplement to the "Geological Correlation" Special Issue, "Scientific Achieve­ments 1978-1982", to be published in 1983, this new issue of the IGCP Catalogue will enable the international geological community to gain a comprehensive view of what has been achieved within the framework of the International Geo­logical Correlation Programme, as well as to use it for locating interesting IGCP results.

IGCP publications are defined as being published papers, books, monographs, symposium pro­ceedings, maps, etc. which have resulted from IGCP project(s) and which have been written (or compiled, in the case of maps), by participants of the respective IGCP project(s) and not works by any authors other than IGCP project partici­pants, irrespective of the fact that they may also fall into the relevant scientific framework as that of the respective IGCP project(s).

The new issue of the IGCP Catalogue will include all 1980-1982 IGCP publications. Those pre-1980 IGCP publications not cited in the first IGCP Catalogue (1973-1979), will also be added to the new one, provided these are indicated by the relevant project leaders in their publication lists. In this connection, the AGI will not be responsible for going through whole IGCP publication lists to separate out pre-1980 items from those previously cited, unless the latter are flagged on the lists by the project leaders.

The new issue will contain a subject index for both the 1973-1979 and the 1980-1982 issues, to all source documents contained therein, received and analyzed by GeoRef by 1 May 1983. No subject indexing will be included for source documents not received by AGI, since no proper publication analysis can be carried out without reference to actual copies or photocopies of relevant IGCP publications.

Items of which GeoRef of AGI is notified by 1 May 1983, but which have not physically been received

by AGI by that date, will also be included in the new Catalogue, but will be flagged with asterisks and will not have subject indexing. Consequently, AGI will be unable to check these citations for accuracy and will therefore not include them in the GeoRef storage for on-line searching.

Multiword surnames in the Author Index will be permuted so that authors will be indexed under each part of their names.

The time schedule for the preparation of the new issue is as follows:

1. IGCP project leaders are asked to send to GeoRef as soon as possible:

(i) lists of 1980-1982 publications resulting from relevant IGCP projects, with a copy of these lists to the IGCP Secretariat for reference;

(ii) lists of, or lists with indicated items of, pre-1980 publications emanating from relevant IGCP projects but uncited in the IGCP Catalogue (1973-1979);

(iii) actual copies or photocopies, other than arrogates such as photocopies of cover and con­tents pages, of the publications mentioned above in (i) and (ii) and also of those, although cited, appearing with an asterisk in the first IGCP Catalogue (1973-1979), for indexing, except where these items have been flagged in the lists as hav­ing been sent to, and are thus available at, the IGCP Secretariat. These actual copies or photo­copies, sent direct to GeoRef, should be differ­ently indicated in the above-mentioned lists;

(iv) corrections to the first Catalogue (1973-1979), if any, including deletion of those items which have been incorrectly addressed to the projects or which are not works produced by the project participants.

2. The IGCP Secretariat will lend its sample copy of IGCP publications to GeoRef for indexing upon GeoRef's request.

3. AGI will prepare from the GeoRef system, and send to the IGCP Secretariat by 15 December 1982, preliminary lists of papers resulting from each IGCP project. The Secretariat will then distribute these lists by 1 January 1983 to the relevant project leaders for proof-reading and for including any additions.

4. AGI will add more references and correct those already stored in the GeoRef system, based on the project leader responses received by AGI by the cut-off date of 1 May 1983.

5. AGI will produce and mail to the IGCP Sec­retariat, a camera-ready copy of the new Catalogue by 15 August 1983 for printing.

6. The new IGCP Catalogue (1980-1982) will be issued in October 1983.

106

In order to avoid any confusion, it is recom­mended that letters, publication lists and parcels of publications mailed to AGI for indexing, all bear the respective IGCP Project number, as well as "For IGCP Catalogue". GeoRef will then send all the indexed copies of publications on to the IGCP Secretariat, unless otherwise indicated by "Please return to sender", in the case where it is the sole copy possessed by the owner.

AGI's address is as follows:

"For IGCP Catalogue" American Geological Institute Attn. : M r . John Mulvihill and Dr. G . N . Rassam One Skyline Place 5205 Leesburg Pike F A L L S C H U R C H , V A 22041 U . S . A .

IGCP Project No.

IGCP project leaders are kindly requested to follow the above-mentioned procedures. It is stressed that the stipulated deadlines be res­pected by taking due consideration of possible postal and transport delays. In this way, we may avoid a situation where some authors find some of their works missing from the new issue of the Catalogue or as not being identifiable through both the Author and Subject Indexes.

Project leader(s) may decide whether the IGCP National Committees, National Project co­ordinators or Project participants should send the actual copies or photocopies of their IGCP project publications directly to GeoRef of AGI. In order to avoid any flooding at GeoRef of pub­lication parcels, dispatch should be carried out as early as possible and not just prior to the deadline. This will give GeoRef sufficient time to proceed with analyzing and indexing. In any case, the project leaders must be well informed of all these actions.

IGCP Secretariat May 1982

107